Owner's Manual

2k17_Chevrolet_Colorado_23454216A.
ai 1 8/30/2016 1:18:35 PM
2017 Colorado
C
CM
MY
CY
CMY
Colorado Owner’s Manual
23454216 A
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 27
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Instruments and Controls . . . . . . 102
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 153
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 214
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 365
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 383
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 393
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
2 Introduction
Introduction This manual describes features that

may or may not be on the vehicle
Canadian Vehicle Owners
because of optional equipment that A French language manual can be
was not purchased on the vehicle, obtained from your dealer, at
model variants, country www.helminc.com, or from:
specifications, features/applications Propriétaires Canadiens
that may not be available in your
region, or changes subsequent to On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
the printing of this owner manual. ce guide en français auprès du
The names, logos, emblems, concessionnaire ou à l'adresse
If this vehicle has the Duramax® suivante:
slogans, vehicle model names, and diesel engine, see the Duramax
vehicle body designs appearing in diesel supplement for additional and Helm, Incorporated
this manual including, but not limited specific information on this engine. Attention: Customer Service
to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, 47911 Halyard Drive
the CHEVROLET Emblem, and Refer to the purchase Plymouth, MI 48170
COLORADO are trademarks and/or documentation relating to your USA
service marks of General Motors specific vehicle to confirm the
features.
LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, Using this Manual
or licensors. Keep this manual in the vehicle for
quick reference. To quickly locate information about
For vehicles first sold in Canada, the vehicle, use the Index in the
substitute the name “General back of the manual. It is an
Motors of Canada Company” for alphabetical list of what is in the
Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it manual and the page number where
appears in this manual. it can be found.
Litho in U.S.A.
©
Part No. 23454216 A First Printing 2016 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Introduction 3
Danger, Warning, and Vehicle Symbol Chart

Caution Here are some additional symbols
that may be found on the vehicle
Warning messages found on vehicle and what they mean. For more
labels and in this manual describe information on the symbol, refer to
hazards and what to do to avoid or the Index.
reduce them. A circle with a slash through it is a
safety symbol which means “Do
9 : Airbag Readiness Light
{ Danger Not,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not let # : Air Conditioning
this happen.” $ : Brake System Warning Light
Danger indicates a hazard with a
high level of risk which will result Symbols " : Charging System
in serious injury or death. I : Cruise Control
The vehicle has components and
labels that use symbols instead of ` : Do Not Puncture
text. Symbols are shown along with ^ : Do Not Service
{ Warning the text describing the operation or
B : Engine Coolant Temperature
information relating to a specific
Warning indicates a hazard that component, control, message, O : Exterior Lamps
could result in injury or death. gauge, or indicator.
_ : Flame/Fire Prohibited
M : Shown when the owner
manual has additional instructions # : Fog Lamps
Caution or information. . : Fuel Gauge
* : Shown when the service + : Fuses
Caution indicates a hazard that manual has additional instructions
could result in property or vehicle or information. 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam
damage. Changer
0 : Shown when there is more 5 : Hill Descent Control
information on another page —
“see page.” j : LATCH System Child Restraints
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
4 Introduction
* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp

: : Oil Pressure
} : Power
> : Safety Belt Reminders
7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak®
a : Under Pressure
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
In Brief 5
In Brief Portable Audio Devices . . . . . . . . 20

Bluetooth® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 20
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Instrument Panel Driver Information Center (DIC)
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 (Base Level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Initial Drive Information Driver Information Center (DIC)
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8 (Uplevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Lane Departure
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 23
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Heated Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Performance and Maintenance
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 11 Traction Control/Electronic
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Passenger Sensing System . . . 12 Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 24
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Fuel (Gasoline) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 13 Fuel (Diesel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . 25
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 15 Driving for Better Fuel
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Roadside Assistance
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Vehicle Features
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Radio(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
6 In Brief
Instrument Panel
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
In Brief 7
1. Air Vents 0 212. 8. Heated Front Seats 0 48 (If 15. Steering Wheel Adjustment
2. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn Equipped). 0 103 (Out of View).
and Lane-Change 9. Power Outlets 0 107 (If 16. Cruise Control 0 259.
Signals 0 149. Equipped). Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Driver Information Center (DIC) 10. Shift Lever. See Automatic System 0 263 (If Equipped).
Controls. See Driver Transmission 0 241 or Manual 17. Transfer Case Knob (If
Information Center (DIC) (Base Transmission 0 246. Equipped). See Four-Wheel
Level) 0 126 or Driver 11. Auxiliary Jack 0 179. Drive 0 247.
Information Center (DIC)
(Uplevel) 0 129. USB Port (Base Radio) 0 170 18. Hood Release. See
or USB Port (Base Radio with Hood 0 282.
3. Instrument Cluster (Base Touchscreen) 0 173.
Level) 0 110 or Instrument 19. Parking Brake 0 254.
Cluster (Uplevel) 0 112. 12. Hazard Warning 20. Data Link Connector (DLC)
Flashers 0 149. (Out of View). See Malfunction
4. Windshield Wiper/
Washer 0 104. Traction Control/Electronic Indicator Lamp (Check Engine
Stability Control 0 256. Light) 0 118.
5. Light Sensor. See Automatic
Headlamp System 0 148. Cargo Lamp 0 150. 21. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 146.
Vehicle Alarm System Indicator Lane Departure Warning Fog Lamps 0 149 (If
(If Equipped). See Vehicle (LDW) 0 264 (If Equipped). Equipped).
Alarm System 0 36. Hill Descent Control (HDC) 22. Instrument Panel Illumination
6. Infotainment 0 153. 0 258 (If Equipped). Control 0 150.
7. Climate Control Systems 0 208 Tow/Haul Mode 0 245 (If
(If Equipped). Equipped).
Automatic Climate Control 13. Steering Wheel Controls 0 104
System 0 210 (If Equipped). (If Equipped).
14. Horn 0 104.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
8 In Brief
Initial Drive Remote Vehicle Start

Information If equipped, the engine can be
started from outside of the vehicle.
This section provides a brief
overview about some of the Starting the Vehicle
important features that may or may
not be on your specific vehicle. 1. Press and release Q on the
RKE transmitter.
For more detailed information, refer
to each of the features which can be 2. Immediately press and hold /
found later in this owner’s manual. for at least four seconds or until
the turn signal lamps flash.
Remote Keyless Entry Start the vehicle normally after
(RKE) System K : Press to unlock the driver door. entering.
The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Press K again within three seconds When the vehicle starts, the parking
transmitter functions may work from to unlock all remaining doors. lamps will turn on.
up to 60 m (197 ft) away from the Q : Press to lock all doors. Lock Remote start can be extended.
vehicle. and unlock feedback can be
personalized. See Vehicle Canceling a Remote Start
Personalization 0 139. To cancel a remote start, do one of
7 : Press and release one time to the following:
initiate vehicle locator. Press 7 and . Press and hold / until the
hold for at least three seconds to parking lamps turn off.
sound the panic alarm. Press 7 . Turn on the hazard warning
again to cancel the panic alarm. flashers.
See Keys 0 27 and Remote Keyless . Turn the vehicle on and then off.
Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 30.
See Remote Vehicle Start 0 32.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
In Brief 9
Door Locks Q : Press to lock the doors. Press the switch to lower the
window. Pull the switch to raise it.
To lock or unlock a door from the K : Press to unlock the doors. See Windows 0 41.
outside press Q or K on the See Door Locks 0 33 and Power
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Door Locks 0 34. Seat Adjustment
transmitter or use the key in the
driver door. Windows Manual Seats
To lock a door from the inside, push
Power Windows
down on the door lock knob. To
unlock, pull the door handle once to
unlock the door and again to
unlatch it.
Power Door Locks
To adjust a manual seat:

Crew Cab Shown, Extended Cab 1. Pull the handle at the front of
Similar the seat.
The power windows work when the 2. Slide the seat to the desired
ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ position and release the
ACCESSORY, or when Retained handle.
Crew Cab Shown, Extended Cab Accessory Power (RAP) is active.
Similar See Retained Accessory Power 3. Try to move the seat back and
(RAP) 0 237. forth to make sure it is locked
If equipped with power door locks: in place.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
10 In Brief
Power Seats Power Lumbar Reclining Seatbacks
To adjust a power seat, if equipped: If equipped, press and hold the top To recline:
. Move the seat forward or of the control to increase lumbar 1. Lift the lever.
rearward by sliding the control support. Press and hold the bottom
of the control to decrease lumbar 2. Move the seatback to the
forward or rearward. desired position, and then
support. Release the control when
. Raise or lower the entire seat by the desired level of support is release the lever to lock the
moving the entire control up reached. seatback in place.
or down. 3. Push and pull on the seatback
See Lumbar Adjustment 0 47.
See Power Seat Adjustment 0 46 to make sure it is locked.
and Reclining Seatbacks 0 47.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
In Brief 11
To return the seatback to the upright Press z to heat the driver or Safety Belts
position: passenger cushion and seatback.
1. Lift the lever fully without The indicator light comes on when
applying pressure to the this feature is on.
seatback.
See Heated Front Seats 0 48.
2. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked. Head Restraint
See Reclining Seatbacks 0 47. Adjustment
Heated Seats Do not drive until the head restraints
for all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
To achieve a comfortable seating
position, change the seatback Refer to the following sections for
recline angle as little as necessary important information on how to use
while keeping the seat and the head safety belts properly:
restraint height in the proper
position. . Safety Belts 0 51.
See Head Restraints 0 45 and Seat . How to Wear Safety Belts
Adjustment 0 46. Properly 0 53.
. Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 53.
. Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 77.
If equipped, the buttons are on the
center stack. To operate, the engine
must be running.
Press + to heat the driver or
passenger seatback only.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
12 In Brief
Passenger Sensing The passenger airbag status Power Mirrors

indicator lights on the overhead
System console are visible when the vehicle
is started. See Passenger Airbag
Status Indicator 0 117.
Mirror Adjustment
Using hood-mounted air deflectors
and add-on convex mirror
United States attachments could decrease mirror
performance.
Exterior Mirrors
Manual Mirrors
If equipped, adjust the power
If equipped, adjust the manual mirrors:
mirror by moving it up and down or
Canada and Mexico left to right to see a little of the side 1. Move the selector switch to L
of the vehicle and to have a clear (Left) or R (Right) to choose
The passenger sensing system will driver or passenger mirror.
turn off the front outboard view behind the vehicle.
passenger frontal airbag under See Manual Mirrors 0 38. 2. Press the arrows on the control
certain conditions. No other airbag pad to move each mirror in the
is affected by the passenger desired direction.
sensing system. See Passenger 3. Return the selector switch to
Sensing System 0 64. the center position.
See Power Mirrors 0 39.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
In Brief 13
Interior Mirror Steering Wheel Tilt and Telescoping Steering

Wheel
Adjustment Adjustment
Adjust the mirror for a clear view of
the area behind the vehicle.
Manual Dimming Rearview Mirror
If equipped, push the tab forward for
daytime use and pull it rearward for
nighttime use to avoid the glare of
headlamps from behind.
Automatic Dimming Rearview
Mirror
If equipped, the rearview mirror
dims automatically to reduce the
glare of the headlamps from behind. To adjust the tilt and telescoping
To adjust the steering wheel: steering wheel, if equipped:
The dimming feature comes on
when the vehicle is started. 1. Pull the lever down. 1. Pull the lever down.
2. Move the steering wheel up 2. Move the steering wheel up
or down. or down.
3. Pull the lever up to lock the 3. Pull or push the steering wheel
steering wheel in place. closer or away from you.
4. Pull the lever up to lock the
steering wheel in place.
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
14 In Brief
Interior Lighting Reading Lamps (If Equipped) Exterior Lighting

Dome Lamps
The interior lamps control in the
overhead console controls both the
front and rear interior lamps.
The front reading lamps are in the The exterior lamp control is on the
overhead console. instrument panel to the left of the
steering wheel.
O : Turns off the automatic
headlamps and Daytime Running
( : Turns the lamps off. Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp
control to the off position again to
H : Turns the lamps on when any turn the automatic headlamps or
door is opened. DRL back on.
' : Keeps the lamps on all For vehicles first sold in Canada, off
the time. will only work when the vehicle is in
The rear reading lamps are in the P (Park).
headliner. AUTO : Automatically turns on the
# or $ : Press to turn each lamp headlamps at normal brightness,
on or off. together with the following:
For more information, see Dome . Parking Lamps
Lamps 0 151. . Instrument Panel Lights
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
In Brief 15
. Taillamps Windshield Wiper/Washer INT : Move the lever up to INT for
. License Plate Lamps intermittent wipes, then turn the x
INT band up for more frequent
. Front/Rear Sidemarker Lamps wipes or down for less frequent
; : Turns on the parking lamps wipes.
including all lamps, except the OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.
headlamps.
1X : For a single wipe, briefly move
5 : Turns on the headlamps the wiper lever down. For several
together with the parking lamps and The windshield wiper/washer lever wipes, hold the wiper lever down.
instrument panel lights. is on the right side of the steering
See: column. With the ignition in ACC/ n L : Pull the windshield wiper
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, move lever toward you to spray windshield
. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 146. washer fluid and activate the wipers.
the windshield wiper lever to select
. Daytime Running Lamps the wiper speed. See Windshield Wiper/
(DRL) 0 147. HI : Use for fast wipes. Washer 0 104.
. Fog Lamps 0 149.
LO : Use for slow wipes. Climate Controls
These systems control the heating,
cooling, and ventilation.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
16 In Brief
Climate Control System
1. Fan Control 5. TEMP (Temperature Control)

2. A/C (Air Conditioning) 6. Rear Window Defogger (If
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls Equipped)
4. Defrost 7. Air Recirculation

10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
In Brief 17
Automatic Climate Control System Transmission

Range Selection Mode
1. Fan Control 7. Rear Window Defogger

2. A/C (Air Conditioning) 8. Air Recirculation
Range Selection Mode helps control
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls 9. Power Button the vehicle's transmission and
4. Defrost See Climate Control Systems 0 208 vehicle speed while driving downhill
or Automatic Climate Control or towing a trailer by letting you
5. Temperature Control select a desired range of gears.
System 0 210 (If Equipped).
6. AUTO (Automatic Operation) To enable:
1. Move the shift lever to the
M (Manual Mode) position. The
current range will display next
to the M. This is the highest
attainable range with all lower
gears accessible. For example,
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
18 In Brief
when 5 (Fifth) gear is selected, Automatic Transfer Case 4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use
1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) gears this setting when extra traction is
are available. needed, such as on snowy or icy
2. Press the plus/minus button on roads or in most off-road situations.
the shift lever to select the N (Neutral) : Shift to this setting
desired range of gears for only when towing the vehicle. See
current driving conditions. See Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 351
Manual Mode 0 244. or Trailer Towing 0 272.
Four-Wheel Drive 4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) :

If the vehicle has four-wheel drive, Choose 4 n when driving in deep
the engine's driving power can be sand, mud, or snow, and while
sent to all four wheels for extra climbing or descending steep hills.
traction. See Four-Wheel Drive 0 247.
The transfer case knob is to the left
Electronic Transfer Case of the steering column. Use it to
shift into and out of the different
four-wheel drive modes.
The different drive options that may
be available are described following.
2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : This
setting is used for driving in most
street and highway situations.
AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel
Drive) : This setting is ideal for use
when road surface traction
conditions are variable.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
In Brief 19
Vehicle Features g : Press to seek the previous Satellite Radio

station.
Vehicles with a SiriusXM® satellite
Infotainment System l : Press to seek the next station. radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM
The base radio and base radio with See Overview (Base Radio) 0 155 satellite radio subscription can
touchscreen information is included or Overview (Base Radio with receive SiriusXM programming.
in this manual. See the infotainment Touchscreen) 0 157 about these SiriusXM Satellite Radio
manual for information on the and other radio features. Service
uplevel radios, audio players,
phone, navigation system, Rear Storing Radio Station Presets SiriusXM is a satellite radio service
Seat Entertainment (RSE), and Up to 25 preset stations from all based in the 48 contiguous United
voice or speech recognition, bands can be stored in the favorite States and 10 Canadian provinces.
if equipped. lists in any order. Up to five stations SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide
can be stored in each favorite page variety of programming and
Radio(s) and the number of favorite pages commercial-free music, coast to
can be set. coast, and in digital-quality sound.
O : Press to turn the system on. A fee is required to receive the
Press and hold to turn it off. When To store the station to a position in SiriusXM service.
on, press to mute; press again to the list, while on the active source
unmute. Turn to increase or main page, such as AM, FM, For more information refer to:
decrease the volume. or SXM (if equipped), press and . www.siriusxm.com or call
hold a favorites/soft key button on 1-888-601-6296 (U.S.).
RADIO : Press to choose between the faceplate.
FM, AM, and SXM, if equipped. . www.siriusxm.ca or call
See “Storing Radio Station Presets” 1-877-438-9677 (Canada).
MEDIA : Press to change the audio under AM-FM Radio (Base Radio)
source between USB, AUX, and 0 161 or AM-FM Radio (Base Radio See Satellite Radio (Base Radio)
Bluetooth® Audio, if equipped. with Touchscreen) 0 163. 0 164 or Satellite Radio (Base
{ : Press to go to the Home Page. Radio with Touchscreen) 0 165.
Setting the Clock
MENU : Press to select a menu.
See Clock 0 106.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
20 In Brief
Portable Audio Devices See Bluetooth (Overview) 0 187 or g : Press to answer an incoming
Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls - call or start voice recognition. See
There is a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) auxiliary Base Radio) 0 188 or Bluetooth Bluetooth (Overview) 0 187 or
input jack and USB port on the (Voice Recognition) 0 192 or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls -
center stack. External devices such Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls - Base Radio) 0 188 or Bluetooth
as iPods®, laptop computers, MP3 Base Radio with (Voice Recognition) 0 192 or
players, and USB storage devices Touchscreen) 0 197. Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls -
may be connected, depending on
Base Radio with Touchscreen)
the audio system. Steering Wheel Controls 0 197 or “OnStar Overview” in the
See USB Port (Base Radio) 0 170 owner's manual. Press and hold to
or USB Port (Base Radio with activate Bluetooth voice pass-thru.
Touchscreen) 0 173 and Auxiliary See Voice Recognition 0 181.
Jack 0 179.
i : Press to decline an incoming
® call or end a current call. Press to
Bluetooth mute or unmute the infotainment
The Bluetooth® system allows users system when not on a call.
with a Bluetooth-enabled cell phone o or p : Press the five-way control
to make and receive hands-free to go to the previous or next area of
calls using the vehicle audio system a display in the instrument cluster.
and controls.
w or x : Press the five-way
The Bluetooth-enabled cell phone control to go up or down in a list on
must be paired with the in-vehicle the instrument cluster.
Bluetooth system before it can be If equipped, some audio controls
used in the vehicle. Not all phones can be adjusted at the steering @ : Press to select a highlighted
will support all functions. wheel. menu option.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
In Brief 21
Cruise Control * : Press to disengage cruise

control without erasing the set
speed from memory.
See Cruise Control 0 259.
Driver Information Center

(DIC) (Base Level)
The DIC display is in the center of
the instrument cluster. It shows the
status of many vehicle systems. The
controls for the DIC are on the turn
The favorites and volume switches signal lever.
are on the back of the steering
wheel.
1. Favorite: When on a radio 5 : Press to turn the system on or
source, press to select the next off. A white indicator comes on in
or previous audio broadcast the instrument cluster when cruise
favorite. When listening to a is turned on.
media device, press to select +RES : If there is a set speed in
the next or previous track. memory, press briefly to resume to 1. SET/CLR: Press to set,
that speed or press and hold to or press and hold to clear, the
2. Volume: Press to increase or
accelerate. If cruise control is menu item displayed.
decrease the volume.
already active, use to increase
vehicle speed. 2. w / x : Use the band to
scroll through the items in
SET✓ : Press briefly to set the each menu.
speed and activate cruise control.
If cruise control is already active,
use to decrease vehicle speed.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
22 In Brief
3. MENU: Press to display the Forward Collision Alert

DIC menus. This button is also
used to return to or exit the last
(FCA) System
screen displayed on the DIC. If equipped, FCA may help avoid or
See Driver Information Center (DIC) reduce the harm caused by
(Base Level) 0 126 or Driver front-end crashes. FCA provides a
Information Center (DIC) green indicator, V, when a vehicle
(Uplevel) 0 129. is detected ahead. This indicator
displays amber if you follow a
Driver Information Center vehicle much too closely. When
approaching a vehicle ahead too
(DIC) (Uplevel) quickly, FCA provides a red flashing
The DIC display is in the instrument alert on the windshield and rapidly
cluster. It shows the status of many w or x : Press to move up or beeps.
vehicle systems. down in a list.
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
If the vehicle has the uplevel o or p : Press to move between System 0 263.
instrument cluster, the right steering the interactive display zones in the
wheel controls are used to operate cluster.
the DIC. V : Press to open a menu or select
a menu item. Press and hold to
reset values on certain screens.
See Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Base Level) 0 126 or Driver
Information Center (DIC)
(Uplevel) 0 129.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
In Brief 23
Lane Departure Power Outlets Performance and

Warning (LDW) Accessory power outlets can be Maintenance
If equipped, LDW may help avoid used to plug in electrical equipment,
such as a cell phone, MP3
unintentional lane departures at
player, etc.
Traction Control/
speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or
greater. LDW uses a camera sensor
Electronic Stability
The vehicle may have accessory
to detect the lane markings. The power outlets: Control
LDW light, @, is green if a lane . On the center stack below the The Traction Control System (TCS)
marking is detected. If the vehicle climate control system, limits wheel spin. The system is on
departs the lane without using a turn if equipped. when the vehicle is started.
signal in that direction, the light will The StabiliTrak system assists with
change to amber and flash. In . On the center floor console,
if equipped. directional control of the vehicle in
addition, beeps will sound. difficult driving conditions. The
See Lane Departure Warning . On the rear of the center storage system is on when the vehicle is
(LDW) 0 264. console. started.
Lift the cover to access and replace . To turn off TCS, press and
Rear Vision when not in use. release the TCS/StabiliTrak
Camera (RVC) See Power Outlets 0 107. button g on the center stack. i
If equipped, RVC displays a view of illuminates in the instrument
the area behind the vehicle, on the cluster.
infotainment display, when the . To turn off both TCS and
vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). StabiliTrak, press and hold g on
See Rear Vision Camera the center stack, until i and g
(RVC) 0 261. illuminate in the instrument
cluster.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
24 In Brief
. Press and release g to turn on Loading Information label. See Regular Fuel
Vehicle Load Limits 0 226. The
both systems. i and g turn off Use only unleaded gasoline rated
warning light will remain on until the 87 octane or higher in your vehicle.
in instrument cluster. tire pressure is corrected. Do not use gasoline with an octane
StabiliTrak will automatically turn on The low tire pressure warning light rating lower as it may result in
if the vehicle exceeds 56 km/h may come on in cool weather when vehicle damage and lower fuel
(35 mph). TCS will remain off the vehicle is first started, and then economy. See Fuel 0 266.
until g is pressed or the ignition is turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
cycled from Off then On. may be an early indicator that the Fuel (Diesel)
See Traction Control/Electronic tire pressures are getting low and
the tires need to be inflated to the For diesel vehicles, do not use
Stability Control 0 256. gasoline. See “Fuel for Diesel
proper pressure.
Engines” in the Duramax diesel
Tire Pressure Monitor The TPMS does not replace normal supplement.
monthly tire maintenance. Maintain
This vehicle may have a Tire
the correct tire pressures. E85 or FlexFuel
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
See Tire Pressure Monitor
System 0 325.
Fuel (Gasoline)
The low tire pressure warning light No E85 or FlexFuel

alerts to a significant loss in Gasoline-ethanol fuel blends greater
pressure of one of the vehicle's than E15 (15% ethanol by volume),
tires. If the warning light comes on, such as E85, cannot be used in this
stop as soon as possible and inflate vehicle.
the tires to the recommended
pressure shown on the Tire and
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
In Brief 25
Engine Oil Life System The oil life system can also be reset . Avoid idling the engine for long
as follows: periods of time.
The engine oil life system calculates
engine oil life based on vehicle use 1. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING . When road and weather
and, on most vehicles, displays a on the DIC. See Driver conditions are appropriate, use
Driver Information Center (DIC) Information Center (DIC) (Base cruise control.
message when it is necessary to Level) 0 126 or Driver . Always follow posted speed
change the engine oil and filter. The Information Center (DIC) limits or drive more slowly when
oil life system should be reset to (Uplevel) 0 129. conditions require.
100% only following an oil change. 2. Fully press the accelerator . Keep vehicle tires properly
Resetting the Oil Life System pedal slowly three times within inflated.
five seconds. If the display
To reset the engine oil life system: shows 100%, the system is . Combine several trips into a
1. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING reset. single trip.
on the DIC. See Driver See Engine Oil Life System 0 288. . Replace the vehicle's tires with
Information Center (DIC) (Base the same TPC Spec number
Level) 0 126 or Driver Driving for Better Fuel molded into the tire's sidewall
Information Center (DIC) near the size.
(Uplevel) 0 129. If the vehicle Economy
. Follow recommended scheduled
does not have DIC buttons, the Driving habits can affect fuel maintenance.
vehicle must be in P (Park) to mileage. Here are some driving tips
access this display. to get the best fuel economy
possible.
2. Press and hold V on the DIC,
or SET/CLR on the turn signal . Avoid fast starts and accelerate
lever if the vehicle does not smoothly.
have DIC buttons, for several . Brake gradually and avoid
seconds. The oil life will abrupt stops.
change to 100%.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
26 In Brief
Roadside Assistance
Program
U.S.: 1-800-243-8872
TTY Users (U.S. Only):
1-888-889-2438
Canada: 1-800-268-6800
New Chevrolet owners are
automatically enrolled in the
Roadside Assistance Program.
See Roadside Assistance
Program 0 387.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Keys, Doors, and Windows 27
Keys, Doors, and Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
39
39
Keys and Locks
Windows Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Blind Spot Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
39
39 Keys
Keys and Locks

Interior Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 40
{ Warning
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 40
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Leaving children in a vehicle with
Automatic Dimming Rearview the ignition key is dangerous and
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) children or others could be
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Windows seriously injured or killed. They
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 32 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 could operate the power windows
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 or other controls or make the
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Rear Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 vehicle move. The windows will
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 function with the keys in the
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 34 ignition, and children or others
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 could be caught in the path of a
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 closing window. Do not leave
Doors children in a vehicle with the
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 ignition key.
Vehicle Security
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 36
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . 37
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
28 Keys, Doors, and Windows
moving the key out of the RUN

Warning (Continued) position. Do not add any additional
items to the ring attached to the
impacted, and airbags may not ignition key. Attach additional items
deploy. To reduce the risk of only to the second ring, and limit
unintentional rotation of the added items to a few essential keys
ignition key, do not change the or small, light items no larger than
way the ignition key and Remote an RKE transmitter.
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter,
if equipped, are connected to the
provided key rings.
The ignition key and key rings, and

{ Warning RKE transmitter, if equipped, are
designed to work together as a
If the key is unintentionally
system to reduce the risk of
rotated while the vehicle is unintentionally moving the key out
running, the ignition could be of the RUN position. The ignition
moved out of the RUN position. key has a small hole to allow
This could be caused by heavy attachment of the provided key ring.
items hanging from the key ring, It is important that any replacement
or by large or long items attached ignition keys have a small hole. See
to the key ring that could be your dealer if a replacement key is
contacted by the driver or required.
steering wheel. If the ignition The combination and size of the
moves out of the RUN position, rings that came with your keys were
the engine will shut off, braking specifically selected for your
and steering power assist may be vehicle. The rings are connected to
(Continued) the key like two links of a chain to
reduce the risk of unintentionally
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
1. Insert the original, already Programming without Two

programmed key in the ignition Recognized Keys
and turn the key to the ON/ Program a new key to the vehicle
RUN position. when a recognized key is not
2. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF and available. Canadian regulations
remove the key. require that owners see their dealer.
3. Quickly, within five seconds, If two currently recognized keys are
insert the second original not available, follow this procedure
already programmed key in the to program the first key.
ignition and turn the key to the This procedure will take
ON/RUN position. approximately 30 minutes to
Interference from radio-frequency 4. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF, complete for the first key. The
identification (RFID) tags may and remove the key. vehicle must be off and all of the
prevent the key from starting the 5. Insert the new key to be keys you wish to program must be
vehicle. Keep RFID tags away from programmed and turn it to the with you.
the key when starting the vehicle. ON/RUN position within 1. Insert the new vehicle key into
The key is used for the ignition and five seconds. the ignition.
all door locks. The security light will turn off 2. Turn to ON/RUN. The security
once the keys has been light will come on.
Programming Keys programmed. 3. Wait 10 minutes until the
Follow these procedures to program 6. Repeat Steps 1–5 if additional security light turns off.
up to eight keys to the vehicle. keys are to be programmed. 4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
Programming with Two If a key is lost or damaged, see your
Recognized Keys 5. Repeat Steps 2–4 two more
dealer to have a new key made. times. After the third time, turn
To program a new key: to ON/RUN; the key is learned
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
and all previously known keys Remote Keyless Entry Other conditions can affect the
will no longer work with the performance of the transmitter. See
vehicle.
(RKE) System Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
6. To learn the second key, turn to See Radio Frequency System 0 30.
OFF. Insert the second key to Statement 0 393.
be learned and turn to If there is a decrease in the Remote
ON/RUN. Keyless Entry (RKE) operating
After two keys are learned, the range:
remaining keys can be learned by . Check the distance. The
following the procedure in transmitter may be too far from
“Programming with Two the vehicle.
Recognized Keys.” . Check the location. Other
The key has a bar-coded key tag vehicles or objects may be
that the dealer or qualified locksmith blocking the signal.
can use to make new keys. Store . Check the transmitter's battery.
this information in a safe place, not With Remote Start (without
See “Battery Replacement” later
in the vehicle.
in this section. Remote Start Similar)
See your dealer if a replacement
key or additional key is needed.
. If the transmitter is still not / : If equipped, / is used to start
working correctly, see your the engine from outside the vehicle
If it becomes difficult to turn a key, dealer or a qualified technician using the RKE transmitter. See
inspect the key blade for debris. for service. Remote Vehicle Start 0 32.
Periodically clean with a brush
or pick. Remote Keyless Entry Q : Press to lock all doors.
With an active OnStar subscription, (RKE) System Operation If enabled through the Driver
an OnStar Advisor may remotely Information Center (DIC), the turn
unlock the vehicle. See OnStar The RKE transmitter functions may signal lamps flash once to indicate
Overview 0 397. work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from locking has occurred. If enabled
the vehicle. through the DIC, the horn chirps
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
when Q is pressed again within Press and hold 7 for at least

Caution
three seconds. See Vehicle three seconds to sound the panic
Personalization 0 139. alarm. The turn signal lamps flash When replacing the battery, do
and the horn sounds repeatedly for not touch any of the circuitry on
Pressing Q arms the vehicle alarm 30 seconds. The alarm turns off
system. See Vehicle Alarm the transmitter. Static from your
when the ignition is moved to ON/
System 0 36. body could damage the
RUN or 7 is pressed again. The transmitter.
K : Press once to unlock only the ignition must be in LOCK/OFF for
driver door. If K is pressed again the panic alarm to work.
within three seconds, all remaining To replace the battery:
Programming Transmitters to
doors unlock. The interior lamps
may come on and stay on for the Vehicle
20 seconds or until the ignition is Only RKE transmitters programmed
turned on. to this vehicle will work. If a
If enabled through the DIC, the turn transmitter is lost or stolen, a
signal lamps flash twice to indicate replacement can be purchased and
unlocking has occurred. See Vehicle programmed through your dealer.
Personalization 0 139. If enabled Each vehicle can have up to
through the DIC, the exterior lamps eight transmitters programmed to it.
may turn on. See Vehicle See your dealer for transmitter
Personalization 0 139. programming.
Pressing K on the RKE transmitter Battery Replacement

disarms the vehicle alarm system. Replace the battery in the 1. Separate and remove the back
See Vehicle Alarm System 0 36. transmitter soon if the REPLACE cover of the transmitter with a
7 : Press and release one time to BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY flat, thin object, such as a coin.
initiate vehicle locator. The turn message displays in the DIC.
signal lamps flash and the horn
sounds three times.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Remote Vehicle Start The engine will turn off during a

remote vehicle start if:
If equipped, the engine can be
started from outside of the vehicle. . The coolant temperature gets
The climate controls and rear too high.
window defogger may also . The oil pressure gets low.
come on.
The RKE transmitter range may be
If the vehicle has heated seats and less while the vehicle is running.
the feature is turned on in vehicle
personalization, the heated seats Other conditions can affect the
performance of the transmitter. See
will turn on during colder outside
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
temperatures and will shut off when
the key is turned to ON/RUN. See System 0 30 or Vehicle
2. Press and slide the battery Personalization 0 139.
down toward the pocket of the Heated Front Seats 0 48.
transmitter in the direction of Laws in some communities may Starting the Engine Using Remote
the key ring. Do not use a restrict the use of remote starters. Start
metal object. Check local regulations for any 1. Press and release Q.
3. Remove the battery. requirements on remote starting of
vehicles. 2. Immediately press and hold /
4. Insert the new battery, positive until the turn signal lamps flash
side facing up. Replace with a Do not use remote start if the
vehicle is low on fuel. or for at least four seconds.
CR2032 or equivalent battery.
The vehicle cannot be remote When the vehicle starts, the
5. Push together the transmitter parking lamps will turn on. The
back cover top side first, and started if:
doors will be locked and the
then the bottom toward the . The key is in the ignition. climate control system may
key ring. . The hood is not closed. come on.
. There is an emission control
system malfunction and the
malfunction indicator lamp is on.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
The engine will continue to run for . Turn the vehicle on and then off.
10 minutes. Repeat the steps for Warning (Continued)
one 10-minute time extension. Place Door Locks permanent injuries or even
the key in ON/RUN to operate the
death from heat stroke.
vehicle.
{ Warning Always lock the vehicle
Extending Engine Run Time whenever leaving it.
Unlocked doors can be
The engine run time can be . Outsiders can easily enter
dangerous.
extended by 10 minutes, for a total through an unlocked door
of 20 minutes, if during the first . Passengers, especially when you slow down or stop
10 minutes Steps 1–2 are repeated children, can easily open the vehicle. Locking the
while the engine is still running. An the doors and fall out of a doors can help prevent this
extension can be requested, moving vehicle. When a from happening.
30 seconds after starting. door is locked, the handle
will not open it. The chance
A maximum of two remote starts, of being thrown out of the To lock or unlock a door from the
or a single start with an extension, vehicle in a crash is outside press Q or K on the
is allowed between ignition cycles. increased if the doors are Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
The vehicle's ignition must be not locked. So, all transmitter or use the key in the
turned on and then back off to use passengers should wear driver door.
remote start again. safety belts properly and the To lock a door from the inside, push
doors should be locked down on the door lock knob. To
Canceling a Remote Start whenever the vehicle is unlock, pull the door handle once to
To cancel a remote start, do one of driven. unlock the door and again to
the following: . Young children who get into unlatch it.
. Press and hold / until the unlocked vehicles may be
parking lamps turn off. unable to get out. A child
can be overcome by
. Turn on the hazard warning extreme heat and can suffer
flashers.
(Continued)
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Power Door Locks When Q is pressed on the power for automatic transmissions or
door lock switch with the door open, vehicle speed is above 13 km/h
a chime will sound three times (8 mph) for manual transmissions.
indicating that delayed locking is To unlock the doors:
active.
. Press K on a power door lock
The doors will then lock switch.
automatically five seconds after all
doors are closed. If a door is . If equipped with an automatic
reopened before five seconds have transmission, shift the
elapsed, the five-second timer will transmission into P (Park)
reset once all the doors are closed . If equipped with manual
again. transmission, remove the key
Press Q on the door lock switch from the ignition when parked.
Crew Cab Shown, Extended Cab Automatic door locking cannot be
Similar again, or press Q on the RKE
transmitter, to override this feature disabled. Automatic door unlocking
If equipped with power door locks: and lock the doors immediately. can be programmed. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 139.
Q : Press to lock the doors. Delayed locking can be
K : Press to unlock the doors. programmed through the Driver Lockout Protection
Information Center (DIC). See
Vehicle Personalization 0 139. When locking is requested with the
Delayed Locking driver door open and the key in the
This feature delays the actual Automatic Door Locks ignition, all the doors will lock and
locking of the doors until then the driver door will unlock. This
five seconds after all doors are If equipped, the doors will lock can be manually overridden by
closed. automatically when all doors are
pressing and holding Q on the
closed, the ignition is on, and the
Delayed locking can only be turned shift lever is moved out of P (Park) power door lock switch.
on when the Unlocked Door Anti
Lockout feature has been turned off.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
If Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout is

turned on, the vehicle is off with the
Press { to activate the safety locks Doors
on the rear doors. The indicator light
driver door open, and door locking comes on when activated. The
is requested, all the doors will lock Tailgate
vehicle must be on, in ACC/
and only the driver door will unlock. ACCESSORY, or in Retained
The Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout Accessory Power (RAP). See { Warning
feature can be turned on or off using Retained Accessory Power
the vehicle personalization menus. It is extremely dangerous to ride
(RAP) 0 237.
See Vehicle Personalization 0 139. on the tailgate, even when the
If the indicator light flashes, the vehicle is operated at low speeds.
Safety Locks feature may not be working properly. People riding on the tailgate can
easily lose their balance and fall
If equipped, the rear door safety in response to vehicle
locks prevent passengers from
maneuvers. Falling from a moving
opening the rear doors from inside
vehicle may result in serious
the vehicle.
injuries or death. Do not allow
people to ride on the tailgate. Be
sure everyone in your vehicle is in
a seat and using a safety belt
properly.
On vehicles with a lock on the

tailgate, use the key to lock or
unlock the tailgate. The power door
locks will not lock or unlock the
tailgate.
Open the tailgate by lifting up on its
handle while pulling the
tailgate down.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
To shut the tailgate, firmly push it

upward until it latches.
1. Raise the tailgate and support
it firmly. Pull out and hold the
Vehicle Security
cable retaining clip (1). Push This vehicle has theft-deterrent
After closing the tailgate, pull it back
the cable (3) up and off of the features; however, they do not make
to be sure it latches securely.
bolt (2). Repeat on the the vehicle impossible to steal.
Tailgate Removal other side.
The tailgate can be removed to 2. With the tailgate about halfway Vehicle Alarm System
allow for different loading situations. open, lift the right edge of the If equipped with the anti-theft alarm
Assistance may be needed with the tailgate from the lower pivot. system, the indicator light, on the
removal to avoid damage to the On vehicles with the tailgate instrument panel near the
vehicle. assist feature, raise the tailgate windshield, indicates the status of
On vehicles with a Rear Vision nearly all the way to the closed the system.
Camera, it must be disconnected position prior to removing the
before removing the tailgate. See left edge.
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) 0 261. 3. Move the tailgate to the right
To remove the tailgate: and away to release the
left edge.
Reverse this procedure to reinstall
the tailgate. Make sure the tailgate
is secure.
Off : Alarm system is disarmed.

On Solid : Vehicle is secured
during the delay to arm the system.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured. If the driver door is opened without . Always unlock a door with the
A door or the hood is open. first unlocking with the RKE RKE transmitter.
Slow Flash : Alarm system is transmitter, the horn will chirp and Unlocking the driver door with the
armed. the lights will flash to indicate key will not disarm the system or
pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not turn off the alarm.
Arming the Alarm System started, or the door is not unlocked
1. Turn off the vehicle. by pressing K on the RKE Detecting a Tamper Condition
transmitter during the 10-second If K is pressed on the RKE
2. Lock the vehicle with one of pre-alarm, the alarm will be
the following: transmitter and the horn chirps three
activated.
times, an alarm occurred previously
. Use the Remote Keyless If a door or the hood is opened while the alarm system was armed.
Entry (RKE) transmitter. without first disarming the system,
. With a door open, press Q the turn signals will flash and the Immobilizer
on the interior of the door. horn will sound for about
30 seconds. The alarm system will See Radio Frequency
3. After 30 seconds the alarm then re-arm to monitor for the next Statement 0 393.
system will arm, and the unauthorized event.
indicator light will begin to Immobilizer Operation
slowly flash indicating the Disarming the Alarm System
alarm system is operating. To disarm the alarm system or turn
Pressing Q on the RKE off the alarm if it has been activated:
transmitter a second time will
bypass the 30-second delay . Press K on the RKE transmitter.
and immediately arm the alarm . Start the vehicle.
system.
To avoid setting off the alarm by
The theft-deterrent alarm system will accident: This vehicle has a passive
not arm if the doors are locked with theft-deterrent system.
. Lock the vehicle after all
the key. The system does not have to be
occupants have left the vehicle
and all doors are closed. manually armed or disarmed.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
The vehicle is automatically

immobilized when the vehicle is
It is possible for the immobilizer
system to learn new or replacement
Exterior Mirrors
turned off. keys. Up to eight keys can be
programmed for the vehicle. To Convex Mirrors
The system is automatically
program additional transmitters, see
disarmed when the key is turned to
ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY, Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) { Warning
or START from the LOCK/OFF System Operation 0 30.
A convex mirror can make things,
position. Do not leave the key or device that like other vehicles, look farther
The security light, in the instrument disarms or deactivates the vehicle
away than they really are. If you
cluster, comes on if there is a theft system in the vehicle.
cut too sharply into the right lane,
problem with arming or disarming See your dealer to get a new key you could hit a vehicle on the
the theft-deterrent system. blank cut exactly as the ignition key right. Check the inside mirror or
When trying to start the vehicle, the that operates the system. glance over your shoulder before
security light comes on briefly when changing lanes.
the ignition is turned on.
If the engine does not start and the The passenger side mirror is convex
security light stays on, there is a shaped. A convex mirror's surface is
problem with the system. Turn the curved so more can be seen from
ignition off and try again. the driver seat.
If the engine still does not start, and
the key appears to be undamaged, Manual Mirrors
try another ignition key. It may be If equipped, adjust manual mirrors
necessary to check the fuse. See by moving the mirror up and down
Fuses 0 310. If the engine still does or left to right to see a little of the
not start with the other key, the side of the vehicle and to have a
vehicle needs service. If the vehicle clear view behind the vehicle.
does start, the first key may be
faulty. See your dealer.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Using hood-mounted air deflectors 3. Return the selector switch to Driving with the Blind Spot
and add-on convex mirror the center position. Mirror
attachments could decrease mirror
performance. Folding Mirrors
Power Mirrors Manual Folding Mirrors
The mirrors can be folded inward
toward the vehicle to prevent
damage when going through an
automatic car wash. Push the mirror
outward to return it to the original
position.
Heated Mirrors
If equipped, the rear window
defogger also heats the outside
mirrors.
K : Press to heat the outside
mirrors. See “Rear Window
If equipped, adjust the power
Defogger” under Climate Control
mirrors:
Systems 0 208.
1. Move the selector switch to L
(Left) or R (Right) to choose Blind Spot Mirrors
driver or passenger mirror.
The blind spot mirror is a small
2. Press the arrows on the control convex mirror built into the upper
pad to move each mirror in the and outer corner of the driver Actual Mirror View
desired direction. outside mirror. It can show objects
that may be in the vehicle's
blind zone.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
1. When the approaching vehicle

is a long distance away, the
Using the Outside Mirror with Interior Mirrors
the Blind Spot Mirror
image in the main mirror is
small and near the inboard 1. Set the main mirror so that the Interior Rearview Mirrors
edge of the mirror. side of the vehicle can just be
Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear
seen and the blind spot mirror
2. As the vehicle gets closer, the view of the area behind your
has an unobstructed view.
image in the main mirror gets vehicle.
larger and moves outboard. 2. When checking for traffic or
If equipped with OnStar, the vehicle
before changing a lane, look at
3. As the vehicle enters the blind may have three control buttons at
the main driver/passenger side
zone, the image transitions the bottom of the mirror. See your
mirror to observe traffic in the
from the main mirror to the dealer for more information about
adjacent lane, behind your
blind spot mirror. OnStar and how to subscribe to it.
vehicle. Check the blind spot
See OnStar Overview 0 397.
4. When the vehicle is in the blind mirror for a vehicle in the blind
zone, the image only appears zone. Then, glance over your Do not spray glass cleaner directly
in the blind spot mirror. shoulder to double check on the mirror. Use a soft towel
before moving slowly into the dampened with water.
adjacent lane.
Manual Rearview Mirror
If equipped, push the tab forward for
daytime use and pull it rearward for
nighttime use to avoid glare from
the headlamps from behind.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Automatic Dimming Windows pulsing sound when either rear

window is down and the front
Rearview Mirror windows are up. To reduce the
If equipped, the mirror will { Warning sound, open either a front window
automatically reduce the glare of the or the sunroof, if equipped.
headlamps from behind. The Never leave a child, a helpless
adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,
dimming feature comes on each
especially with the windows
Power Windows
time the vehicle is started.
closed in warm or hot weather.
They can be overcome by the { Warning
extreme heat and suffer
Children could be seriously
permanent injuries or even death
injured or killed if caught in the
from heat stroke.
path of a closing window. Never
leave keys in a vehicle with
children. When there are children
in the rear seat, use the window
lockout button to prevent
operation of the windows. See
Keys 0 27.
The vehicle aerodynamics are

designed to improve fuel economy
performance. This may result in a
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Rear Window Lockout (Crew Window Express Movement

Cab Only) Express-down/up allows the
windows to be opened or closed
without holding the window switch.
Press the window switch fully down
or pull it up, and quickly release it to
engage. Briefly press or pull the
same switch to stop window
movement.
Express Window Obstacle
Detection
Crew Cab Shown, Extended Cab The express-up feature will reverse
Similar window movement if it comes in
The windows work when the vehicle contact with an object. Extreme cold
is in ON/RUN or ACC/ This feature prevents the rear or ice could cause the window to
ACCESSORY, or when Retained passenger windows from operating, auto-reverse. The window will
Accessory Power (RAP) is active. except from the driver position. operate as normal after the object or
See Retained Accessory Power condition is removed.
(RAP) 0 237. Press Z to activate the window
lockout. The indicator light in the Obstacle Detection Override
Press or pull the switch to open or switch will illuminate when
close the window. activated. { Warning
The windows will be temporarily
Press Z again to deactivate the If obstacle detection override is
disabled if the window switches are
lockout switch. activated, the window will not
used repeatedly within a short time.
If the indicator light flashes, the reverse automatically. You or
feature may not be working properly. others could be injured and the
(Continued)
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Warning (Continued)
4. Press the power window switch Sun Visors
until the window is fully open
and briefly hold.
window could be damaged.
Before you use obstacle detection
override, make sure that all
Rear Windows
people and obstructions are clear Sliding Rear Window
of the window path.
The window can be closed by

holding the window switch in the up
position if conditions prevent it from Pull the sun visor down to block
express closing. glare. Detach the sun visor from the
Programming the Power center mount to pivot to the side
window or, if equipped, extend
Windows along the rod.
Programming may be necessary if
the vehicle's battery has been
disconnected or discharged. If the
window is unable to express-up,
program the window: If the vehicle has this feature,
1. Close all doors. squeeze the latch in the center of
the window and slide the glass to
2. Place the ignition in ACC/ open it.
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN.
Be sure the latch is engaged when
3. Partially open the window to be the window is closed.
programmed, then close it and
continue to pull the switch
briefly after the window has
fully closed.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
44 Seats and Restraints
Seats and Airbag System

Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Securing Child Restraints (With
the Safety Belt in the
Restraints Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 60
When Should an Airbag
Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 the Safety Belt in the
Head Restraints What Makes an Airbag Front Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
How Does an Airbag
Front Seats Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 What Will You See after an
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 46 Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Passenger Sensing System . . . 64
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Adding Equipment to the
Rear Seats Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 68
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 69
Safety Belts Replacing Airbag System Parts
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
How to Wear Safety Belts Child Restraints
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Infants and Young Children . . . . 71
Safety Belt Use During Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 74
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 75
Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 57 Children (LATCH System) . . . . 77
Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Replacing LATCH System Parts
Replacing Safety Belt System After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 57
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Seats and Restraints 45
Head Restraints Adjust the head restraint so that the

top of the restraint is at the same
restraint after the button is released
to make sure that it is locked in
The vehicle's front seats have height as the top of the occupant's place.
adjustable head restraints in the head. This position reduces the The front seat outboard head
outboard seating positions. chance of a neck injury in a crash. restraints are not removable.
{ Warning Rear Head Restraints

With head restraints that are not Crew Cab
installed and adjusted properly, The vehicle’s rear seats have head
there is a greater chance that restraints in the outboard seating
occupants will suffer a neck/ positions that cannot be adjusted up
spinal injury in a crash. Do not or down.
drive until the head restraints for
all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
Driver Seat, Inboard Button

The height of the head restraint can
be adjusted. Pull the head restraint
up to raise it. Try to move the head
restraint to make sure that it is
locked in place.
To lower the head restraint, press
the button, located on the top of the
seatback, and push the restraint The rear outboard head restraints
down. Try to move the head are designed to be folded. When
folding the seatback down, the head
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
restraint must first be manually

folded forward out of the way to fold
Front Seats 2. Slide the seat to the desired
position and release the
the seatback down. handle.
Seat Adjustment
The head restraint can be folded 3. Try to move the seat back and
forward to allow for better visibility
when the rear seat is unoccupied. { Warning
forth to be sure the seat is
locked in place.
To fold the head restraint, press the You can lose control of the
button on the side of the head vehicle if you try to adjust a driver Power Seat Adjustment
restraint.
seat while the vehicle is moving.
When an occupant is in the seat, Adjust the driver seat only when
always return the head restraint to the vehicle is not moving.
the upright position until it locks into
place. Push and pull on the head
restraint to make sure that it is
locked.
If you are installing a child restraint
in the rear seat, see Lower Anchors
and Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 77.
Extended Cab
The vehicle’s rear seats have To adjust the seat, if equipped:
headrests in the outboard seating . Move the seat forward or
positions that cannot be adjusted. rearward by sliding the control
If you are installing a child restraint forward or rearward.
in the rear seat, see Lower Anchors To adjust the seat: . Raise or lower the entire seat by
and Tethers for Children (LATCH moving the entire control up
1. Pull the handle at the front of
System) 0 77. or down.
the seat.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
To adjust the seatback, see Reclining Seatbacks

Reclining Seatbacks 0 47.
Lumbar Adjustment { Warning

Sitting in a reclined position when
Power Lumbar
the vehicle is in motion can be
dangerous. Even when buckled
up, the safety belts cannot do
their job.
The shoulder belt will not be
against your body. Instead, it will
be in front of you. In a crash, you Do not have a seatback reclined if
could go into it, receiving neck or the vehicle is moving.
other injuries.
The lap belt could go up over { Warning
your abdomen. The belt forces
would be there, not at your pelvic You can lose control of the
bones. This could cause serious vehicle if you try to adjust a driver
If equipped, press and hold the top seat while the vehicle is moving.
internal injuries.
of the control to increase lumbar Adjust the driver seat only when
support. Press and hold the bottom For proper protection when the
the vehicle is not moving.
of the control to decrease lumbar vehicle is in motion, have the
support. Release the control when seatback upright. Then sit well
the seatback reaches the desired back in the seat and wear the
level of lumbar support. safety belt properly.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
2. Move the seatback to the

{ Warning desired position, and then Warning (Continued)
release the lever to lock the
If either seatback is not locked, it seatback in place. the seat that insulates against
could move forward in a sudden heat, such as a blanket, cushion,
stop or crash. That could cause 3. Push and pull on the seatback cover, or similar item. This may
injury to the person sitting there. to make sure it is locked. cause the seat heater to
Always push and pull on the To return the seatback to the upright overheat. An overheated seat
seatbacks to be sure they are position: heater may cause a burn or may
locked. 1. Lift the lever fully without damage the seat.
applying pressure to the
seatback.
2. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked.
Heated Front Seats
{ Warning
If you cannot feel temperature
change or pain to the skin, the
seat heater may cause burns. To
reduce the risk of burns, people
To recline the seatback: with such a condition should use If equipped, the buttons are on the
care when using the seat heater, center stack. To operate, the engine
1. Lift the lever. especially for long periods of must be running.
time. Do not place anything on
(Continued) Press + to heat the driver or
passenger seatback only.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Press z to heat the driver or The temperature performance of an

unoccupied seat may be reduced.
Rear Seats
passenger cushion and seatback.
This is normal. Rear Seat Reminder
The indicator light comes on when
this feature is on. The heated seats will not turn on Look in Rear Seat Reminder
during a remote start unless they Feature
Press the button once for the are enabled in the vehicle
highest setting. With each press of personalization menu. See Remote If equipped, this message displays
the button, the seat will change to Vehicle Start 0 32 and Vehicle under certain conditions indicating
the next lower setting, and then to Personalization 0 139. there may be an item or passenger
the off setting. The indicator lights in the rear seat. Check before
next to the buttons indicate three for exiting the vehicle.
the highest setting and one for the This feature will activate when a
lowest. If the heated seats are on second row door is opened while
high, their level may automatically the vehicle is on or up to 10 minutes
be lowered after approximately before the vehicle is turned on,
30 minutes. including if the vehicle was started
Remote Start Auto Heated remotely. There will be an alert
Seats when the vehicle is turned off. The
alert does not directly detect objects
During a remote start, the heated in the rear seat; instead, under
seats can be turned on certain conditions, it detects when a
automatically. The heated seats are rear door is opened and closed,
canceled when the ignition is turned indicating that there may be
on. Press the heated seat button to something in the rear seat.
use the heated seats after the
The feature is active only once each
vehicle is started.
time the vehicle is turned on and off,
The heated seat indicator lights do and will require reactivation by
not turn on during a remote start. opening and closing the second row
doors. There may be an alert even
when there is nothing in the rear
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
seat; for example, if a child entered To fold a rear seatback:

the vehicle through the rear door 1. Fold the head restraint. See
and left the vehicle without the Head Restraints 0 45.
vehicle being shut off.
The feature can be turned on or off
through Vehicle
Personalization 0 139.
Folding the Rear Seat
On crew cab models, the rear
seatbacks can be folded forward.
Caution 3. Pull the release strap on the

outboard side of the seatback.
Folding a rear seat with the safety 4. Fold the seatback forward.
belts still fastened may cause
damage to the seat or the safety To return a seatback to the upright
2. Disconnect the rear center position:
belts. Always unbuckle the safety safety belt latch from the
belts and return them to their mini-buckle by inserting the tip 1. Lift the seatback up and push it
normal stowed position before of the safety belt tongue into rearward.
folding a rear seat. the slot on the buckle. Let the 2. Return the head restraint to the
belt retract. upright position. See Head
Restraints 0 45.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
{ Warning
4. Reconnect the center safety
belt latch plate to the
Safety Belts
mini-buckle. Make sure the This section describes how to use
If either seatback is not locked, it safety belt is not twisted. safety belts properly, and some
could move forward in a sudden things not to do.
stop or crash. That could cause 5. Push and pull on the latch
plate to be sure it is secure.
injury to the person sitting there.
Always push and pull on the When the seatback is not in use, it
{ Warning
seatbacks to be sure they are should be kept in the upright, locked Do not let anyone ride where a
locked. position. safety belt cannot be worn
properly. In a crash, if you or your
3. Push and pull on the seatback passenger(s) are not wearing
to make sure it is locked in safety belts, injuries can be much
place. worse than if you are wearing
safety belts. You can be seriously
{ Warning injured or killed by hitting things
inside the vehicle harder or by
A safety belt that is improperly being ejected from the vehicle. In
routed, not properly attached, addition, anyone who is not
or twisted will not provide the buckled up can strike other
protection needed in a crash. The passengers in the vehicle.
person wearing the belt could be It is extremely dangerous to ride
seriously injured. After raising the in a cargo area, inside or outside
rear seatback, always check to be of a vehicle. In a collision,
sure that the safety belts are passengers riding in these areas
properly routed and attached, and are more likely to be seriously
are not twisted. injured or killed. Do not allow
(Continued)
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Why Safety Belts Work Questions and Answers About

Warning (Continued) Safety Belts
passengers to ride in any area of Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle
the vehicle that is not equipped after a crash if I am wearing a
with seats and safety belts. safety belt?
Always wear a safety belt, and A: You could be — whether you are
check that all passenger(s) are wearing a safety belt or not.
restrained properly too. Your chance of being conscious
during and after a crash, so you
can unbuckle and get out, is
This vehicle has indicators as a much greater if you are belted.
reminder to buckle the safety belts.
See Safety Belt Reminders 0 116. Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why
should I have to wear safety
This vehicle may have the Safety belts?
When riding in a vehicle, you travel
Belt Assurance System, which may
as fast as the vehicle does. If the A: Airbags are supplemental
prevent the vehicle from shifting out
vehicle stops suddenly, you keep systems only. They work with
of P (Park). See Safety Belt
going until something stops you. safety belts — not instead of
Messages 0 136.
It could be the windshield, the them. Whether or not an airbag
instrument panel, or the safety belts! is provided, all occupants still
When you wear a safety belt, you have to buckle up to get the
and the vehicle slow down together. most protection.
There is more time to stop because Also, in nearly all states and in
you stop over a longer distance and, all Canadian provinces, the law
when worn properly, your strongest requires wearing safety belts.
bones take the forces from the
safety belts. That is why wearing
safety belts makes such good
sense.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
How to Wear Safety Belts . Wear the shoulder belt over the
shoulder and across the chest.
Properly These parts of the body are best
This section is only for people of able to take belt restraining
adult size. forces. The shoulder belt locks if
there is a sudden stop or crash.
There are special things to know
about safety belts and children, and
there are different rules for smaller { Warning
children and infants. If a child will be
riding in the vehicle, see Older You can be seriously injured,
Children 0 70 or Infants and Young or even killed, by not wearing
Children 0 71. Follow those rules for your safety belt properly.
everyone's protection. . Sit up straight and always keep . Never allow the lap or
your feet on the floor in front shoulder belt to become
It is very important for all occupants of you.
to buckle up. Statistics show that loose or twisted.
unbelted people are hurt more often . Always use the correct buckle . Never wear the shoulder
in crashes than those who are for your seating position. belt under both arms or
wearing safety belts. . Wear the lap part of the belt low behind your back.
There are important things to know and snug on the hips, just . Never route the lap or
about wearing a safety belt properly. touching the thighs. In a crash, shoulder belt over an
this applies force to the strong armrest.
pelvic bones and you would be
less likely to slide under the lap
belt. If you slid under it, the belt Lap-Shoulder Belt
would apply force on your
abdomen. This could cause All seating positions in the vehicle
serious or even fatal injuries. have a lap-shoulder belt.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
If you are using a rear seating The lap-shoulder belt may lock
position with a detachable safety if you pull the belt across you
belt and the safety belt is not very quickly. If this happens, let
attached, see Rear Seats 0 49 for the belt go back slightly to
instructions on reconnecting the unlock it. Then pull the belt
safety belt to the mini-buckle. across you more slowly.
The following instructions explain If the shoulder portion of a
how to wear a lap-shoulder belt passenger belt is pulled out all
properly. the way, the child restraint
1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is locking feature may be
adjustable, so you can sit up engaged. If this happens, let
straight. To see how, see the belt go back all the way
“Seats” in the Index. and start again. 3. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Pull up on the latch plate to
make sure it is secure. If the
belt is not long enough, see
Safety Belt Extender 0 56.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the safety
belt could be quickly unbuckled
if necessary.
4. If equipped with a shoulder belt
height adjuster, move it to the
height that is right for you. See
If the webbing locks in the latch “Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster”
2. Pick up the latch plate and pull later in this section for
the belt across you. Do not let plate before it reaches the
buckle, tilt the latch plate to flat instructions on use and
it get twisted. important safety information.
to unlock.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
To unlatch the belt, push the button could reduce the effectiveness of
on the buckle. The belt should the safety belt in a crash. See How
return to its stowed position. to Wear Safety Belts Properly 0 53.
Always stow the safety belt slowly.
If the safety belt webbing returns
quickly to the stowed position, the
retractor may lock and cannot be
pulled out. If this happens, pull the
safety belt straight out firmly to
unlock the webbing, and then
release it. If the webbing is still
locked in the retractor, see your
5. To make the lap part tight, pull dealer.
up on the shoulder belt. Before a door is closed, be sure the
safety belt is out of the way. If a
door is slammed against a safety
belt, damage can occur to both the Push up on the release button and
safety belt and the vehicle. move the height adjuster to the
desired position.
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster
After the adjuster is set to the
The vehicle has a shoulder belt desired position, try to move it down
height adjuster for the driver and without pushing the release button
front outboard passenger. to make sure it has locked into
Adjust the height so the shoulder position.
portion of the belt is on the shoulder Safety Belt Pretensioners
and not falling off of it. The belt
should be close to, but not This vehicle has safety belt
contacting, the neck. Improper pretensioners for front outboard
shoulder belt height adjustment occupants. Although the safety belt
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
pretensioners cannot be seen, they Rear Safety Belt Comfort

are part of the safety belt assembly. Guides
They can help tighten the safety
belts during the early stages of a Rear safety belt comfort guides may
moderate to severe frontal, near provide added safety belt comfort
frontal, or rear crash if the threshold for older children who have
conditions for pretensioner outgrown booster seats and for
activation are met. Safety belt some adults. When installed on a
pretensioners can also help tighten shoulder belt, the comfort guide
the safety belts in a side crash or a positions the belt away from the
rollover event. neck and head.
Pretensioners work only once. If the Comfort guides are available

pretensioners activate in a crash, through your dealer for the rear
A pregnant woman should wear a
the pretensioners and probably outboard seating positions.
lap-shoulder belt, and the lap
other parts of the vehicle's safety Instructions are included with the
portion should be worn as low as
belt system will need to be replaced. guide.
possible, below the rounding,
See Replacing Safety Belt System throughout the pregnancy.
Parts after a Crash 0 57. Safety Belt Use During
The best way to protect the fetus is
Do not sit on the outboard safety Pregnancy to protect the mother. When a safety
belt while entering or exiting the Safety belts work for everyone, belt is worn properly, it is more likely
vehicle or at any time while sitting in including pregnant women. Like all that the fetus will not be hurt in a
the seat. Sitting on the safety belt occupants, they are more likely to crash. For pregnant women, as for
can damage the webbing and be seriously injured if they do not anyone, the key to making safety
hardware. wear safety belts. belts effective is wearing them
properly.
Safety Belt Extender

If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten
around you, you should use it.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
But if a safety belt is not long Make sure the safety belt reminder dust or debris in the mechanism.
enough, your dealer will order you light is working. See Safety Belt If dust or debris exists in the system
an extender. When you go in to Reminders 0 116. please see the dealer. Parts may
order it, take the heaviest coat you Keep safety belts clean and dry. need to be replaced to ensure
will wear, so the extender will be See Safety Belt Care 0 57. proper functionality of the system.
long enough for you. To help avoid
personal injury, do not let someone
Safety Belt Care Replacing Safety Belt
else use it, and use it only for the
seat it is made to fit. The extender
System Parts after a
Keep belts clean and dry.
has been designed for adults. Never Crash
use it for securing child restraints.
To wear it, attach it to the regular
{ Warning { Warning
safety belt. For more information, Do not bleach or dye safety belt
see the instruction sheet that comes webbing. It may severely weaken A crash can damage the safety
with the extender. the webbing. In a crash, they belt system in the vehicle.
might not be able to provide A damaged safety belt system
Safety System Check adequate protection. Clean and may not properly protect the
rinse safety belt webbing only person using it, resulting in
Check that the safety belt reminder,
safety belts, buckles, latch plates, with mild soap and lukewarm serious injury or even death in a
and retractors, are all working water. Allow the webbing to dry. crash. To help make sure the
properly. Look for any other loose or safety belt systems are working
damaged safety belt system parts properly after a crash, have them
Safety belts should be properly inspected and any necessary
that might keep a safety belt system cared for and maintained.
from performing properly. See your replacements made as soon as
dealer to have it repaired. Torn or Safety belt hardware should be kept possible.
frayed safety belts may not protect dry and free of dust or debris. As
you in a crash. They can rip apart necessary exterior hard surfaces
and safety belt webbing may be After a minor crash, replacement of
under impact forces. If a belt is torn safety belts may not be necessary.
or frayed, have it replaced lightly cleaned with mild soap and
water. Ensure there is not excessive But the safety belt assemblies that
immediately. were used during any crash may
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
have been stressed or damaged.

See your dealer to have the safety
Airbag System For frontal airbags, the word
AIRBAG is on the center of the
belt assemblies inspected or The vehicle has the following steering wheel for the driver and on
replaced. airbags: the instrument panel for the front
New parts and repairs may be . A frontal airbag for the driver. outboard passenger.
necessary even if the safety belt . A frontal airbag for the front For seat-mounted side impact
system was not being used at the outboard passenger. airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the
time of the crash. side of the seatback closest to
. A seat-mounted side impact the door.
Have the safety belt pretensioners airbag for the driver.
checked if the vehicle has been in a For roof-rail airbags, the word
crash, or if the airbag readiness light . A seat-mounted side impact AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.
stays on after you start the vehicle airbag for the front outboard
passenger. Airbags are designed to supplement
or while you are driving. See Airbag the protection provided by safety
Readiness Light 0 117. . A roof-rail airbag for the driver belts. Even though today's airbags
and the passenger seated are also designed to help reduce
directly behind the driver. the risk of injury from the force of an
. A roof-rail airbag for the front inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
outboard passenger and the very quickly to do their job.
passenger seated directly Here are the most important things
behind the front outboard to know about the airbag system:
passenger.
All vehicle airbags have the word { Warning
AIRBAG on the trim or on a label
near the deployment opening. You can be severely injured or
killed in a crash if you are not
wearing your safety belt, even
with airbags. Airbags are
(Continued)
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) { Warning

designed to work with safety airbag when it inflates can be Children who are up against,
belts, not replace them. Also, seriously injured or killed. Do not or very close to, any airbag when
airbags are not designed to inflate sit unnecessarily close to any it inflates can be seriously injured
in every crash. In some crashes airbag, as you would be if sitting or killed. Always secure children
safety belts are the only restraint. on the edge of the seat or leaning properly in the vehicle. To read
See When Should an Airbag forward. Safety belts help keep how, see Older Children 0 70 or
Inflate? 0 61. you in position before and during Infants and Young Children 0 71.
Wearing your safety belt during a a crash. Always wear a safety
crash helps reduce your chance belt, even with airbags. The driver
of hitting things inside the vehicle should sit as far back as possible
or being ejected from it. Airbags while still maintaining control of
are “supplemental restraints” to the vehicle. The safety belts and
the safety belts. Everyone in the the front outboard passenger
vehicle should wear a safety belt airbags are most effective when
properly, whether or not there is you are sitting well back and
an airbag for that person. upright in the seat with both feet There is an airbag readiness light
on the floor. on the instrument cluster, which
shows the airbag symbol. The
Occupants should not lean on or
system checks the airbag electrical
{ Warning sleep against the door or side
windows in seating positions with
system for malfunctions. The light
tells you if there is an electrical
Because airbags inflate with great seat-mounted side impact airbags problem. See Airbag Readiness
force and faster than the blink of and/or roof-rail airbags. Light 0 117.
an eye, anyone who is up
against, or very close to any
(Continued)
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Where Are the Airbags? The front outboard passenger

frontal airbag is in the passenger
side instrument panel.
Driver Side Crew Cab Shown,

Passenger Side and Extended Cab
The driver frontal airbag is in the Similar
center of the steering wheel. Driver Side Shown, Passenger The roof-rail airbags for the driver,
Side Similar front outboard passenger, and
The driver and front outboard second row outboard passengers
passenger seat-mounted side are in the ceiling above the side
impact airbags are in the side of the windows.
seatbacks closest to the door.
{ Warning
If something is between an
occupant and an airbag, the
airbag might not inflate properly
or it might force the object into
that person causing severe injury
(Continued)
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
system's deployment threshold. whether the object is fixed or

Warning (Continued) Deployment thresholds are used to moving, rigid or deformable, narrow
predict how severe a crash is likely or wide.
or even death. The path of an to be in time for the airbags to
inflating airbag must be kept Frontal airbags are not intended to
inflate and help restrain the inflate during vehicle rollovers, in
clear. Do not put anything occupants. The vehicle has
between an occupant and an rear impacts, or in many side
electronic sensors that help the impacts.
airbag, and do not attach or put airbag system determine the
anything on the steering wheel severity of the impact. Deployment In addition, the vehicle has
hub or on or near any other thresholds can vary with specific advanced technology frontal
airbag covering. vehicle design. airbags. Advanced technology
frontal airbags adjust the restraint
Do not use seat accessories that Frontal airbags are designed to according to crash severity.
block the inflation path of a inflate in moderate to severe frontal
seat-mounted side impact airbag. or near frontal crashes to help Seat-mounted side impact airbags
reduce the potential for severe are designed to inflate in moderate
Never secure anything to the roof injuries, mainly to the driver's or to severe side crashes depending
of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags front outboard passenger's head on the location of the impact.
by routing a rope or tie⇣down and chest. Seat-mounted side impact airbags
through any door or window are not designed to inflate in frontal
opening. If you do, the path of an Whether the frontal airbags will or impacts, near frontal impacts,
inflating roof-rail airbag will be should inflate is not based primarily rollovers, or rear impacts.
on how fast the vehicle is traveling. A seat-mounted side impact airbag
blocked.
It depends on what is hit, the is designed to inflate on the side of
direction of the impact, and how the vehicle that is struck.
When Should an Airbag quickly the vehicle slows down.
Roof-rail airbags are designed to
Inflate? Frontal airbags may inflate at inflate in moderate to severe side
different crash speeds depending on crashes depending on the location
This vehicle is equipped with whether the vehicle hits an object
airbags. See Airbag System 0 58. of the impact. In addition, these
straight on or at an angle, and roof-rail airbags are designed to
Airbags are designed to inflate if the
impact exceeds the specific airbag inflate during a rollover or in a
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
severe frontal impact. Roof-rail How Does an Airbag But airbags would not help in many
airbags are not designed to inflate in types of collisions, primarily
rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags
Restrain? because the occupant's motion is
will inflate when either side of the In moderate to severe frontal or not toward those airbags. See When
vehicle is struck, if the sensing near frontal collisions, even belted Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 61.
system predicts that the vehicle is occupants can contact the steering Airbags should never be regarded
about to roll over on its side, or in a wheel or the instrument panel. In as anything more than a supplement
severe frontal impact. moderate to severe side collisions, to safety belts.
In any particular crash, no one can even belted occupants can contact
the inside of the vehicle.
say whether an airbag should have What Will You See after
inflated simply because of the Airbags supplement the protection
vehicle damage or repair costs. provided by safety belts by
an Airbag Inflates?
distributing the force of the impact After the frontal airbags and
What Makes an Airbag more evenly over the seat-mounted side impact airbags
occupant's body. inflate, they quickly deflate, so
Inflate? quickly that some people may not
Rollover capable roof-rail airbags
In a deployment event, the sensing even realize an airbag inflated.
are designed to help contain the
system sends an electrical signal Roof-rail airbags may still be at least
head and chest of occupants in the
triggering a release of gas from the partially inflated for some time after
outboard seating positions in the
inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the they inflate. Some components of
first and second rows. The rollover
airbag causing the bag to break out the airbag module may be hot for
capable roof-rail airbags are
of the cover. The inflator, the airbag, several minutes. For location of the
designed to help reduce the risk of
and related hardware are all part of airbags, see Where Are the
full or partial ejection in rollover
the airbag module. Airbags? 0 60.
events, although no system can
For airbag locations, see Where Are prevent all such ejections. The parts of the airbag that come
the Airbags? 0 60. into contact with you may be warm,
but not too hot to touch. There may
be some smoke and dust coming
from the vents in the deflated
airbags. Airbag inflation does not
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
prevent the driver from seeing out of The feature may also activate, Additional windshield breakage may
the windshield or being able to steer without airbag inflation, after an also occur from the front outboard
the vehicle, nor does it prevent event that exceeds a predetermined passenger airbag.
people from leaving the vehicle. threshold. You can lock the doors, . Airbags are designed to inflate
turn off the interior lamps, and turn only once. After an airbag
{ Warning off the hazard warning flashers by
using the controls for those
inflates, you will need some new
parts for the airbag system.
When an airbag inflates, there features. If you do not get them, the
may be dust in the air. This dust airbag system will not be there
could cause breathing problems { Warning to help protect you in another
for people with a history of crash. A new system will include
asthma or other breathing trouble. A crash severe enough to inflate airbag modules and possibly
To avoid this, everyone in the the airbags may have also other parts. The service manual
vehicle should get out as soon as damaged important functions in for the vehicle covers the need
it is safe to do so. If you have the vehicle, such as the fuel to replace other parts.
breathing problems but cannot system, brake and steering
. The vehicle has a crash sensing
get out of the vehicle after an systems, etc. Even if the vehicle
and diagnostic module which
airbag inflates, then get fresh air appears to be drivable after a
records information after a
by opening a window or a door. moderate crash, there may be crash. See Vehicle Data
If you experience breathing concealed damage that could Recording and Privacy 0 394
problems following an airbag make it difficult to safely operate and Event Data
deployment, you should seek the vehicle. Recorders 0 395.
medical attention. Use caution if you should attempt . Let only qualified technicians
to restart the engine after a crash work on the airbag systems.
The vehicle has a feature that may has occurred. Improper service can mean that
automatically unlock the doors, turn an airbag system will not work
on the interior lamps and hazard In many crashes severe enough to properly. See your dealer for
warning flashers, and shut off the inflate the airbag, windshields are service.
fuel system after the airbags inflate. broken by vehicle deformation.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Passenger Sensing on and off, will be visible. See Never put a rear-facing child seat in
Passenger Airbag Status the front. This is because the risk to
System Indicator 0 117. the rear-facing child is so great,
The vehicle has a passenger The passenger sensing system if the airbag inflates.
sensing system for the front turns off the front outboard
outboard passenger position. The
passenger airbag status indicator
passenger frontal airbag under { Warning
certain conditions. No other airbag
will light on the overhead console is affected by the passenger A child in a rear-facing child
when the vehicle is started. sensing system. restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the passenger frontal
The passenger sensing system airbag inflates. This is because
works with sensors that are part of the back of the rear-facing child
the front outboard passenger seat
restraint would be very close to
and safety belt. The sensors are
the inflating airbag. A child in a
designed to detect the presence of
a properly seated occupant and forward-facing child restraint can
United States determine if the front outboard be seriously injured or killed if the
passenger frontal airbag should be passenger frontal airbag inflates
allowed to inflate or not. and the passenger seat is in a
forward position.
According to accident statistics,
children are safer when properly Even if the passenger sensing
secured in a rear seat in the correct system has turned off the
child restraint for their weight passenger frontal airbag, no
Canada and Mexico and size. system is fail-safe. No one can
Whenever possible, children aged guarantee that an airbag will not
The words ON and OFF, or the deploy under some unusual
symbol for on and off, will be visible 12 and under should be secured in
a rear seating position. circumstance, even though the
during the system check. When the airbag is turned off.
system check is complete, either the
word ON or OFF, or the symbol for (Continued)
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

. The system determines that a properly in the front outboard
Warning (Continued) small child is present in a child passenger seat. When the
restraint. passenger sensing system has
Never put a rear-facing child allowed the airbag to be enabled,
restraint in the front seat, even if . The system determines that a
small child is present in a the on indicator will light and stay lit
the airbag is off. If securing a as a reminder that the airbag is
forward-facing child restraint in booster seat.
active.
the front outboard passenger . A front outboard passenger
seat, always move the seat as far takes his/her weight off of the For some children who have
seat for a period of time. outgrown child restraints, and for
back as it will go. It is better to
very small adults, the passenger
secure child restraints in the rear . The front outboard passenger sensing system may or may not turn
seat. Consider using another seat is occupied by a smaller off the front outboard passenger
vehicle to transport the child person, such as a child who has frontal airbag, depending upon the
when a rear seat is not available. outgrown child restraints. person's seating posture and body
. There is a critical problem with build. Everyone in the vehicle who
If the vehicle does not have a rear the airbag system or the has outgrown child restraints should
seat that will accommodate a passenger sensing system. wear a safety belt properly —
rear-facing child restraint, a whether or not there is an airbag for
When the passenger sensing that person.
rear-facing child restraint should not
system has turned off the front
be installed in the vehicle, even if
the airbag is off.
outboard passenger frontal airbag,
the off indicator will light and stay lit { Warning
The passenger sensing system is as a reminder that the airbag is off. If the airbag readiness light ever
designed to turn off the front See Passenger Airbag Status comes on and stays on, it means
outboard passenger frontal airbag if: Indicator 0 117.
that something may be wrong
. The front outboard passenger The passenger sensing system is with the airbag system. To help
seat is unoccupied. designed to turn on the front avoid injury to yourself or others,
. The system determines that an outboard passenger frontal airbag have the vehicle serviced right
infant is present in a rear-facing anytime the system senses that a
(Continued)
infant seat. person of adult size is sitting
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
5. If, after reinstalling the child If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an
Warning (Continued) restraint and restarting the Adult-Sized Occupant
vehicle, the on indicator is still
away. See Airbag Readiness lit, turn the vehicle off. Then
Light 0 117 for more information, slightly recline the vehicle
including important safety seatback and adjust the seat
information. cushion, if adjustable, to make
sure that the vehicle seatback
If the On Indicator Is Lit for a is not pushing the child
Child Restraint restraint into the seat cushion.
Also make sure the child
If a child restraint has been installed restraint is not trapped under
and the on indicator is lit: the vehicle head restraint.
1. Turn the vehicle off. If this happens, adjust the head
restraint. See Head
2. Remove the child restraint from Restraints 0 45.
the vehicle. If a person of adult-size is sitting in
6. Restart the vehicle. the front outboard passenger seat,
3. Remove any additional items
from the seat such as blankets, If the on indicator is still lit, secure but the off indicator is lit, it could be
cushions, seat covers, seat the child in the child restraint in a because that person is not sitting
heaters, or seat massagers. rear seat position in the vehicle, and properly in the seat or that the child
check with your dealer. restraint locking feature is engaged.
4. Reinstall the child restraint Use the following steps to allow the
following the directions If no rear seat is available, do not
system to detect that person and
provided by the child restraint install a child restraint in this vehicle
enable the front outboard passenger
manufacturer and refer to and check with your dealer.
frontal airbag:
the Safety Belt in the Rear 1. Turn the vehicle off.
Seat) 0 91 or Securing Child
Restraints (With the Safety Belt
in the Front Seat) 0 96.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
2. Remove any additional material A thick layer of additional material,

from the seat, such as { Warning such as a blanket or cushion,
blankets, cushions, seat or aftermarket equipment such as
covers, seat heaters, or seat If the front outboard passenger seat covers, seat heaters, and seat
massagers. airbag is turned off for an massagers can affect how well the
adult-sized occupant, the airbag passenger sensing system
3. Place the seatback in the fully will not be able to inflate and help
upright position. operates. We recommend that you
protect that person in a crash, not use seat covers or other
4. Have the person sit upright in resulting in an increased risk of aftermarket equipment except when
the seat, centered on the seat serious injury or even death. An approved by GM for your specific
cushion, with legs comfortably adult-sized occupant should not vehicle. See Adding Equipment to
extended. ride in the front outboard the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 68
5. If the shoulder portion of the passenger seat, if the passenger for more information about
belt is pulled out all the way, airbag off indicator is lit. modifications that can affect how
the child restraint locking the system operates.
feature will be engaged. This Additional Factors Affecting The on indicator may be lit if an
may unintentionally cause the object, such as a briefcase,
System Operation
passenger sensing system to handbag, grocery bag, laptop,
turn the airbag off for some Safety belts help keep the or other electronic device, is put on
adult-sized occupants. If this passenger in position on the seat an unoccupied seat. If this is not
happens, unbuckle the belt, let during vehicle maneuvers and desired remove the object from
the belt go back all the way, braking, which helps the passenger the seat.
and then buckle the belt again sensing system maintain the
without pulling the belt out all
the way.
passenger airbag status. See
“Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints”
{ Warning
in the Index for additional Stowing of articles under the
6. Restart the vehicle and have
information about the importance of passenger seat or between the
the person remain in this
proper restraint use. passenger seat cushion and
position for two to
three minutes after the on (Continued)
indicator is lit.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Adding accessories that change the

Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) vehicle's frame, bumper system,
height, front end, or side sheet
seatback may interfere with the are close to an airbag when it metal may keep the airbag system
proper operation of the passenger inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. from working properly. The
sensing system. They are probably part of the operation of the airbag system can
airbag system. Be sure to follow also be affected by changing any
proper service procedures, and parts of the front seats, safety belts,
Servicing the make sure the person performing airbag sensing and diagnostic
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle work for you is qualified to do so. module, steering wheel, instrument
Airbags affect how the vehicle panel, any of the airbag modules,
should be serviced. There are parts ceiling or pillar garnish trim,
Adding Equipment to the overhead console, front sensors,
of the airbag system in several
places around the vehicle. Your Airbag-Equipped Vehicle side impact sensors, or airbag
dealer and the service manual have wiring.
information about servicing the { Warning Your dealer and the service manual
vehicle and the airbag system. To have information about the location
purchase a service manual, see If a snow plow or similar of the airbag sensors, sensing and
Service Publications Ordering equipment is installed on the diagnostic module, and airbag
Information 0 392. vehicle, the airbag system may wiring.
not function properly. An airbag
{ Warning could inflate when it is not
supposed to inflate. People riding
In addition, the vehicle has a
passenger sensing system for the
front outboard passenger position,
For up to 10 seconds after the in the vehicle could be injured, which includes sensors that are part
vehicle is turned off and the and the vehicle and/or snow plow of the passenger seat. The
battery is disconnected, an airbag could be damaged. Do not install passenger sensing system may not
can still inflate during improper a snow plow or similar equipment operate properly if the original seat
service. You can be injured if you on the vehicle. trim is replaced with non-GM
(Continued) covers, upholstery, or trim; or with
GM covers, upholstery, or trim
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
designed for a different vehicle. Any Airbag System Check Replacing Airbag System
object, such as an aftermarket seat
heater or a comfort-enhancing pad The airbag system does not need Parts after a Crash
or device, installed under or on top regularly scheduled maintenance or
of the seat fabric, could also replacement. Make sure the airbag
readiness light is working. See
{ Warning
interfere with the operation of the
passenger sensing system. This Airbag Readiness Light 0 117. A crash can damage the airbag
could either prevent proper systems in the vehicle.
deployment of the passenger Caution A damaged airbag system may
airbag(s) or prevent the passenger not properly protect you and your
sensing system from properly If an airbag covering is damaged, passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
turning off the passenger airbag(s). opened, or broken, the airbag in serious injury or even death. To
See Passenger Sensing may not work properly. Do not help make sure the airbag
System 0 64. open or break the airbag systems are working properly
If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail coverings. If there are any after a crash, have them
airbags, see Different Size Tires opened or broken airbag inspected and any necessary
and Wheels 0 332 for additional coverings, have the airbag replacements made as soon as
important information. covering and/or airbag module possible.
replaced. For the location of the
If you have to modify your vehicle airbags, see Where Are the
because you have a disability and If an airbag inflates, you will need to
Airbags? 0 60. See your dealer replace airbag system parts. See
you have questions about whether
for service. your dealer for service.
the modifications will affect the
vehicle's airbag system, or if you If the airbag readiness light stays on
have questions about whether the after the vehicle is started or comes
airbag system will be affected if the on when you are driving, the airbag
vehicle is modified for any other system may not work properly. Have
reason, call Customer Assistance. the vehicle serviced right away. See
See Customer Assistance Airbag Readiness Light 0 117.
Offices 0 385.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Child Restraints . Sit all the way back on the seat.

Do the knees bend at the seat
Q: What is the proper way to
wear safety belts?
edge? If yes, continue. If no,
Older Children return to the booster seat.
A: An older child should wear a
lap-shoulder belt and get the
. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. additional restraint a shoulder
Does the shoulder belt rest on belt can provide. The shoulder
the shoulder? If yes, continue. belt should not cross the face or
If no, try using the rear safety neck. The lap belt should fit
belt comfort guide, if available. snugly below the hips, just
See “Rear Safety Belt Comfort touching the top of the thighs.
Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt This applies belt force to the
0 53. If a comfort guide is not child's pelvic bones in a crash.
available, or if the shoulder belt It should never be worn over the
still does not rest on the abdomen, which could cause
shoulder, then return to the severe or even fatal internal
booster seat. injuries in a crash.
. Does the lap belt fit low and Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Older children who have outgrown
snug on the hips, touching the Guides” under Lap-Shoulder
booster seats should wear the
thighs? If yes, continue. If no, Belt 0 53.
vehicle’s safety belts.
return to the booster seat. According to accident statistics,
The manufacturer instructions that . Can proper safety belt fit be children are safer when properly
come with the booster seat state the
maintained for the length of the restrained in a rear seating position.
weight and height limitations for that
trip? If yes, continue. If no, In a crash, children who are not
booster. Use a booster seat with a
return to the booster seat. buckled up can strike other people
lap-shoulder belt until the child
passes the fit test below: who are buckled up, or can be
thrown out of the vehicle. Older
children need to use safety belts
properly.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
{ Warning { Warning
Never allow more than one child Never allow a child to wear the
to wear the same safety belt. The safety belt with the shoulder belt
safety belt cannot properly spread behind their back. A child can be
the impact forces. In a crash, they seriously injured by not wearing
can be crushed together and the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
seriously injured. A safety belt crash, the child would not be
must be used by only one person restrained by the shoulder belt.
at a time. The child could move too far
forward increasing the chance of
head and neck injury. The child
might also slide under the lap Infants and Young
belt. The belt force would then be Children
applied right on the abdomen.
That could cause serious or fatal Everyone in a vehicle needs
protection! This includes infants and
injuries. The shoulder belt should
all other children. Neither the
go over the shoulder and across
distance traveled nor the age and
the chest. size of the traveler changes the
need, for everyone, to use safety
restraints. In fact, the law in every
state in the United States and in
every Canadian province says
children up to some age must be
restrained while in a vehicle.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
the vehicle's safety belt system nor

{ Warning its airbag system is designed
for them.
Children can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt is Children who are not restrained
wrapped around their neck. The properly can strike other people,
shoulder belt can tighten but or can be thrown out of the vehicle.
cannot be loosened if it is locked.
The shoulder belt locks when it is { Warning
pulled all the way out of the
retractor. It unlocks when the Never hold an infant or a child
shoulder belt is allowed to go all while riding in a vehicle. Due to
the way back into the retractor, crash forces, an infant or a child
but it cannot do this if it is will become so heavy it is not
possible to hold it during a crash.
{ Warning
wrapped around a child’s neck.
If the shoulder belt is locked and For example, in a crash at only Children who are up against,
tightened around a child’s neck, 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) or very close to, any airbag when
the only way to loosen the belt is infant will suddenly become a it inflates can be seriously injured
to cut it. 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's or killed. Never put a rear-facing
arms. An infant or child should be child restraint in the front
Never leave children unattended secured in an appropriate outboard seat. Secure a
in a vehicle and never allow restraint. rear-facing child restraint in a rear
children to play with the safety seat. It is also better to secure a
belts. forward-facing child restraint in a
rear seat. If you must secure a
Every time infants and young forward-facing child restraint in
children ride in vehicles, they should the front outboard seat, always
have the protection provided by move the front passenger seat as
appropriate child restraints. Neither far back as it will go.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
For each type of child restraint,

there are many different models { Warning
available. When purchasing a child
restraint, be sure it is designed to be A young child's hip bones are still
used in a motor vehicle. If it is, the so small that the vehicle's regular
restraint will have a label saying that safety belt may not remain low on
it meets federal motor vehicle safety the hip bones, as it should.
standards. The restraint Instead, it may settle up around
manufacturer's instructions that the child's abdomen. In a crash,
come with the restraint state the the belt would apply force on a
weight and height limitations for a body area that is unprotected by
particular child restraint. In addition, any bony structure. This alone
there are many kinds of restraints could cause serious or fatal
Child restraints are devices used to available for children with special injuries. To reduce the risk of
restrain, seat, or position children in needs.
the vehicle and are sometimes serious or fatal injuries during a
crash, young children should
called child seats or car seats.
{ Warning always be secured in appropriate
There are three basic types of child restraints.
child restraints: To reduce the risk of neck and
. Forward-facing child restraints head injury in a crash, infants and
toddlers should be secured in a
. Rearward-facing child restraints rear-facing child restraint until age
. Belt-positioning booster seats two, or until they reach the
maximum height and weight limits
The proper child restraint for your
of their child restraint.
child depends on their size, weight,
and age, and also on whether the
child restraint is compatible with the
vehicle in which it will be used.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Child Restraint Systems
Forward-Facing Child Seat Booster Seats

Rear-Facing Infant Seat A forward-facing child restraint A belt-positioning booster seat is
provides restraint for the child's used for children who have
A rear-facing child restraint provides body with the harness. outgrown their forward-facing child
restraint with the seating surface restraint. Boosters are designed to
against the back of the infant. improve the fit of the vehicle's safety
The harness system holds the infant belt system until the child is large
in place and, in a crash, acts to enough for the vehicle safety belts
keep the infant positioned in the to fit properly without a booster seat.
restraint. See the safety belt fit test in Older
Children 0 70.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Securing an Add-On Child When securing an add-on child Securing the Child Within the
Restraint in the Vehicle restraint, refer to the instructions Child Restraint
that come with the restraint which
{ Warning may be on the restraint itself or in a
booklet, or both, and to this manual.
{ Warning
A child can be seriously injured or The child restraint instructions are A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child important, so if they are not killed in a crash if the child is not
restraint is not properly secured in available, obtain a replacement properly secured in the child
copy from the manufacturer.
the vehicle. Secure the child restraint. Secure the child
restraint properly in the vehicle Keep in mind that an unsecured properly following the instructions
using the vehicle’s safety belt or child restraint can move around in a that came with that child restraint.
LATCH system, following the collision or sudden stop and injure
instructions that came with that people in the vehicle. Be sure to
child restraint and the instructions properly secure any child restraint in Where to Put the
in this manual. the vehicle — even when no child is Restraint
in it.
To help reduce the chance of injury, In some areas of the United States children and infants are safer when
the child restraint must be secured and Canada, Certified Child properly restrained in an appropriate
in the vehicle. Child restraint Passenger Safety Technicians child restraint secured in a rear
systems must be secured in vehicle (CPSTs) are available to inspect seating position.
seats by lap belts or the lap belt and demonstrate how to correctly
use and install child restraints. In Whenever possible, children aged
portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by 12 and under should be secured in
the LATCH system. See Lower the U.S., refer to the National
Highway Traffic Safety a rear seating position.
Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) 0 77 for more Administration (NHTSA) website to Never put a rear-facing child
information. Children can be locate the nearest child safety seat restraint in the front. This is because
endangered in a crash if the child inspection station. For CPST the risk to the rear-facing child is so
restraint is not properly secured in availability in Canada, check with great if the airbag deploys.
the vehicle. Transport Canada or the Provincial
Ministry of Transportation office.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
{ Warning Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)

A child in a rear-facing child the front seat, always move the A child could be seriously injured
restraint can be seriously injured front passenger seat as far back or killed in a sudden stop or
or killed if the front passenger as it will go. It is better to secure crash.
airbag inflates. This is because the child restraint in a rear seat. A rear-facing or forward-facing
the back of the rear-facing child See Passenger Sensing System child restraint can be installed in
restraint would be very close to 0 64 for additional information. the right rear seating position
the inflating airbag. A child in a using the seat cushion extension
forward-facing child restraint can in an extended cab model. Never
be seriously injured or killed if the If the vehicle does not have a rear
seat that will accommodate a install a child restraint in the right
front passenger airbag inflates rear seating position without the
and the passenger seat is in a rear-facing child restraint, a
rear-facing child restraint should not seat cushion extension. See
forward position. Lower Anchors and Tethers for
be secured in the vehicle, even if
Even if the passenger sensing the airbag is off. Children (LATCH System) 0 77
system has turned off the front and Securing Child Restraints
passenger frontal airbag, no
system is fail-safe. No one can
{ Warning (With the Safety Belt in the Rear
Seat) 0 91 or Securing Child
guarantee that an airbag will not Never secure a rear-facing or Restraints (With the Safety Belt in
deploy under some unusual forward-facing child restraint in the Front Seat) 0 96.
circumstance, even though it is the left rear seating position in an
turned off. extended cab model. This seating Never secure a rear-facing or
Secure rear-facing child restraints position is not suitable for child forward-facing child restraint in the
in a rear seat, even if the airbag restraint installation. The seat left rear seating position in an
is off. If you secure a cushion is too short to properly extended cab model.
forward-facing child restraint in support a rear-facing or
forward-facing child restraint.
(Continued)
(Continued)
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
When securing a child restraint in a properly secure any child restraint in Booster seats use the vehicle’s
rear seating position, study the the vehicle — even when no child is safety belts to secure the child in
instructions that came with the child in it. the booster seat. If the manufacturer
restraint to make sure it is recommends that the booster seat
compatible with this vehicle. Lower Anchors and be secured with the LATCH system,
this can be done as long as the
Child restraints and booster seats Tethers for Children booster seat can be positioned
vary considerably in size, and some (LATCH System)
may fit in certain seating positions properly and there is no interference
better than others. The LATCH system secures a child with the proper positioning of the
restraint during driving or in a crash. lap-shoulder belt on the child.
Depending on where you place the LATCH attachments on the child
child restraint and the size of the Make sure to follow the instructions
restraint are used to attach the child that came with the child restraint,
child restraint, you may not be able restraint to the anchors in the
to access adjacent safety belts or and also the instructions in this
vehicle. The LATCH system is manual.
LATCH anchors for additional designed to make installation of a
passengers or child restraints. child restraint easier. When installing a child restraint with
Adjacent seating positions should a top tether, you must also use
not be used if the child restraint In order to use the LATCH system in either the lower anchors or the
prevents access to or interferes with your vehicle, you need a child safety belts to properly secure the
the routing of the safety belt. restraint that has LATCH child restraint. A child restraint must
attachments. LATCH-compatible never be installed using only the top
Wherever a child restraint is rear-facing and forward-facing child
installed, be sure to follow the tether.
restraints can be properly installed
instructions that came with the child using either the LATCH anchors or The LATCH anchorage system can
restraint system and secure the the vehicle’s safety belts. Do not be used until the combined weight
child restraint system properly. use both the safety belts and the of the child plus the child restraint is
Keep in mind that an unsecured LATCH anchorage system to secure 29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety belt
child restraint can move around in a a rear-facing or forward-facing alone instead of the LATCH
collision or sudden stop and injure child seat. anchorage system once the
people in the vehicle. Be sure to combined weight is more than
29.5 kg (65 lbs).
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
See Securing Child Restraints (With Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor
the Safety Belt in the Rear Seat)
0 91 or Securing Child Restraints
(With the Safety Belt in the Front
Seat) 0 96.
Child restraints built after March
2014 will be labeled with the
specific child weight up to which the
LATCH system can be used to
install the restraint.
The following explains how to attach
a child restraint with these
attachments in the vehicle.
Not all vehicle seating positions or Lower anchors (1) are metal bars A top tether (3, 4) is used to secure
child restraints have lower anchors built into the vehicle. There are two the top of the child restraint to the
and attachments or top tether lower anchors for each LATCH vehicle. A top tether anchor is built
anchors and attachments. In this seating position that will into the vehicle. The top tether
case, the safety belt must be used accommodate a child restraint with attachment hook (2) on the child
(with top tether where available) to lower attachments (2). restraint connects to the top tether
secure the child restraint. See anchor in the vehicle in order to
Securing Child Restraints (With the reduce the forward movement and
Safety Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 91 or rotation of the child restraint during
Securing Child Restraints (With the driving or in a crash.
Safety Belt in the Front Seat) 0 96.
The child restraint may have a
single tether (3) or a dual tether (4).
Either will have a single attachment
hook (2) to secure the top tether to
the anchor.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Some child restraints with top H : Seating positions with

tethers are designed for use with or two lower anchors.
without the top tether being
attached. Others require the top
tether always to be attached. In
Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for your child
restraint. To assist in locating the lower
anchors on crew cab models, each
Lower Anchor and Top Tether seating position with lower anchors
Anchor Locations has two labels near the crease Extended Cab (Rear Seats Shown)
between the seatback and the seat I : Seating positions with
cushion. top tether anchors.
A child restraint in the rear center H : Seating positions with
seating position must be installed two lower anchors.
with safety belts as it is not
equipped with lower LATCH For extended cab models with rear
anchors. See Securing Child seats, there are exposed metal
Restraints (With the Safety Belt in lower anchors for each rear seating
the Rear Seat) 0 91 or Securing position, attached to the back wall,
Child Restraints (With the Safety near the seat cushion.
Belt in the Front Seat) 0 96. Even though LATCH anchors are
required for this position, a child
Crew Cab restraint (forward-facing or
rear-facing) should not be installed
I : Seating positions with in the left rear seat.
top tether anchors.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
For extended cab without rear seat

and crew cab models, there are top
tether anchor symbols to assist you
in locating the top tether anchors.
Extended Cab without Rear Seats Extended Cab with Rear Seats
(Front Seats Shown) The top tether anchors in an
For extended cab models without extended cab model are loops near
rear seats, there is a top tether the top of each rear seatback. See
anchor provided for the front Crew Cab the instructions under “Securing a
passenger seat. The top tether anchors in a crew Child Restraint with the LATCH
cab model are on the back wall System” later in this section on how
behind each rear seating position. to attach a top tether.
Fold down the rear seatback to Do not attach a top tether to the
access the anchor. See instructions loop near the top of the seatback of
for crew cab under Rear Seats 0 49. the seating position in which the
Be sure to use an anchor directly child restraint is installed.
behind the seating position where
I : Seating positions with the child restraint will be placed.
top tether anchors.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

children and infants are safer when { Warning
properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint To reduce the risk of serious or
system secured in a rear seating fatal injuries during a crash, do
position. See Where to Put the not attach more than one child
Restraint 0 75 for additional restraint to a single anchor.
information. Attaching more than one child
restraint to a single anchor could
Securing a Child Restraint with cause the anchor or attachment
the LATCH System to come loose or even break
during a crash. A child or others
Extended Cab without Rear Seats { Warning could be injured.
The top tether anchor in an If a LATCH-type child restraint is
extended cab without rear seats is a not attached to anchors, the child
metal wire on the lower inboard side restraint will not be able to protect { Warning
of the cab wall directly behind the the child correctly. In a crash, the
front passenger seat. child could be seriously injured or Children can be seriously injured
killed. Install a LATCH-type child or strangled if a shoulder belt is
Do not place heavy objects on the
restraint properly using the wrapped around their neck. The
top tether anchor or use it as a tie
down for cargo as this may cause anchors, or use the vehicle's shoulder belt can tighten but
damage to the anchor. safety belts to secure the cannot be loosened if it is locked.
restraint, following the instructions The shoulder belt locks when it is
Do not secure a child restraint in a pulled all the way out of the
position without a top tether anchor that came with the child restraint
and the instructions in this retractor. It unlocks when the
if a national or local law requires shoulder belt is allowed to go all
that the top tether be attached, or if manual.
the way back into the retractor,
the instructions that come with the
but it cannot do this if it is
child restraint say that the top tether
must be attached. (Continued)
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
may be removed. See “Head

Warning (Continued) Caution (Continued) Restraint/Headrest Removal
and Reinstallation” at the end
wrapped around a child’s neck. Do not fold the rear seatback of this section.
If the shoulder belt is locked and when the seat is occupied. Do not
tightened around a child’s neck, fold the empty rear seat with a 3. If the child restraint
the only way to loosen the belt is safety belt buckled. This could manufacturer's instructions
to cut it. damage the safety belt or the recommend that the top tether
seat. Unbuckle and return the be attached, attach the top
Buckle any unused safety belts tether to the top tether anchor.
behind the child restraint so safety belt to its stowed position,
Refer to the child restraint
children cannot reach them. Pull before folding the seat.
instructions and the following
the shoulder belt all the way out steps:
of the retractor to set the lock, If you need to secure more than one 3.1. Release and pull the rear
and tighten the belt behind the child restraint in the rear seat, see seatback forward to
child restraint after the child Where to Put the Restraint 0 75. access the top tether
restraint has been installed. anchors. See Rear
Crew Cab
Seats 0 49.
1. When installing a rear-facing
child restraint, it may be 3.2. Put the child restraint on
Caution necessary to move the front the seat.
seat forward to properly install 3.3. Route the top tether
Do not let the LATCH per the child restraint according to your child
attachments rub against the manufacturer instructions. restraint instructions and
vehicle’s safety belts. This may See Seat Adjustment 0 46 or the following instructions:
damage these parts. If necessary, Power Seat Adjustment 0 46.
move buckled safety belts to
2. For rear outboard seating
avoid rubbing the LATCH
positions, if the head restraint
attachments. interferes with the proper
(Continued) installation of the child
restraint, the head restraint
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
If the position you are

using has a fixed head
restraint and you are
using a single tether,
route the tether around
the inboard or outboard
side of the head restraint.
If the position you are If the position you are

using does not have a using has a fixed head
head restraint and you restraint and you are
are using a single tether, using a dual tether, route
route the tether over the the tether around the
seatback. sides of the head
restraint.
If the position you are

using does not have a
head restraint and you
are using a dual tether,
route the tether over the
seatback.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
3.4. Adjust the top tether to its 5. Tighten the top tether.
full length and attach the Warning (Continued)
6. Before placing a child in the
top tether hook to the child restraint, make sure it is
anchor. Make sure that A booster seat can be used in the
securely held in place. To left or right rear seating position if
you secure the top tether check, grasp the child restraint
to the top tether anchor the base of the booster seat fits
at the LATCH path and attempt on the seat cushion and does not
and not to the seatback to move it side to side and
latch. extend past the front edge. If it
back and forth. There should does, it should be installed in the
3.5. Push rearward on the be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
right rear seating position using
seatback until it locks into movement for proper
the seat cushion extension. Only
its upright position. Push installation.
and pull on the seatback install a booster seat in either rear
to make sure it is secured Extended Cab with Rear Seats seating position if it can be
properly. properly installed according to the
4. Attach and tighten the lower { Warning child restraint manufacturer’s
instructions.
attachments to the lower Never secure a rear-facing or
anchors. If the child restraint A rear-facing or forward-facing
forward-facing child restraint in
does not have lower child restraint can be installed in
the left rear seating position in an
attachments or the desired the right rear seating position
extended cab model. This seating
seating position does not have using the seat cushion extension
position is not suitable for child
lower anchors, secure the child in an extended cab model. Never
restraint with the safety belts restraint installation. The seat
install a rear-facing or
and the top tether. Refer to cushion is too short to properly
forward-facing child restraint in
your child restraint support a rear-facing or
the right rear seating position
manufacturer instructions and forward-facing child restraint.
without the seat cushion
Securing Child Restraints (With A child could be seriously injured
extension.
the Safety Belt in the Rear or killed in a sudden stop or
Seat) 0 91 or Securing Child crash.
Restraints (With the Safety Belt (Continued)
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
When installing a rear-facing child

{ Warning Warning (Continued) restraint in the right rear seating
position, move the front seat all the
Do not let anyone ride in the front properly tightened. See way forward and tilt the seatback
passenger seat when a instructions below for how to forward to properly install the child
rear-facing child restraint is properly attach a top tether. restraint. See Power Seat
installed in the right rear seating Adjustment 0 46, Seat Adjustment
position. To properly fit the Extended Cab Rear Seat Cushion 0 46, and Reclining Seatbacks 0 47.
rear-facing child restraint, the Extension When a rear-facing child restraint is
front seatback will need to be installed properly, the front
tilted forward which will not allow The vehicle is equipped with a passenger seat cannot be used.
a passenger to sit properly in the headrest that is used as a seat
cushion extension for installation of 1. Always install the seat cushion
front outboard passenger seat. extension in the right rear
child restraints in the right rear seat.
The passenger could be seriously seating position when installing
injured or killed in a sudden stop
or crash. { Warning a forward-facing or rear-facing
child restraint. Also use the
The right rear seat cushion seat cushion extension for
extension is designed to support booster seats that extend past
{ Warning the weight of a child in a child the front edge of the seat
cushion.
restraint or booster seat. It is
Do not attach a top tether to the neither designed nor intended to
loop near the top of the seatback support the weight of an adult.
and directly behind the seating Use the seat cushion extension
position in which the child only when a child restraint or
restraint is installed in an booster seat is installed in the
extended cab with rear seats. The right rear seating position.
top tether will not be able to be
(Continued)
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
3. Insert the headrest posts into Route the top tether (1) through
the holes on the front of the the loop (2) at the top of the
passenger side seat cushion to seatback directly behind the
install the seat cushion child restraint and attach the
extension. The notches on the top tether hook to the top tether
posts should face the loop at the top of the seatback
passenger side of the vehicle. for the opposite rear seating
Try to move the headrest to position (3).
make sure it is locked in place. 5. Attach and tighten the lower
4. If the child restraint attachments to the lower
manufacturer recommends that anchors. If the child restraint
the top tether be attached, does not have lower
2. Press the button for the adjust the top tether to its full attachments, secure the child
passenger side headrest at the length and attach the top tether restraint with the safety belts
top of the seatback and pull up. hook to the anchor. Refer to and the top tether (if
the child restraint instructions appropriate). See Securing
and the following: Child Restraints (With the
Safety Belt in the Rear Seat)
0 91 or Securing Child
Restraints (With the Safety Belt
6. Tighten the top tether. The
child restraint instructions will
show you how.
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the LATCH path and attempt
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
to move it side to side and passenger frontal airbag when an

back and forth. There should Warning (Continued) infant in a rear-facing infant seat or
be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of a small child in a forward-facing
movement for proper passenger airbag inflates and the child restraint or booster seat is
installation. passenger seat is in a forward detected. See Securing Child
position. Restraints (With the Safety Belt in
8. Always reinstall the headrest
before the seating position is Even if the passenger sensing the Rear Seat) 0 91 or Securing
used by another occupant. See system has turned off the right Child Restraints (With the Safety
“Head Restraint/Headrest front passenger frontal airbag, no Belt in the Front Seat) 0 96 and
Removal and Reinstallation” at system is fail-safe. No one can Passenger Sensing System 0 64 for
the end of this section. guarantee that an airbag will not important safety information and
deploy under some unusual additional information on installing a
Extended Cab without Rear circumstance, even though it is
child restraint in the front passenger
Seats position.
turned off.
1. Put the child restraint on the
{ Warning Since this vehicle does not have
a rear seat that will accommodate
right front passenger seat.
A child in a rear-facing child a rear-facing child restraint, a 2. If the child restraint

rear-facing child restraint should manufacturer's instructions
restraint can be seriously injured
not be installed in your vehicle, recommend that the top tether
or killed if the right front
even if the airbag is off. be attached, attach and tighten
passenger airbag inflates. This is the top tether hook to the top
because the back of the See Passenger Sensing System tether anchor.
rear-facing child restraint would 0 64 for additional information.
be very close to the inflating 2.1. Route the top tether
airbag. A child in a forward-facing according to your child
child restraint can be seriously The vehicle has a front outboard restraint instructions and
passenger frontal airbag and a the following instructions:
injured or killed if the right front
passenger sensing system. The
(Continued) passenger sensing system is
designed to turn off the front
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
If you are using a dual back and forth. There should

tether, route the tether be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
around the headrest or movement for proper
head restraint. installation.
Head Restraint/Headrest
Removal and Reinstallation
{ Warning
If you are using a single
tether, raise the headrest With head restraints that are not
or head restraint and installed and adjusted properly,
route the tether under the there is a greater chance that
headrest or head restraint occupants will suffer a neck/
and in between the spinal injury in a crash. Do not
headrest or head restraint drive until the head restraints for
posts. all occupants are installed and
2.2. Attach the top tether hook adjusted properly.
to the metal wire on the
lower inboard side of the Crew Cab
cab wall directly behind
The rear outboard head restraints
the front passenger seat.
can be removed if they interfere with
2.3. Tighten the top tether. the proper installation of the child
3. Before placing a child in the restraint.
at the LATCH path and attempt
to move it side to side and
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
To remove the head restraint: To reinstall the head restraint: Extended Cab
To remove the headrest:
1. Partially fold the seat forward. 1. Insert the posts into the holes
2. Press the button on the side of in the top of the seatback. The 1. Press the button on the side of
the head restraint post at the notch on the post should face the headrest post on the top of
top of the seatback and pull up the driver side of the vehicle. the seatback and pull up.
on the head restraint. 2. Push the head restraint down. 2. If removing the headrest to
3. Store the head restraint in a Pull up on the head restraint to install a booster seat in the left
secure place. make sure it is locked in place. rear seating position, store the
4. Always reinstall the head headrest in a secure place.
restraint before the seating Never install a forward-facing
position is used by another or rearward-facing child
occupant. restraint in the left rear seating
position.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
3. If removing the headrest to 1. If installed as a seat cushion Replacing LATCH System

install as a seat cushion extension, first press both
extension for a forward-facing buttons on the front of the seat
Parts After a Crash
or rearward-facing child cushion to remove the
restraint in the right rear headrest. { Warning
seating position, see the
instructions in “Securing a A crash can damage the LATCH
Child Restraint with the LATCH system in the vehicle. A damaged
System” earlier in this section. LATCH system may not properly
secure the child restraint,
4. Always reinstall the headrest
resulting in serious injury or even
before the seating position is
death in a crash. To help make
used by another occupant.
sure the LATCH system is
To reinstall the headrest: working properly after a crash,
see your dealer to have the
system inspected and any
necessary replacements made as
soon as possible.
2. To reinstall the headrest, insert
the posts into the holes in the If the vehicle has the LATCH system
top of the seatback. The and it was being used during a
notches on the posts should crash, new LATCH system parts
face the driver side of the may be needed.
vehicle.
New parts and repairs may be
3. Push the headrest down. Pull necessary even if the LATCH
up on the headrest to make system was not being used at the
sure it is locked in place. time of the crash.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Securing Child Restraints In Canada, the law requires that

Warning (Continued)
forward-facing child restraints have
(With the Safety Belt in a top tether, and that the tether be
the Rear Seat) attached. A child could be seriously injured
or killed in a sudden stop or
When securing a child restraint in a If your child restraint or vehicle seat crash.
rear seating position, study the position does not have the LATCH
instructions that came with your system, you will be using the safety A booster seat can be used in the
child restraint to make sure it is belt to secure the child restraint. Be left or right rear seating position if
compatible with this vehicle. sure to follow the instructions that the base of the booster seat fits
came with the child restraint. on the seat cushion and does not
If your child restraint has the LATCH
system, see Lower Anchors and extend past the front edge. If it
If you need to install more than one
Tethers for Children (LATCH child restraint in the rear seat, be does, it should be installed in the
System) 0 77 for how to install your sure to read Where to Put the right rear seating position using
child restraint using LATCH. If you Restraint 0 75. the seat cushion extension. Only
secure a child restraint using a install a booster seat in either rear
safety belt and it uses a top tether, Extended Cab seating position if it can be
see Lower Anchors and Tethers for properly installed according to the
Children (LATCH System) 0 77 for { Warning child restraint manufacturer’s
top tether anchor locations. instructions.
Never secure a rear-facing or
Do not secure a child restraint in a forward-facing child restraint in A rear-facing or forward-facing
position without a top tether anchor child restraint can be installed in
the left rear seating position in an
if a national or local law requires the right rear seating position
extended cab model. This seating
that the top tether be anchored, or if using the seat cushion extension
the instructions that come with the position is not suitable for child
restraint installation. The seat in an extended cab model. Never
child restraint say that the top strap install a rear-facing or
must be anchored. cushion is too short to properly
support a rear-facing or forward-facing child restraint in
forward-facing child restraint. (Continued)
(Continued)
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
If the booster seat extends past the

Warning (Continued) front of the seat cushion, it should
be used in the right rear seating
the right rear seating position position with the seat cushion
without the seat cushion extension.
extension.
When using the lap-shoulder belt to
secure the child restraint in this
position, follow the instructions that
{ Warning came with the child restraint and the
following instructions:
Do not let anyone ride in the front
1. Always install the seat cushion
passenger seat when a
extension in the right rear seat
rear-facing child restraint is 2. Press the button on the
position when installing a
installed in the right rear seating passenger side headrest and
forward-facing or rear-facing
position. To properly fit the pull up.
child restraint. Also use the
rear-facing child restraint, the seat cushion extension for
front seatback will need to be booster seats that extend past
tilted forward which will not allow the front edge of the seat
a passenger to sit properly in the cushion.
front outboard passenger seat.
The passenger could be seriously
injured or killed in a sudden stop
or crash.
A booster seat may be used in the

left rear seating position if the base
of the booster seat fits on the seat
cushion and does not extend past
the front edge of the seat cushion.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
3. Insert the headrest posts into anchor. Refer to the

the holes on the front of the instructions that came with the
passenger side seat cushion to child restraint and see Lower
install the seat cushion Anchors and Tethers for
extension. The notches on the Children (LATCH System) 0 77.
post should face the passenger 6. Pick up the latch plate, and run
side of the vehicle. Try to move the lap and shoulder portions
the headrest to make sure it is of the vehicle's safety belt
locked in place. through or around the restraint.
4. Put the child restraint on The child restraint instructions
the seat. will show you how.
When installing a rear-facing
child restraint, move the front 7. Push the latch plate into the
seat all the way forward and tilt buckle until it clicks.
the seatback forward to Position the release button on
properly install the child the buckle, away from the child
restraint per the child restraint restraint system, so that the
manufacturer instructions. See safety belt could be quickly
Seat Adjustment 0 46 and unbuckled if necessary.
Reclining Seatbacks 0 47.
When a rear-facing child
restraint is installed properly,
the front passenger seat
cannot be used.
5. If the child restraint Tilt the latch plate to adjust the
manufacturer recommends belt if needed.
using a top tether, adjust the
top tether to its full length and
attach it to the top tether
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
10. Tighten the top tether. See

Lower Anchors and Tethers for
at the safety belt path and
attempt to move it side to side
and back and forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
8. Pull the shoulder belt all the 9. To tighten the belt, push down more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
way out of the retractor to set on the child restraint, pull the movement.
the lock. When the retractor shoulder portion of the belt to To remove the child restraint,
lock is set, the belt can be tighten the lap portion of the unbuckle the vehicle’s safety belt
tightened but not pulled out of belt, and feed the shoulder belt and let it return to the stowed
the retractor. back into the retractor. When position. If the top tether is attached
installing a forward-facing child to a top tether anchor, disconnect it.
restraint, it may be helpful to Reinstall the headrest in the
use your knee to push down on seatback before the seating position
the child restraint as you is used. See “Head Restraint/
tighten the belt. Headrest Removal and
Try to pull the belt out of the Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors
retractor to make sure the and Tethers for Children (LATCH
retractor is locked. If the System) 0 77 for additional
retractor is not locked, repeat information on installing the
Steps 6 and 7. headrest properly.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Crew Cab 4. Pick up the latch plate, and run

the lap and shoulder portions
When using the lap-shoulder belt to
of the vehicle's safety belt
secure the child restraint in this
through or around the restraint.
position, follow the instructions that
The child restraint instructions
came with the child restraint and the
will show you how.
1. If the head restraint interferes
with the proper installation of
the child restraint, the head
restraint may be removed. See
“Head Restraint/Headrest
Removal and Reinstallation”
under Lower Anchors and 6. Pull the shoulder belt all the
Tethers for Children (LATCH way out of the retractor to set
System) 0 77. the lock. When the retractor
lock is set, the belt can be
2. If the child restraint tightened but not pulled out of
manufacturer recommends the retractor.
using a top tether, adjust the
top tether to its full length and 5. Push the latch plate into the
attach it to the top tether buckle until it clicks.
anchor. Refer to the
instructions that came with the Position the release button on
child restraint and see Lower the buckle, away from the child
Anchors and Tethers for restraint system, so that the
Children (LATCH System) 0 77. safety belt could be quickly
unbuckled if necessary.
3. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
8. Tighten the top tether. See Securing Child Restraints

(With the Safety Belt in
the Front Seat)
child restraint, make sure it is This vehicle has airbags. A rear
securely held in place. To seat is a safer place to secure a
check, grasp the child restraint forward-facing child restraint. See
at the safety belt path and Where to Put the Restraint 0 75.
attempt to move it side to side In addition, the vehicle has a
and back and forth. When the passenger sensing system which is
child restraint is properly designed to turn off the front
installed, there should be no outboard passenger's frontal airbag
7. To tighten the belt, push down more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of under certain conditions. See
on the child restraint, pull the movement. Passenger Sensing System 0 64
shoulder portion of the belt to To remove the child restraint, and Passenger Airbag Status
tighten the lap portion of the unbuckle the vehicle’s safety belt Indicator 0 117 for more information,
belt, and feed the shoulder belt and let it return to the stowed including important safety
back into the retractor. When position. If the top tether is attached information.
installing a forward-facing child to a top tether anchor, disconnect it.
restraint, it may be helpful to Never put a rear-facing child seat in
If the head restraint was removed, the front. This is because the risk to
use your knee to push down on reinstall it before the seating
the child restraint as you the rear-facing child is so great,
position is used. See “Head if the airbag deploys.
tighten the belt. Restraint/Headrest Removal and
Try to pull the belt out of the Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors
retractor to make sure the and Tethers for Children (LATCH
retractor is locked. If the System) 0 77 for additional
retractor is not locked, repeat information on installing the head
Steps 6 and 7. restraint properly.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
In Canada, the law requires that

{ Warning Warning (Continued) forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
A child in a rear-facing child forward-facing child restraint in attached.
restraint can be seriously injured the front outboard passenger
or killed if the front outboard seat, always move the seat as far When using the lap-shoulder belt to
passenger frontal airbag inflates. back as it will go. It is better to secure the child restraint in this
This is because the back of the secure the child restraint in a position, follow the instructions that
rear-facing child restraint would rear seat. came with the child restraint and the
be very close to the inflating See Passenger Sensing System
airbag. A child in a forward-facing 1. Move the seat as far back as it
0 64 for additional information.
child restraint can be seriously will go before securing the
injured or killed if the front forward-facing child restraint.
outboard passenger frontal airbag If the vehicle does not have a rear Move the seat upward or the
inflates and the passenger seat is seat that will accommodate a seatback to an upright position,
in a forward position. rear-facing child restraint, a if needed, to get a tight
rear-facing child restraint should not installation of the child
Even if the passenger sensing be installed in your vehicle, even if restraint.
system has turned off the front the airbag is off. When the passenger sensing
outboard passenger frontal
If a child restraint uses a top tether, system has turned off the front
airbag, no system is fail-safe. No
see Lower Anchors and Tethers for outboard passenger frontal
one can guarantee that an airbag Children (LATCH System) 0 77 for airbag, the off indicator on the
will not deploy under some top tether anchor locations. passenger airbag status
unusual circumstance, even indicator should light and stay
though it is turned off. Do not secure a child seat in a
lit when you start the vehicle.
position without a top tether anchor
Secure rear-facing child restraints See Passenger Airbag Status
if a national or local law requires
in a rear seat, even if the airbag Indicator 0 117.
that the top tether be anchored, or if
is off. If you secure a the instructions that come with the 2. Put the child restraint on
(Continued) child restraint say that the top strap the seat.
must be anchored.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run

the lap and shoulder portions
of the vehicle's safety belt
through or around the restraint.
The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
4. Push the latch plate into the 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the
buckle until it clicks. way out of the retractor to set
Position the release button on the lock. When the retractor
the buckle, away from the child lock is set, the belt can be
restraint system, so that the tightened but not pulled out of
safety belt could be quickly the retractor.
unbuckled if necessary. 6. If the vehicle does not have a
Tilt the latch plate to adjust the rear seat and the child restraint
belt if needed. manufacturer recommends
using a top tether anchor,
attach the top tether to the top
tether anchor. Refer to the
instructions that came with the
child restraint and to Lower
Anchors and Tethers for
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
8. Tighten the top tether. See

at the safety belt path and
attempt to move it side to side
and back and forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
7. To tighten the belt, push down more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
on the child restraint, pull the movement.
shoulder portion of the belt to If the airbag is off, the off indicator
tighten the lap portion of the on the passenger airbag status
belt, and feed the shoulder belt indicator will come on and stay on
back into the retractor. When when the vehicle is started. If a child
installing a forward-facing child restraint has been installed and on
restraint, it may be helpful to indicator is lit, see “If the On
use your knee to push down on Indicator Is Lit for a Child Restraint”
the child restraint as you under Passenger Sensing
tighten the belt. System 0 64.
Try to pull the belt out of the To remove the child restraint,
retractor to make sure the unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
retractor is locked. If the let it return to the stowed position.
retractor is not locked, repeat If the top tether is attached to a top
Steps 5 and 7. tether anchor, disconnect it.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
100 Storage
Storage Storage Cupholders

Compartments Crew Cab
Storage Compartments
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . 100 { Warning
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Do not store heavy or sharp
Sunglasses Storage . . . . . . . . . . 101 objects in storage compartments.
Underseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . 101 In a crash, these objects may
Center Console Storage . . . . . . 101 cause the cover to open and
could result in injury.
Glove Box
Lift up on the glove box lever to
open it.
If equipped, pull the armrest to
lower. There are two cupholders in
the armrest.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Storage 101
Sunglasses Storage Underseat Storage Center Console Storage
Extended Cab Shown, Crew Model

If equipped, press and release to Similar There is storage under the armrest
access. in the center console. Press the
If equipped, there is storage under button and lift. Depending on the
the rear seat. Pull the release strap options, there may be a USB port
or lever and then raise the seat and/or auxiliary jack inside.
cushion. Pull the strap or lever
again to lower the cushion. See USB Port (Base Radio) 0 170
or USB Port (Base Radio with
Touchscreen) 0 173 and Auxiliary
Jack 0 179.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
102 Instruments and Controls
Instruments and Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 117

Passenger Airbag Status
Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 125
Door Ajar Light (Uplevel
Controls Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Charging System Light . . . . . . . 118
Cluster) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Malfunction Indicator Lamp Information Displays

(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 118 Driver Information Center (DIC)
Controls (Base Level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 103 Brake System Warning
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Driver Information Center (DIC)
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 104 (Uplevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 104 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Vehicle Messages
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Up-Shift Light (Manual Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Transmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Battery Voltage and Charging
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . 121 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Hill Descent Control Light . . . . 121 Brake System Messages . . . . . 133
Lane Departure Warning Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . . 133
Warning Lights, Gauges, and (LDW) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . 133
Indicators Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 122 Engine Cooling System
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 StabiliTrak® OFF Light . . . . . . . . 122 Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . 134
Instrument Cluster (Base Traction Control System (TCS)/ Engine Power Messages . . . . . 134
Level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Fuel System Messages . . . . . . . 135
Instrument Cluster Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 135
(Uplevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 124 Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Low Fuel Warning Light (Base Object Detection System
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Low Fuel Warning Light Ride Control System
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 (Uplevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Airbag System Messages . . . . 136
Engine Coolant Temperature High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 125 Safety Belt Messages . . . . . . . . 136
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . 125 Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 116 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 125
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Instruments and Controls 103
Steering System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Controls Tilt and Telescoping Steering
Wheel
Starting the Vehicle
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Steering Wheel
Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Adjustment
Transmission Messages . . . . . . 138
Vehicle Reminder
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 139
Vehicle Personalization
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 139
To adjust the tilt and telescoping

steering wheel, if equipped:
1. Pull the lever down.
To adjust the steering wheel:
2. Move the steering wheel up
1. Pull the lever down. or down.
2. Move the steering wheel up 3. Pull or push the steering wheel
or down. closer or away from you.
3. Pull the lever up to lock the 4. Pull the lever up to lock the
steering wheel in place. steering wheel in place.
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Steering Wheel Controls i : Press to decline an incoming 1. Favorite: When on a radio

call or end a current call. Press to source, press to select the next
mute or unmute the infotainment or previous audio broadcast
system when not on a call. favorite. When listening to a
media device, press to select
o or p : Press the five-way control the next or previous track.
to go to the previous or next area of
a display in the instrument cluster. 2. Volume: Press to increase or
w or x : Press the five-way
control to go up or down in a list on
the instrument cluster.
Horn
@ : Press to select a highlighted To sound the horn, press a on the
menu option. steering wheel.
If equipped, some audio controls Windshield Wiper/Washer

can be adjusted at the steering
wheel.
g : Press to answer an incoming
call or start voice recognition. See
Bluetooth (Overview) 0 187 or
Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls -
Base Radio) 0 188 or Bluetooth
(Voice Recognition) 0 192 or The windshield wiper/washer lever
Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls - is on the right side of the steering
Base Radio with Touchscreen) column. With the ignition in ACC/
0 197 or “OnStar Overview” in the ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, move
owner's manual. Press and hold to The favorites and volume switches the windshield wiper lever to select
activate Bluetooth voice pass-thru. are on the back of the steering the wiper speed.
See Voice Recognition 0 181. wheel.
HI : Use for fast wipes.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
LO : Use for slow wipes. activated. See Washer Fluid 0 298 If the windshield wiper lever is then
for information on filling the moved to OFF before the driver
windshield washer fluid reservoir. door is opened or within 10 minutes,
the wipers will restart and move to
{ Warning the base of the windshield.
If the ignition is turned to OFF while
In freezing weather, do not use the wipers are performing wipes due
the washer until the windshield is to windshield washing, the wipers
warmed. Otherwise the washer continue to run until they reach the
INT : Move the lever up to INT for fluid can form ice on the base of the windshield.
intermittent wipes, then turn the x windshield, blocking your vision.
INT band up for more frequent Compass
wipes or down for less frequent Clear snow and ice from the wiper The vehicle may have a compass
wipes. blades and windshield before using display on the Driver Information
OFF : Use to turn the wipers off. them. If frozen to the windshield, Center (DIC). The compass receives
carefully loosen or thaw them. its heading and other information
1X : For a single wipe, briefly move Damaged blades should be
the wiper lever down. For several from the Global Positioning
replaced. See Wiper Blade System (GPS) antenna,
wipes, hold the wiper lever down. Replacement 0 305. StabiliTrak®, and vehicle speed
n L : Pull the windshield wiper Heavy snow or ice can overload the information.
lever toward you to spray windshield wiper motor.
washer fluid and activate the wipers. The compass system is designed to
The wipers will continue until the Wiper Parking operate for a certain number of
lever is released or the maximum miles or degrees of turn before
If the ignition is turned to OFF while needing a signal from the GPS
wash time is reached. When the the wipers are on LO, HI, or INT,
windshield wiper lever is released, satellites. When the compass
they will immediately stop. display shows CAL, drive the
additional wipes may occur
depending on how long the vehicle for a short distance in an
windshield washer had been open area where it can receive a
GPS signal. The compass system
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
will automatically determine when a If auto timing is set, the time 2. Touch Set Time, then touch «
GPS signal is restored and provide displayed on the clock may not
or ª to increase or decrease
a heading again. See Compass update immediately when driving
Messages 0 133 for the messages into a new time zone. hours, minutes, and AM or PM.
that may be displayed for the Touch 12–24 Hr for 12 or
To set the clock display: 24 hour clock.
compass.
1. Select SETTINGS from the 3. Touch S to go back to the
Clock Home Page, then select Time
previous menu.
and Date.
Setting the Time and Date with Auto Set requires an active
2. Select Clock Display.
Faceplate Controls connection to OnStar.
3. Turn the MENU knob to Off
To set the time or date: If auto timing is set, the time
or On.
displayed on the clock may not
1. Select SETTINGS from the 4. Press the MENU knob to update immediately when driving
Home Page, then select Time select. into a new time zone.
and Date.
Press o BACK to go to the last To set the date:
2. Select the desired function.
menu and save the changes. 1. Touch SETTINGS on the Home
3. Turn the MENU knob to Page, then touch Time
increase or decrease the value. Setting the Time and Date with
and Date.
Touchscreen Controls
4. Press the MENU knob to go to
the next value. After the last To set the time: 2. Touch Set Date, then touch «
value is selected, the system or ª to increase or decrease
1. Touch SETTINGS on the Home
will update and return to the Page, then touch Time month, day, or year.
Settings menu. Press o BACK and Date. 3. Touch S to go back to the
to go to the last menu and previous menu.
save the changes.
Auto Set requires an active
connection to OnStar.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
To set the clock display: . On the rear of the center storage Certain power accessory plugs may
1. Touch SETTINGS on the Home console. not be compatible with the
Page, then touch Time Lift the cover to access and replace accessory power outlet and could
and Date. when not in use. overload vehicle or adapter fuses.
If a problem is experienced, see
2. Touch Clock Display, then your dealer.
touch Off or On to turn the { Warning When adding electrical equipment,
clock display off or on.
Power is always supplied to the be sure to follow the proper
3. Touch S to go back to the outlets. Do not leave electrical installation instructions included with
previous menu. equipment plugged in when the the equipment. See Add-On
vehicle is not in use because the Electrical Equipment 0 278.
Power Outlets vehicle could catch fire and cause
injury or death. Caution
For USB charging port locations,
see USB Port (Base Radio) 0 170 or Hanging heavy equipment from
USB Port (Base Radio with the power outlet can cause
Touchscreen) 0 173. Caution damage not covered by the
Accessory power outlets can be vehicle warranty. The power
used to plug in electrical equipment, Leaving electrical equipment outlets are designed for
such as a cell phone, MP3 plugged in for an extended period accessory power plugs only, such
player, etc. of time while the vehicle is off will as mobile phone charge cords.
drain the battery. Always unplug
The vehicle may have accessory
electrical equipment when not in
power outlets:
use and do not plug in equipment Wireless Charging
. On the center stack below the that exceeds the maximum
climate control system, If equipped, the vehicle has wireless
15 amp rating. charging in front of the center floor
if equipped.
console. The system wirelessly
. On the center floor console, charges one PMA or Qi compatible
if equipped. mobile device.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
To check for phone or other device The operating temperature is -20 °C

compatibility: (-4 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F) for the
. In the U.S., see charging system and 0 °C (32 °F) to
my.chevrolet.com/learn. 35 °C (95 °F) for the phone.
. In Canada, see
gmtotalconnect.ca.
{ Warning
. Or, see your dealer for details. Remove all metal objects from the
charging pad before charging
{ Warning your mobile device. Metal objects,
such as coins, keys, rings,
Wireless charging can affect the or paper clips, between the phone
operation of an implanted and charging pad will become To charge a mobile device:
pacemaker or other medical very hot. On the rare occasion
that the charging system does not 1. Remove all objects from the
devices. If you have one, it is
charging pad. The system may
recommended to consult with detect a metal object, and the
not charge if there are any
your doctor before using the object gets wedged between the
objects on the charging pad.
wireless charging system. phone and charger, remove the
phone and allow the metallic 2. Place the mobile device face
object to cool before removing it up on the charging pad.
The vehicle must be in ON/RUN,
ACC/ACCESSORY, or Retained from the charging pad, to prevent 3. The indicator light next to the
Accessory Power (RAP). The burns. charging pad will turn green.
wireless charging feature may not This indicates that the mobile
correctly indicate charging when the device is properly positioned
vehicle is in RAP. See Retained and charging.
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 237. If the indicator light turns
yellow, make sure the charging
pad is clear of any objects and
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
verify that the mobile device is

capable of wireless charging
Warning Lights,
before re-positioning it. Gauges, and
If the indicator light does not Indicators
turn on, this indicates that the
mobile device may need to be Warning lights and gauges can
re-positioned. signal that something is wrong
before it becomes serious enough
To re-position, remove the to cause an expensive repair or
mobile device from the pad, replacement. Paying attention to the
turn 180 degrees and wait warning lights and gauges could
three seconds before placing/ prevent injury.
aligning the mobile device on
the pad again. Some warning lights come on briefly
when the engine is started to
indicate they are working. When
one of the warning lights comes on
and stays on while driving, or when
one of the gauges shows there may
be a problem, check the section that
explains what to do. Waiting to do
repairs can be costly and even
dangerous.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Instrument Cluster (Base Level)
English Shown, Metric Similar

10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
If the vehicle has a diesel engine,

see the Duramax diesel supplement
for more information.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Instrument Cluster (Uplevel)
English Shown, Metric Similar

10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, . Info app. This is where you can Phone
see the Duramax diesel supplement view the selected Driver
for more information. Information Center (DIC) Press V to select the Phone app,
displays. See Driver Information then press p to enter the Phone
Cluster Menu Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 126 menu. In the Phone menu, if there is
There is an interactive display area or Driver Information Center no active phone call, view recent
in the center of the instrument (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 129. calls, scroll through contacts,
cluster. . Audio or select from the favorites. If there
is an active call, mute or unmute the
. Phone phone or switch to handset or
. Navigation handsfree operation.
. Settings Navigation
Audio Press V to select the Navigation
In the main view of the Audio app, app, then press p to enter the
press w or x to scroll through Navigation menu. If there is no
radio stations or move to the next/ active route, you can resume the
previous track of a CD/USB/ last route and turn the voice
Bluetooth device that is connected prompts on/off. If there is an active
to the vehicle. Press V to select the route, press V to cancel route
guidance or turn the voice prompts
Use the right steering wheel control Audio app, then press p to enter on/off.
to open and scroll through the the Audio menu. In the Audio menu
different items and displays. browse for music, select from the Settings
favorites, or change the audio
Press o to access the cluster Press V to select the Settings app.
source.
applications. Use w or x to scroll Use w or x to scroll through the
through the list of available items in the Settings menu.
applications. Not all applications will
be available on all vehicles.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Units : Press p while Units is Speedometer Fuel Gauge

displayed to enter the Units menu. The speedometer shows the
Choose U.S. or metric units by vehicle's speed in either kilometers
pressing V while the desired item is per hour (km/h) or miles per
highlighted. hour (mph).
Info Pages : Press p while Info
Pages is displayed to enter the Info
Odometer
Pages menu and select the items to The odometer shows how far the
be displayed in the Info app. See vehicle has been driven, in either
Driver Information Center (DIC) kilometers or miles.
(Base Level) 0 126 or Driver
Information Center (DIC) Trip Odometer
(Uplevel) 0 129.
The trip odometer shows how far Metric
Speed Warning : The Speed the vehicle has been driven since
Warning display allows the driver to the trip odometer was last reset.
set a speed that they do not want to
exceed. To set the Speed Warning, The trip odometer is accessed and
reset through the Driver Information
press p when Speed Warning is
Center (DIC). See Driver
displayed. Press w or x to adjust Information Center (DIC) (Base
the value. Press V to set the speed. Level) 0 126 or Driver Information
Once the speed is set, this feature Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 129.
can be turned off by pressing V
while viewing this page. If the Tachometer
selected speed limit is exceeded, a The tachometer displays the engine
pop-up warning is displayed with a speed in revolutions per
chime. minute (rpm).
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

. At the service station, the fuel Engine Coolant
pump shuts off before the gauge
reads full.
Temperature Gauge
. It takes a little more or less fuel
to fill up than the gauge
indicated. For example, the
gauge indicated the tank was
half full, but it actually took a
little more or less than half the
tank's capacity to fill the tank.
. The gauge moves a little while
turning a corner or speeding up.
English
. The gauge takes a few seconds
When the ignition is on, the fuel
to stabilize after the ignition is
gauge indicates about how much
turned on, and goes back to Metric
fuel is left in the tank.
empty when the ignition is
An arrow on the fuel gauge turned off.
indicates the side of the vehicle the
fuel door is on.
When the indicator nears empty, the
low fuel light comes on. There is a
small amount of fuel left, but the fuel
tank should be filled soon.
Here are four things that some
owners ask about. None of these
show a problem with the fuel gauge:
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Safety Belt Reminders Passenger Safety Belt

Reminder Light
Driver Safety Belt Reminder
Light There is a passenger safety belt
reminder light near the passenger
There is a driver safety belt airbag status indicator. See
reminder light on the instrument Passenger Sensing System 0 64.
cluster.
English
This gauge shows the engine When the vehicle is started, this
coolant temperature. When the vehicle is started, this light flashes and a chime may come
If the pointer moves toward the light flashes and a chime may come on to remind passengers to fasten
warning area at the high end of the on to remind the driver to fasten their safety belt. Then the light stays
gauge, the engine is too hot. their safety belt. Then the light stays on solid until the belt is buckled.
on solid until the belt is buckled. This cycle continues several times if
This reading indicates the same This cycle may continue several the passenger remains or becomes
thing as the warning light. It means times if the driver remains or unbuckled while the vehicle is
that the engine coolant has becomes unbuckled while the moving.
overheated. If the vehicle has been vehicle is moving.
operating under normal driving If the passenger safety belt is
conditions, pull off the road, stop the If the driver safety belt is buckled, buckled, neither the chime nor the
vehicle, and turn off the engine as neither the light nor the chime light comes on.
soon as possible. See Engine comes on.
The front passenger safety belt
Overheating 0 296. reminder light and chime may turn
on if an object is put on the seat
such as a briefcase, handbag,
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
grocery bag, laptop, or other

electronic device. To turn off the { Warning
reminder light and/or chime, remove
the object from the seat or buckle If the airbag readiness light stays
the safety belt. on after the vehicle is started or
comes on while driving, it means
Airbag Readiness Light the airbag system might not be
working properly. The airbags in United States
This light shows if there is an the vehicle might not inflate in a
electrical problem with the airbag crash, or they could even inflate
system. The system check includes without a crash. To help avoid
the airbag sensor(s), the passenger injury, have the vehicle serviced
sensing system, the pretensioners, right away.
the airbag modules, the wiring, and
the crash sensing and diagnostic
module. For more information on the If there is a problem with the airbag Canada and Mexico
airbag system, see Airbag system, a Driver Information Center When the vehicle is started, the
System 0 58. (DIC) message may also come on. passenger airbag status indicator
See Airbag System will light ON and OFF, or the symbol
Messages 0 136. for on and off, for several seconds
as a system check. Then, after
Passenger Airbag Status several more seconds, the status
Indicator indicator will light either ON or OFF,
or either the on or off symbol, to let
The vehicle has a passenger you know the status of the front
sensing system. See Passenger outboard passenger frontal airbag.
The airbag readiness light comes on
Sensing System 0 64 for important
for several seconds when the
safety information. The overhead
vehicle is started. If the light does
console has a passenger airbag
not come on then, have it fixed
status indicator.
immediately.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
If the word ON or the on symbol is Charging System Light Malfunction Indicator

lit on the passenger airbag status
indicator, it means that the front
Lamp (Check Engine
outboard passenger frontal airbag is Light)
allowed to inflate. This light is part of the vehicle’s
If the word OFF or the off symbol is emission control on-board
lit on the airbag status indicator, it diagnostic system. If this light is on
means that the passenger sensing while the engine is running, a
system has turned off the front The charging system light comes on malfunction has been detected and
outboard passenger frontal airbag. briefly when the ignition is turned the vehicle may require service. The
on, but the engine is not running, as light should come on to show that it
If, after several seconds, both status
a check to show the light is working. is working when the ignition is in
indicator lights remain on, or if there
It should go out when the engine is ON/RUN and the engine is not
are no lights at all, there may be a
started. running. See Ignition
problem with the lights or the
Positions 0 233.
passenger sensing system. See If the light stays on or comes on
your dealer for service. while driving, there may be a
problem with the electrical charging
{ Warning system. Have it checked by your
dealer. Driving while this light is on
If the airbag readiness light ever could drain the battery.
comes on and stays on, it means
When this light comes on, the Driver
that something may be wrong
Information Center (DIC) also Malfunctions are often indicated by
with the airbag system. To help displays a message. See Battery
avoid injury to yourself or others, the system before any problem is
Voltage and Charging noticeable. Being aware of the light
have the vehicle serviced right Messages 0 132. and seeking service promptly when
away. See Airbag Readiness
If a short distance must be driven it comes on may prevent damage.
Light 0 117 for more information,
including important safety with the light on, be sure to turn off
all accessories, such as the radio
information.
and air conditioner.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
If the light is flashing : A been removed. See “Filling the

Caution malfunction has been detected that Tank with a Portable Gas Can”
could damage the emission control under Filling the Tank 0 267.
If the vehicle is driven continually system and increase vehicle The diagnostic system can
with this light on, the emission emissions. Diagnosis and service detect if the adapter has been
control system may not work as may be required. left installed in the vehicle,
well, the fuel economy may be allowing fuel to evaporate into
lower, and the vehicle may not To help prevent damage, reduce
vehicle speed and avoid hard the atmosphere. A few driving
run smoothly. This could lead to trips with the adapter removed
accelerations and uphill grades.
costly repairs that might not be may turn off the light.
If towing a trailer, reduce the
covered by the vehicle warranty. .
amount of cargo being hauled as Poor fuel quality can cause
soon as possible. inefficient engine operation and
If the light continues to flash, find a poor driveability, which may go
Caution safe place to park. Turn the vehicle away once the engine is warmed
off and wait at least 10 seconds up. If this occurs, change the
Modifications to the engine, before restarting the engine. If the fuel brand. It may require at
transmission, exhaust, intake, light is still flashing, follow the least one full tank of the proper
or fuel system, or the use of previous guidelines and see your fuel to turn the light off. See
replacement tires that do not dealer for service as soon as Fuel 0 266.
meet the original tire possible. If the light remains on, see your
specifications, can cause this light dealer.
If the light is on steady : A
to come on. This could lead to malfunction has been detected.
costly repairs not covered by the Emissions Inspection and
Diagnosis and service may be Maintenance Programs
vehicle warranty. This could also required.
affect the vehicle’s ability to pass If the vehicle requires an Emissions
an Emissions Inspection/ Check the following: Inspection/Maintenance test, the
Maintenance test. See . If fuel has been added to the test equipment will likely connect to
Accessories and vehicle using the capless funnel the vehicle's Data Link
Modifications 0 281. adapter, make sure that it has Connector (DLC).
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
before the system is ready for This light should come on briefly
inspection. This can happen if when the engine is started. If it does
the 12-volt battery has recently not come on then, have it fixed so it
been replaced or run down, or if will be ready to warn you if there is
the vehicle has been recently a problem.
serviced. When the ignition is on, the brake
The DLC is under the instrument See your dealer if the vehicle will system warning light also comes on
panel to the left of the steering not pass or cannot be made ready when the parking brake is set. The
wheel. Connecting devices that are for the test. light stays on if the parking brake
not used to perform an Emissions does not fully release. If it stays on
Inspection/Maintenance test or to Brake System Warning after the parking brake is fully
service the vehicle may affect released, it means the vehicle has a
Light brake problem.
vehicle operation. See Add-On
Electrical Equipment 0 278. See The vehicle brake system consists
If the light comes on while driving,
your dealer if assistance is needed. of two hydraulic circuits. If one
pull off the road and stop carefully.
circuit is not working, the remaining
The vehicle may not pass The pedal might be harder to push,
circuit can still work to stop the
inspection if: or the pedal can go closer to the
vehicle. For normal braking
floor. It may take longer to stop.
. The light is on when the engine performance, both circuits need to
If the light is still on, have the
is running. be working.
vehicle towed for service. See
. The light does not come on If the warning light comes on, there Towing the Vehicle 0 351.
when the ignition is in ON/RUN is a brake problem. Have the brake
while the engine is off. system inspected right away. { Warning
. Critical emission control systems
have not been completely The brake system might not be
diagnosed. If this happens, the working properly if the brake
vehicle would not be ready for system warning light is on.
inspection and might require Driving with the brake system
several days of routine driving (Continued)
Metric English
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
system. If the ABS light stays on, This light comes on when an
Warning (Continued) or comes on again while driving, the up-shift is recommended for best
vehicle needs service. A chime may fuel economy. The number
warning light on can lead to a also sound when the light comes on displayed with the arrow indicates
crash. If the light is still on after steady. the recommended gear.
the vehicle has been pulled off
the road and carefully stopped, If the ABS light is the only light on,
the vehicle has regular brakes, but Tow/Haul Mode Light
have the vehicle towed for
service. the antilock brakes are not
functioning.
If both the ABS and the brake
Antilock Brake System system warning light are on, the
(ABS) Warning Light vehicle's antilock brakes are not
functioning and there is a problem
with the regular brakes. See your
dealer for service. For vehicles with the Tow/Haul
Mode feature, this light comes on
See Brake System Warning Light when the Tow/Haul Mode has been
0 120 and Brake System activated.
Messages 0 133.
See Tow/Haul Mode 0 245.
This light comes on briefly when the Up-Shift Light (Manual
engine is started. Transmission) Hill Descent Control Light
If the light does not come on, have it
fixed so it will be ready to warn if
there is a problem.
If the light comes on while driving,
stop as soon as it is safely possible
and turn off the vehicle. Then start
the engine again to reset the
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
If equipped, the Hill Descent Control Vehicle Ahead Indicator dealer. If the system is working
light comes on when the system is normally, the indicator light then
ready for use. When the light turns off.
flashes, the system is active. The traction off light comes on when
See Hill Descent Control the Traction Control System (TCS)
(HDC) 0 258. has been turned off by pressing and
releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak
Lane Departure Warning button.
(LDW) Light If equipped, this indicator will This light and the StabiliTrak OFF
display green when a vehicle is light come on when StabiliTrak is
detected ahead and amber when turned off.
you are following a vehicle ahead
much too closely. If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not
limited. Adjust driving accordingly.
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System 0 263. See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 256.
If equipped, this light comes on Traction Off Light
briefly while starting the vehicle. If it
StabiliTrak® OFF Light
does not come on, have the vehicle
serviced.
This light is green if LDW is on and
ready to operate.
This light changes to amber and
flashes to indicate that the lane
This light comes on briefly while
marking has been crossed without This light comes on briefly while
starting the engine. If it does not,
using a turn signal in that direction. starting the engine. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced by your
See Lane Departure Warning have the vehicle serviced by your
(LDW) 0 264. dealer.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
This light comes on when the If the light is on and not flashing, the When the Light Is On Steady
StabiliTrak system is turned off. TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak This indicates that one or more of
If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction system have been disabled. the tires are significantly
Control System (TCS) is also off. A Driver Information Center (DIC) underinflated.
If StabiliTrak and TCS are off, the message may display. Check the
DIC messages to determine which A Driver Information Center (DIC)
system does not assist in controlling tire pressure message may also
the vehicle. Turn on the TCS and feature(s) is no longer functioning
and whether the vehicle requires display. See Tire Messages 0 137.
the StabiliTrak systems, and the Stop as soon as possible, and
warning light turns off. service. See Ride Control System
Messages 0 136. inflate the tires to the pressure value
See Traction Control/Electronic shown on the Tire and Loading
Stability Control 0 256. If the light is on and flashing, the Information label. See Tire
TCS and/or the StabiliTrak system Pressure 0 323.
is actively working.
Traction Control System When the Light Flashes First and
See Traction Control/Electronic
(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light Stability Control 0 256. Then Is On Steady
If the light flashes for about a minute
Tire Pressure Light and then stays on, there may be a
problem with the TPMS. If the
problem is not corrected, the light
will come on at every ignition cycle.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation 0 326.
This light comes on briefly when the
engine is started.
If the light does not come on, have For vehicles with the Tire Pressure
the vehicle serviced by your dealer. Monitor System (TPMS), this light
If the system is working normally, comes on briefly when the engine is
the indicator light turns off. started. It provides information
about tire pressures and the TPMS.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Engine Oil Pressure Light If the light comes on and stays on, it The low fuel warning light comes on
means that oil is not flowing through and a chime sounds when the
the engine properly. The vehicle vehicle is low on fuel. The light turns
Caution could be low on oil and might have off when fuel is added to the
Lack of proper engine oil some other system problem. See fuel tank.
your dealer.
maintenance can damage the
engine. Driving with the engine oil Low Fuel Warning Light
low can also damage the engine. Low Fuel Warning Light (Uplevel)
The repairs would not be covered (Base Level)
by the vehicle warranty. Check
the oil level as soon as possible.
Add oil if required, but if the oil
level is within the operating range
and the oil pressure is still low,
have the vehicle serviced. Always
follow the maintenance schedule This light is near the fuel gauge and
for changing engine oil. comes on briefly when the ignition is
turned on as a check to show it is
working.
It also comes on when the fuel tank
is low on fuel. The light turns off
English Shown when fuel is added. If it does not,
This light comes on for a few have the vehicle serviced.
seconds when the ignition is turned
on as a check to indicate it is
This light should come on briefly as working. If it does not come on,
the engine is started. If it does not have it fixed.
come on, have the vehicle serviced
by your dealer.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Security Light High-Beam On Light Lamps On Reminder
The security light should come on This light comes on when the This light comes on when the
briefly as the engine is started. If it high-beam headlamps are in use. exterior lamps are in use. See
does not come on, have the vehicle See Headlamp High/Low-Beam Exterior Lamp Controls 0 146.
serviced by your dealer. If the Changer 0 147.
system is working normally, the Cruise Control Light
indicator light turns off.
Front Fog Lamp Light
If the light stays on and the engine
does not start, there could be a
problem with the theft-deterrent
system. See Immobilizer
Operation 0 37.
The cruise control light is white

The fog lamp light comes on when when the cruise control is on and
the fog lamps are in use. ready, and turns green when the
cruise control is set and active.
The light goes out when the fog
lamps are turned off. See Fog The light goes out when the cruise
Lamps 0 149 for more information. control is turned off. See Cruise
Control 0 259.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Door Ajar Light (Uplevel Information Displays 2. w x : Use the band to scroll
Cluster) through the items in
Driver Information Center each menu.
(DIC) (Base Level) 3. MENU: Press to display the
Trip/Fuel Menu, the Vehicle
The DIC displays information about Information Menu, and the
your vehicle. It also displays ECO Menu. This button is also
warning messages if a system used to return to or exit the last
problem is detected. See Vehicle screen displayed on the DIC.
Messages 0 132. All messages
This light comes on when a door is If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
appear in the DIC display in the
open or not securely latched. Before see the Duramax diesel supplement
center of the instrument cluster.
driving, check that all doors are for additional DIC pages.
properly closed. DIC Operation and Displays
Trip/Fuel Menu (TRIP) Items
The DIC has different displays
which can be accessed by using the Press MENU on the turn signal
DIC buttons on the turn signal lever. lever until the TRIP menu displays.
Use w x to scroll through the
DIC Buttons menu items. Not all items are
available on every vehicle. The
following is a list of all possible
menu items:
Digital Speed : Displays how fast
the vehicle is moving in either
kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles
per hour (mph). The speedometer
1. SET/CLR: Press to set,
cannot be reset.
or press and hold to clear, the
menu item displayed.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Trip 1 or Trip 2, Average Fuel and the amount of fuel remaining in Navigation : Used for the OnStar
Economy : Displays the current the fuel tank. Fuel range cannot be Turn-by-Turn guidance. See OnStar
distance traveled, in either reset. Overview 0 397.
kilometers (km) or miles (mi), from Average Vehicle Speed : Displays Blank Display : Displays no
the last reset for the trip odometer. the average vehicle speed of the information.
The trip odometer can be reset to vehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h)
zero by pressing and holding the or miles per hour (mph). This Vehicle Information Menu
SET/CLR button while the trip average is based on the various (VEHICLE) Items
odometer display is showing. vehicle speeds recorded since the Press MENU on the turn signal
Also displays the approximate last reset. Reset the average speed lever until the VEHICLE menu is
average liters per 100 kilometers by pressing SET/CLR when it is displayed. Use w x to scroll
(L/100 km) or miles per gallon displayed.
through the menu items. Not all
(mpg). This number is based on the Timer : To start the timer, press items are available on every vehicle.
number of L/100 km (mpg) recorded SET/CLR while Timer is displayed. The following is a list of all possible
since the last time this menu item The display will show the amount of menu items:
was reset. This number reflects only time that has passed since the timer
the approximate average fuel Remaining Oil Life : Displays an
was last reset, not including time the
economy that the vehicle has right estimate of the oil's remaining useful
ignition is off. Time will continue to
now, and will change as driving life. If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is
be counted as long as the ignition is
conditions change. Reset the displayed, that means 99% of the
on, even if another display is being
average consumption by pressing current oil life remains.
shown on the DIC. The timer will
SET/CLR when it is displayed. record up to 99 hours, 59 minutes, When the remaining oil life is low,
Fuel Range : Displays the and 59 seconds (99:59:59) after the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
approximate distance the vehicle which the display will return to zero. message will appear on the display.
can be driven without refueling. The To stop the timer, press SET/CLR See Engine Oil Messages 0 134.
fuel range estimate is based on an briefly while Timer is displayed. To The oil should be changed as soon
average of the vehicle's fuel reset the timer to zero, press and as possible. See Engine Oil 0 286.
economy over recent driving history hold SET/CLR. In addition to the engine oil life
system monitoring the oil life,
additional maintenance is
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
recommended in the Maintenance the DIC will display a message. See ECO Drive Assist Menu (ECO)
Schedule in this manual. See Battery Voltage and Charging Items
Maintenance Schedule 0 366. Messages 0 132.
This menu is only available on some
The Oil Life display must be reset Engine Hours : Shows the total vehicles. Press MENU on the turn
after each oil change. Do not reset number of hours the engine has run. signal lever until the ECO menu is
the Oil Life display accidentally at Transmission Fluid displayed. Use w x to scroll
any time other than when the oil has Temperature : Shows the through the menu items. Not all
just been changed. It cannot be temperature of the automatic items are available on every vehicle.
reset accurately until the next oil transmission fluid in either degrees The following is a list of all possible
change. To reset the engine oil life Celsius (°C) or degrees menu items:
system, see Engine Oil Life Fahrenheit (°F).
System 0 288. Best Average Fuel Economy : The
Trailer Brake (If Equipped) : bottom displays the best average
Oil Pressure : Oil pressure is TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer fuel economy (AFE) that is achieved
displayed in either kilopascal (kPa) gain setting. This setting can be for a selected distance. The top
or in pounds per square inch (psi). adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either displays a running average of fuel
Tire Pressure : Displays a vehicle a trailer connected or disconnected. economy for the most recently
with the approximate pressures of OUTPUT shows the power output to traveled selected distance. The
all four tires. Tire pressure is the trailer anytime a trailer with center bar graph displays the
displayed in either kilopascal (kPa) electric brakes is connected. Output instantaneous fuel economy.
or in pounds per square inch (psi). is displayed as a bar graph. Dashes Quickly press the SET/CLR button
See Tire Pressure Monitor System may appear in the OUTPUT display to change the settings for the
0 325 and Tire Pressure Monitor if a trailer is not connected. distance options.
Operation 0 326.
When viewing best AFE, a several
Battery Voltage : Displays the Units : Move w x to change second press and hold of SET/CLR
current battery voltage, if equipped. between Metric or US when the Unit will reset the best value. The best
Battery voltage changes are normal display is active. Press SET/CLR to value will show “- - -“ until the
while driving. See Charging System confirm the setting. This will change selected distance has been
Light 0 118. If there is a problem the displays on the DIC to the type traveled.
with the battery charging system, of measurements you select.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
The display provides feedback on 1. Press o to access the cluster

how current driving behavior in the applications.
bar graph affects the running
average in the top display and how 2. Press w or x to scroll to the
well recent driving compares to the Settings application.
best that has been achieved.
3. Press V to enter the
Driver Information Center Settings menu.
(DIC) (Uplevel) 4. Scroll to Info Pages and
press p.
The DIC displays are shown in the
center of the instrument cluster in 5. Press w or x to move
the Info app. See Instrument Cluster through the list of possible
(Base Level) 0 110 or Instrument w or x : Press to move up or information displays.
Cluster (Uplevel) 0 112. The down in a list.
displays show the status of many 6. Press V while an item is
vehicle systems. The controls for o or p : Press to move between highlighted to select or
the DIC are on the right steering the interactive display zones in the deselect that item. When an
wheel control. cluster. item is selected, a checkmark
V : Press to open a menu or select will appear next to it.
a menu item. Press and hold to DIC Info Pages
reset values on certain screens.
The following is the list of all
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, possible DIC info page displays.
see the Duramax diesel supplement Some may not be available for your
for additional DIC pages. particular vehicle. Some items may
DIC Info Page Options not be turned on by default but can
be turned on through the Settings
The info pages on the DIC can be app. See “DIC Info Page Options”
turned on or off through the earlier in this section.
Settings menu.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel the next oil change. To reset the
either kilometers per hour (km/h) or range estimate is based on an engine oil life system, press and
miles per hour (mph). average of the vehicle's fuel hold V for several seconds while
Trip A or Trip B : Shows the economy over recent driving history the Oil Life display is active. See
current distance traveled, in either and the amount of fuel remaining in Engine Oil Life System 0 288.
kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since the fuel tank.
Tire Pressure : Shows the
the trip odometer was last reset. Oil Life : Shows an estimate of the approximate pressures of all four
This also shows the approximate oil's remaining useful life. tires. Tire pressure is displayed in
average liters per 100 kilometers If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds
(L/100 km) or miles per displayed, that means 99% of the per square inch (psi). If the pressure
gallon (mpg). This number is current oil life remains. is low, the value for that tire is
calculated based on the number of When the remaining oil life is low, shown in amber. See Tire Pressure
L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON Monitor System 0 325 and Tire
last time this menu item was reset. message will appear on the display. Pressure Monitor Operation 0 326.
This number reflects only the See Engine Oil Messages 0 134. Instantaneous Fuel Economy :
approximate average fuel economy The oil should be changed as soon Displays the current fuel economy in
that the vehicle has right now, and as possible. See Engine Oil 0 286. liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km)
will change as driving conditions In addition to the engine oil life or miles per gallon (mpg). This
change. system monitoring the oil life, number reflects only the
additional maintenance is approximate fuel economy that the
Press and hold V while this display recommended in the Maintenance
is active to reset the trip odometer vehicle has right now and changes
Schedule. See Maintenance frequently as driving conditions
and the average fuel economy. Trip Schedule 0 366.
A and Trip B can also be reset by change. This display cannot be
The Oil Life display must be reset reset.
pressing p and choosing reset.
after each oil change. It will not Average Vehicle Speed : Displays
Fuel Range : Shows the reset itself. Do not to reset the Oil the average vehicle speed of the
approximate distance the vehicle Life display at any time other than vehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h)
can be driven without refueling. when the oil has just been changed. or miles per hour (mph). This
LOW will be displayed when the It cannot be reset accurately until average is based on the various
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
vehicle speeds recorded since the The display provides information on the DIC will display a message. See
last reset. Reset the average speed how current driving behavior affects Battery Voltage and Charging
by pressing V when it is displayed. the running average and how well Messages 0 132.
recent driving compares to the best Oil Pressure : Oil pressure is
Fuel Economy : The center that has been achieved for the
displays the approximate displayed in either kilopascal (kPa)
selected distance. or in pounds per square inch (psi).
instantaneous fuel economy as a
number and bar graph. Displayed Timer : This display can be used as Engine Hours : Shows the total
above the bar graph is a running a timer. To start the timer, press V number of hours the engine has run.
average of fuel economy for the while this display is active. The
most recently traveled selected Transmission Fluid
display will show the amount of time
distance. Displayed below the bar Temperature : Shows the
that has passed since the timer was
graph is the best average fuel temperature of the automatic
last reset. To stop the timer, press V transmission fluid in either degrees
economy that has been achieved for briefly while this display is active
the selected distance. The selected Celsius (°C) or degrees
and the timer is running. To reset Fahrenheit (°F).
distance is displayed at the top of
the timer to zero, press and hold V
the page as “last xxx mi/km.” Trailer Brake (If Equipped) :
while this display is active, or press TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer
Press p to select the distance or p and select reset. gain setting. This setting can be
reset best value. Use w and x to Speed Limit : Shows sign adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either
choose the distance and press V. information, which comes from a a trailer connected or disconnected.
roadway database in the onboard
Press w and x to select “Reset OUTPUT shows the power output to
navigation, if equipped. the trailer anytime a trailer with
Best Score.” Press V to reset the
Battery Voltage : Displays the electric brakes is connected. Output
best average fuel economy. After
current battery voltage, if equipped. is displayed as a bar graph. Dashes
reset, the best value displays “-,-”
Battery voltage changes are normal may appear in the OUTPUT display
until the selected distance has been
while driving. See Charging System if a trailer is not connected.
traveled.
Light 0 118. If there is a problem Blank Page : Shows no
with the battery charging system, information.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Vehicle Messages Battery Voltage and SERVICE BATTERY

Charging Messages CHARGING SYSTEM
Messages displayed on the DIC
indicate the status of the vehicle or On some vehicles, this message
BATTERY LOW START displays if there is a problem with
some action that may be needed to VEHICLE
correct a condition. Multiple the battery charging system. Under
messages may display one after the When the vehicle’s battery is certain conditions, the charging
other. severely discharged, this message system light may also turn on in the
will display and four chimes will instrument cluster. See Charging
The messages that do not require System Light 0 118. Driving with this
sound. Start the vehicle
immediate action can be problem could drain the battery.
immediately. If the vehicle is not
acknowledged and cleared by Turn off all unnecessary
started and the battery continues to
pressing SET/CLR or V. The discharge, the climate controls, accessories. Have the electrical
messages that require immediate heated seats, and audio systems system checked as soon as
action cannot be cleared until that will shut off and the vehicle may possible. See your dealer.
action is performed. All messages require a jump start. These systems
should be taken seriously and TRANSPORT MODE ON
will function again after the vehicle
clearing the messages does not is started. This message is displayed when the
correct the problem. vehicle is in transport mode. Some
BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE features can be disabled while in
The following are some of the
vehicle messages that may be This message displays when the this mode, including Remote
displayed depending on your battery voltage drops below Keyless Entry (RKE), remote start,
vehicle content. expected levels and features are and the vehicle alarm system. Take
disabled. Turn off all unnecessary the vehicle to your dealer for service
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, accessory features. to turn transport mode off.
see the Duramax diesel supplement
for additional messages.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Brake System Messages SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST HOOD OPEN

BRAKE FLUID LOW This message may be displayed This message displays and a chime
when there is a problem with the may sound if the hood is not fully
This message is displayed when the brake boost assist system. When closed. Stop and turn off the
brake fluid level is low; see Brake this message is displayed, the brake vehicle, check the hood for
Fluid 0 299. boost assist motor may be heard obstructions, and close the hood
operating and you might notice again. Check to see if the message
HILL START ASSIST ACTIVE pulsation in the brake pedal. This is still appears on the DIC.
This message is displayed when the normal under these conditions. Take
vehicle is stopped on a grade the vehicle to your dealer for Engine Cooling System
sufficient to activate HSA. HSA service.
holds the braking pressure for a
Messages
maximum of two seconds to ensure Compass Messages AIR CONDITIONING OFF
that there is no rolling, which will
assist the driver to transition Dashes may be displayed if the This message displays when the
between releasing the brake pedal vehicle temporarily loses engine coolant becomes hotter than
and accelerating to drive off while communication with the Global the normal operating temperature.
on the grade. The brakes will Positioning System (GPS). See Engine Coolant Temperature
automatically release when the Gauge 0 115. To avoid added strain
accelerator pedal is applied within Door Ajar Messages on a hot engine, the air conditioning
the two-second window. See Hill compressor automatically turns off.
Start Assist (HSA) 0 255.
DOOR OPEN When the coolant temperature
This message displays and a chime returns to normal, the air
RELEASE PARKING BRAKE may sound if a door is not fully conditioning compressor turns back
This message is displayed as a closed. Stop and turn off the on. You can continue to drive your
reminder that the parking brake is vehicle, check the door for vehicle.
on. Release it before you attempt to obstructions, and close the door If this message continues to appear,
drive. again. Check to see if the message have the system repaired by your
still appears on the DIC. dealer as soon as possible to avoid
damage to the engine.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
ENGINE OVERHEATING, IDLE Engine Oil Messages and allow the vehicle to idle until it
ENGINE cools down. See Engine Coolant
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON Temperature Gauge 0 115.
This message displays when the
engine coolant temperature is too This message displays when the OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP
hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to engine oil needs to be changed. ENGINE
idle until it cools down. See Engine When you change the engine oil, be
Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 115. sure to reset the CHANGE ENGINE This message displays if low oil
OIL SOON message. See Engine pressure levels occur. Stop the
When towing, use Tow/Haul Mode Oil Life System 0 288 for vehicle as soon as safely possible
to prevent damage to the engine or information on how to reset the and do not operate it until the cause
transmission. See Tow/Haul message. See Engine Oil 0 286 and of the low oil pressure has been
Mode 0 245. Maintenance Schedule 0 366. corrected. Check the oil as soon as
possible and have the vehicle
ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE OIL LOW ADD OIL serviced by your dealer. See Engine
ENGINE Oil 0 286.
On some vehicles, this message
This message displays and a chime displays when the engine oil level
may sound if the engine cooling may be too low. Check the oil level Engine Power Messages
system reaches unsafe before filling to the recommended
temperatures for operation. Stop level. If the oil is not low and this ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED
and turn off the vehicle as soon as it message remains on, take the This message displays and a chime
is safe to do so to avoid severe vehicle to your dealer for service. may sound when the cooling system
damage. This message clears when See Engine Oil 0 286. temperature gets too hot and the
the engine has cooled to a safe engine further enters the engine
operating temperature. ENGINE OIL HOT IDLE coolant protection mode. See
ENGINE Engine Overheating 0 296 for more
This message displays when the information.
engine oil becomes hotter than the This message also displays when
normal operating temperature. Stop the vehicle's engine power is
reduced. Reduced engine power
can affect the vehicle's ability to
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
accelerate. If this message is on, “Battery Replacement” under systems are disabled because the
but there is no reduction in Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) camera view is blocked and cannot
performance, proceed to your System Operation 0 30. operate properly. It may also
destination. The performance may activate during heavy rain or due to
be reduced the next time the vehicle Lamp Messages road spray. To clean the system,
is driven. The vehicle may be driven clean the outside of the windshield
at a reduced speed while this TURN SIGNAL ON area in front of the LDW/FCA
message is on, but acceleration and This message displays and a chime camera sensor.
speed may be reduced. Anytime sounds if a turn signal is left on for
this message stays on, or displays LANE DEPARTURE SYSTEM
1.2 km (0.75 mi). Move the turn UNAVAILABLE
repeatedly, the vehicle should be signal lever to the off position.
taken to your dealer for service as If your vehicle has the Lane
soon as possible.
Object Detection System Departure Warning (LDW) system,
this message may display if the
Fuel System Messages Messages LDW system cannot activate due to
FORWARD COLLISION a temporary condition. See Lane
FUEL LEVEL LOW Departure Warning (LDW) 0 264 for
ALERT OFF
This message displays when the more information.
vehicle is low on fuel. Refuel as If your vehicle has the Forward
soon as possible. Collision Alert (FCA) system, this SERVICE FRONT CAMERA
message may display if the FCA This message displays when the
Key and Lock Messages system cannot activate due to a Lane Departure Warning (LDW) and
temporary condition. See Forward Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
REPLACE BATTERY IN Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 263. systems are disabled and need
REMOTE KEY FRONT CAMERA BLOCKED, service. See your dealer.
This message displays if a Remote CLEAN WINDSHIELD
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter
This message displays when the
battery is low. The battery needs to
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) and
be replaced in the transmitter. See
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Ride Control System STABILITRAK INITIALIZING and front outboard passenger,

if present, safety belts are not
Messages This message may come on if the
buckled. The vehicle will not shift
StabiliTrak system has not fully
SERVICE STABILITRAK out of P (Park). Buckle the safety
initialized because of road
belt(s) to unlock the shift lever.
If this message displays, it means conditions or the incorrect tire size.
there may be a problem with the When the StabiliTrak system is fully This system may not allow the
StabiliTrak system. If you see this initialized, the message will turn off. vehicle to shift out of P (Park) if an
message, try to reset the system. See Traction Control/Electronic object — such as a briefcase,
Stop; turn off the engine for at least Stability Control 0 256. If this handbag, grocery bag, laptop,
15 seconds; then start the engine message continues to be displayed or other electronic device — is on
again. If this message still comes for multiple ignition cycles and on the front outboard passenger seat.
on, it means there is a problem. You different road surfaces, see your If this happens, remove the object
should see your dealer for service. dealer for service. from the seat or buckle the
The vehicle is safe to drive; safety belt.
however, you do not have the Airbag System Messages If the driver or front outboard
benefit of StabiliTrak, so reduce passenger unbuckles their safety
your speed and drive accordingly. SERVICE AIRBAG belt while driving, the safety belt
This message displays if there is a reminder chime and light(s) will
SERVICE TRACTION problem with the airbag system. come on. See Safety Belt
CONTROL Take the vehicle to your dealer for Reminders 0 116.
This message displays when there service.
is a problem with the Traction SHIFTER UNLOCKED. BRAKE
Control System (TCS). When this Safety Belt Messages TO SHIFT
message displays, the system will This message displays when the
not limit wheel spin. Adjust your SHIFTER LOCKED. BUCKLE Safety Belt Assurance System times
driving accordingly. See your dealer SEATBELT out and allows the vehicle to be
for service. See Traction Control/ This message displays if the vehicle shifted out of P (Park) after
Electronic Stability Control 0 256. is equipped with the Safety Belt 30 seconds following brake apply.
Assurance System and the driver See “Safety Belts” and “Child
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Restraints” in the Index for may be slightly higher than normal. Tire Messages
information about the importance of The vehicle is still safe to drive. Use
proper restraint use. caution while in reduced assist SERVICE TIRE MONITOR
This system may not function mode. If this message is persistent SYSTEM
properly if the airbag readiness light or appears repeatedly, take the
If equipped with the Tire Pressure
is on. See Airbag Readiness vehicle to your dealer for service.
Monitor System (TPMS), this
Light 0 117. See Steering 0 216.
message displays if a part on the
SERVICE POWER STEERING system is not working properly. The
Security Messages This message displays when there
tire pressure light also flashes and
then remains on during the same
SERVICE THEFT DETERRENT is a problem with electric power ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure
SYSTEM steering. If this message displays Light 0 123. Several conditions may
and a reduction in steering cause this message to appear. See
This message displays when there performance or loss of power
is a problem with the theft-deterrent Tire Pressure Monitor Operation
steering assistance is noticed, see 0 326. If the warning comes on and
system. The vehicle may or may not your dealer. See Steering 0 216.
restart, so you may want to take the stays on, there may be a problem
vehicle to your dealer before turning with the TPMS. See your dealer.
Starting the Vehicle
off the engine. See Immobilizer TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE
Operation 0 37. Messages
If equipped with the Tire Pressure
PRESS BRAKE TO START or Monitor System (TPMS), this
Steering System PRESS CLUTCH TO START message displays when the system
Messages This message displays when is relearning the tire positions on
STEERING ASSIST IS attempting to start the vehicle your vehicle. The tire positions must
without first pressing the brake or be relearned after rotating the tires
REDUCED DRIVE WITH CARE or after replacing a tire or sensor.
clutch pedal.
This message may display if a See Tire Inspection 0 329, Tire
problem occurs with the electric Rotation 0 329, Tire Pressure
power steering system. If this Monitor System 0 325, and Tire
message appears, steering effort Pressure 0 323.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
TIRE PRESSURE LOW ADD Transmission Messages FOR 4WD LOW SHIFT TO
AIR TO TIRE NEUTRAL
4WD OFF
If equipped with the Tire Pressure If a four-wheel drive shift into
Monitor System (TPMS), this If equipped with four-wheel drive, Four-Wheel Drive Low is requested,
message displays when the this message displays when the and the vehicle speed is correct, but
pressure in one or more of the four-wheel-drive system is the transmission is not in
vehicle's tires is low. This message temporarily disabled due to an N (Neutral), this message will
also displays with a vehicle picture overheated condition. The vehicle display until the transmission is
to indicate the location of the low will run in two-wheel drive when this shifted to N (Neutral).
tire. The low tire pressure warning message is present. Once the
light will also come on. See Tire four-wheel-drive system cools down, SERVICE 4WD
Pressure Light 0 123. You can the message turns off and the If the vehicle has four-wheel drive,
receive more than one tire pressure four-wheel-drive system returns to this message may display if a
message at a time. If a tire pressure normal operation. problem occurs with the
message appears on the DIC, stop 4WD SHIFT IN PROGRESS four-wheel-drive system. If this
as soon as you can. Have the tire message appears, stop as soon as
pressures checked and set to those This message will display while the possible and turn off the vehicle.
shown on the Tire and Loading four-wheel-drive system is shifting. Make sure the key is in the LOCK/
Information label. See Tires 0 316, OFF position for at least
Vehicle Load Limits 0 226, and Tire
FOR 4WD LOW SLOW TO XXX
one minute, then restart the vehicle
Pressure 0 323. The DIC also If a four-wheel drive shift into and check for the message on the
shows the tire pressure values. See Four-Wheel Drive Low is requested, DIC display. If the message is still
Driver Information Center (DIC) but the vehicle speed is too high, displayed or appears again when
(Base Level) 0 126 or Driver this message will display until the you begin driving, the
Information Center (DIC) correct vehicle speed is reached. four-wheel-drive system needs
(Uplevel) 0 129. service. See your dealer.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
TO EXIT 4WD LOW SLOW When towing, use Tow/Haul Mode

to prevent damage to the engine or
Vehicle
TO XXX
transmission. See Tow/Haul Personalization
If a four-wheel drive shift out of Mode 0 245.
Four-Wheel Drive Low is requested, Use the audio system controls to
but the vehicle speed is too high, VEHICLE IN 4WD LOW access the personalization menus
this message will display until the for customizing vehicle features.
This message will display if the
correct vehicle speed is reached. The following are all possible
vehicle is driven in Four-Wheel
TO EXIT 4WD LOW SHIFT TO Drive Low for about 10 minutes personalization features. Depending
above 72 km/h (45 mph). on the vehicle, some may not be
NEUTRAL
available.
If a four-wheel drive shift out of Vehicle Reminder
Four-Wheel Drive Low is requested, Base Radio Audio System
and the vehicle speed is correct, but Messages Controls
the transmission is not in ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE MENU : Press the center of the
N (Neutral), this message will knob to enter menus and select
display until the transmission is WITH CARE menu items. Turn the knob to scroll
shifted to N (Neutral). This message is displayed when ice through the menus.
conditions are possible.
TRANSMISSION HOT IDLE o BACK : Press to return to the
ENGINE previous menu or exit.
Vehicle Speed Messages
This message displays and a chime Uplevel Radio Audio System
may sound if the transmission fluid REDUCE SPEED FOR HILL Controls
in the vehicle gets hot. Driving with DESCENT CONTROL 1. Touch the desired feature to
the transmission fluid temperature This message displays when display a list of available
high can cause damage to the attempting to enable Hill Descent options.
vehicle. Stop the vehicle and let it Control (HDC) when the vehicle
idle to allow the transmission to 2. Touch to select the desired
speed is too high. See Hill Descent
cool. This message clears and the feature setting.
Control (HDC) 0 258.
chime stops when the fluid
temperature reaches a safe level.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
3. Press o BACK on the . Rear Camera Teen Driver

faceplate or touch 0 screen . Return to Factory Settings See “Teen Driver” under “Settings”
button to return to the previous . Software Information in the infotainment manual.
menu or exit.
Detailed information for each menu Valet Mode (If Equipped)
Turn the vehicle to ON/RUN to follows.
access the Settings menu, then This will lock the infotainment
select SETTINGS from the Home Time and Date system and steering wheel controls.
page on the infotainment display. It may also limit access to vehicle
Manually set the time and date. See storage locations (if equipped).
Personalization Menus Clock 0 106.
To enable valet mode:
The following list of menu items may Language (Language) 1. Enter a four-digit code on the
be available:
Select Language, then select from keypad.
. Time and Date the available language(s). 2. Select Enter to go to the
. Language (Language) The selected language will display confirmation screen.
. Rear Seat Reminder on the system, and voice 3. Re-enter the four-digit code.
recognition will reflect the selected
. Teen Driver language. Touch LOCK or UNLOCK to lock or
. Valet Mode unlock the system. Touch Back to
Rear Seat Reminder go back to the previous menu.
. Radio This allows for a chime and a Radio
. Vehicle message “Look in Rear Seat” when
the rear door has been opened Touch to display the Radio menu
. Bluetooth
before or during operation of the and the following may display:
. Apple CarPlay vehicle. . Manage Favorites
. Android Auto Select Off or On. . Number of Favorites Shown
. Voice . Audible Touch Feedback
. Display . Auto Volume
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

. Maximum Startup Volume Select Off, Low, Medium-Low, Auto Fan Speed
Medium, Medium-High, or High. This feature will set the maximum
Manage Favorites
Maximum Startup Volume auto fan speed.
This allows favorites to be edited.
See “Manage Favorites” in “Radio This feature sets the maximum Select Low, Medium, or High.
Setup” under Home Page (Base startup volume. If the vehicle is Auto Defog
Radio) 0 158 or Home Page (Base started and the volume is greater
Radio with Touchscreen) 0 160 or than this level, the volume is This allows the feature to be turned
“Manage Favorites” in “Settings” adjusted to this level. To set the on or off.
under “Radio” in the infotainment maximum startup volume, touch + Select Off or On.
manual. or ✓ to increase or decrease.
Auto Rear Defog
Number of Favorites Shown Vehicle
This allows the feature to be turned
Touch to set the number of favorites Select and the following may on or off.
to display. display:
Select Off or On.
Select the desired number or select . Climate and Air Quality
Auto and the infotainment system Comfort and Convenience
. Comfort and Convenience
will automatically adjust the number Select and the following may
of favorites shown. . Lighting display:
Audible Touch Feedback . Power Door Locks . Chime Volume
This allows Audible Touch . Remote Lock, Unlock, Start Chime Volume
Feedback to be turned on or off. Climate and Air Quality This allows the selection of the
Select Off or On. Select and the following may chime volume level.
Auto Volume display: Select + or ✓ to adjust the volume.
This feature adjusts the volume . Auto Fan Speed
based on vehicle speed and . Auto Defog
ambient noise.
. Auto Rear Defog
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Lighting . Auto Door Unlock Remote Lock, Unlock, Start

Select and the following may . Delayed Door Lock Select and the following may
display: display:
Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout
. Vehicle Locator Lights . Remote Unlock Light Feedback
When on, this feature will keep the
. Exit Lighting driver door from locking when the . Remote Lock Feedback
Vehicle Locator Lights door is open. If Off is selected, the . Remote Door Unlock
Delayed Door Lock menu will be
This feature will flash the exterior available. . Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
lamps and allows the headlamps, Remote Unlock Light Feedback
parking lamps, taillamps, and most Select Off or On.
of the interior lamps to turn on Auto Door Unlock When on, the exterior lamps will
briefly when K on the Remote flash when unlocking the vehicle
This allows selection of which of the with the RKE transmitter.
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is doors will automatically unlock when
pressed to locate the vehicle. the vehicle is shifted into P (Park) Select Off or Flash Lights.
Select Off or On. for an automatic transmission or Remote Lock Feedback
when the key is removed from the
Exit Lighting ignition for a manual transmission. This allows selection of what type of
This allows the selection of how feedback is given when locking the
Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door. vehicle with the RKE transmitter.
long the exterior lamps stay on
when leaving the vehicle when it is Delayed Door Lock Select Off, Lights and Horn, Lights
dark outside. When on, this feature will delay the Only, or Horn Only.
Select Off, 30 Seconds, 60 locking of the doors. To override the Remote Door Unlock
Seconds, or 120 Seconds. delay, press the power door lock
switch on the door. This allows selection of which doors
Power Door Locks will unlock when pressing K on the
Select Off or On.
Select and the following may RKE transmitter.
display: Select All Doors or Driver Door.
. Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Remote Start Auto Heat Seats in “Infotainment Controls” under Apple CarPlay™
If equipped and turned on, this “Bluetooth” in the infotainment
Select and the following may
feature will turn the heated seats on manual.
display:
when using remote start on Device Management . Apple CarPlay
cold days.
Select to connect to a different . Manage Apple CarPlay Devices
Select Off or On. phone source, disconnect a phone,
or delete a phone. Apple CarPlay
Bluetooth
Ringtones This feature allows Apple devices to
Select and the following may be connected to the infotainment
display: Touch to change the ring tone for system through a USB port. See
. Pair New Device the specific phone. The phone does “Apple CarPlay and Android Auto”
not need to be connected to change under “Phone” in the infotainment
. Device Management the ring tones. manual.
. Ringtones Voice Mail Numbers Select Off or On.
. Voice Mail Numbers This feature displays the voice mail Manage Apple CarPlay Devices
. Text Message Alerts number for all connected phones.
To change the voice mail number, Select to manage Apple devices.
Pair New Device select EDIT or touch the EDIT Apple CarPlay must be on for this
Select to pair a new device. See button. Type a new number, then feature to be accessed. See “Apple
“Pairing” under Bluetooth select SAVE or touch the SAVE CarPlay and Android Auto” under
(Overview) 0 187 or Bluetooth button. “Phone” in the infotainment manual.
(Infotainment Controls - Base Android Auto™
Text Message Alerts
Radio) 0 188 or Bluetooth (Voice
Recognition) 0 192 or Bluetooth This allows the feature to be turned Select and the following may
(Infotainment Controls - Base Radio on or off. display:
with Touchscreen) 0 197 or “Pairing” Select Off or On. . Android Auto
. Manage Android Auto Devices
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Android Auto Select Confirm More or Select Auto, Day, or Night.

This feature allows Android devices Confirm Less.
Calibrate Touchscreen
to be connected to the infotainment Prompt Length
system through a USB port. See Select to calibrate the touchscreen,
“Apple CarPlay and Android Auto” This feature adjusts the voice then follow the prompts.
under “Phone” in the infotainment prompt length.
Turn Display Off
manual. Select Short or Long.
Select to turn the display off. Touch
Select Off or On. Audio Feedback Speed anywhere on the display area or any
Manage Android Auto Devices This feature adjusts the audio faceplate button to turn the
feedback speed. display on.
Select to manage Android devices.
Android Auto must be on for this Select Slow, Medium, or Fast. Rear Camera
feature to be accessed. See “Apple Select and the following may
Display “What Can I Say?” Tips
CarPlay and Android Auto” under display:
“Phone” in the infotainment manual. This feature gives voice
command tips. . Guidance Lines
Voice
Select Off or On. Guidance Lines
Select and the following may
Display Select to turn Off or On. See Rear
display:
Vision Camera (RVC) 0 261.
. Confidence Threshold Select and the following may
display: Return to Factory Settings
. Prompt Length
. Mode Select and the following may
. Audio Feedback Speed display:
. Calibrate Touchscreen
. Display “What Can I Say?” Tips . Restore Vehicle Settings
. Turn Display Off
Confidence Threshold . Clear All Private Data
This feature allows the adjustment Mode
. Restore Radio Settings
of the sensitivity of the speech Select to change the display
recognition system. screen mode.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Restore Vehicle Settings

This allows selection of restoring
vehicle settings.
Select Restore or Cancel.
Clear All Private Data
Select to clear all private information
from the vehicle.
Select Delete or Cancel.
Restore Radio Settings
This allows selection to restore
radio settings.
Select Restore or Cancel.
Software Information
Select to view the infotainment
system current software information.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
146 Lighting
Lighting Exterior Lighting AUTO : Automatically turns on the

headlamps at normal brightness,
together with the following:
Exterior Lamp Controls
Exterior Lighting . Parking Lamps
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 146 . Instrument Panel Lights
Exterior Lamps Off
Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 . Taillamps
Headlamp High/Low-Beam . License Plate Lamps
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 . Front/Rear Sidemarker Lamps
Daytime Running When the vehicle is turned off and
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 the headlamps are in AUTO, the
Automatic Headlamp headlamps turn off. When the key is
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 removed, they automatically turn on
The exterior lamp control is on the
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 149 for a set time. The time of the delay
instrument panel to the left of the
Turn and Lane-Change can be changed using the DIC. See
steering wheel.
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Driver Information Center (DIC)
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 O : Turns off the automatic (Base Level) 0 126 or Driver
headlamps and Daytime Running Information Center (DIC)
Interior Lighting Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp (Uplevel) 0 129.
Instrument Panel Illumination control to the off position again to
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 turn the automatic headlamps or ; : Turns on the parking lamps
Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 DRL back on. including all lamps, except the
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 headlamps.
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 For vehicles first sold in Canada, off
will only work when the vehicle is in 2 : Turns on the headlamps
Lighting Features P (Park). together with the parking lamps and
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 instrument panel lights.
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 When the headlamps are turned on
Battery Load Management . . . 152 while the vehicle is on, the
Battery Power Protection . . . . . 152 headlamps turn off automatically
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Lighting 147
10 minutes after the ignition is Headlamp High/ If the headlamps are in the
turned off. When the headlamps are automatic position or on low beam,
turned on while the vehicle is off,
Low-Beam Changer the high-beam headlamps will turn
the headlamps will stay on for Push the turn signal lever toward on. They will stay on as long as you
10 minutes before turning off to the instrument panel to change the hold the lever toward you. The
prevent the battery from being headlamps from low to high beam. high-beam indicator on the
drained. Turn the headlamp control instrument cluster will come on.
Pull the turn signal lever toward you
off and then back to the headlamp Release the lever to return to
and release it to return to low-beam
on position to make the headlamps normal operation.
headlamps.
stay on for an additional 10 minutes.
To keep the lamps on for more than Daytime Running
10 minutes, the ignition must be in
the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN
Lamps (DRL)
position. DRL can make it easier for others to
see the front of the vehicle during
# : If equipped, it turns on the fog the day. Fully functional DRL are
lamps. See Fog Lamps 0 149.
required on all vehicles first sold in
When the high-beam headlamps are Canada.
Exterior Lamps Off on, this indicator light on the
The DRL system comes on when
Reminder instrument cluster will also be on.
the following conditions are met:
A reminder chime sounds when the
headlamps or parking lamps are Flash-to-Pass . The ignition is on.
manually turned on, the ignition is This feature lets you use the . The exterior lamp control is
off, and a door is open. To disable high-beam headlamps to signal a in AUTO.
the chime, turn the lamps off. driver in front of you that you want . The transmission is not in
to pass. It works even if the P (Park).
headlamps are in the automatic
. The light sensor determines it is
position.
daytime.
To use it, pull the turn signal lever
toward you, then release it.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
148 Lighting
When the DRL system is on, only is in the full bright position. See
the DRL are on. The taillamps, Instrument Panel Illumination
sidemarker lamps, instrument panel Control 0 150.
lights, and other lamps will not When it is bright enough outside,
be on. the headlamps will turn off or may
When it begins to get dark, the change to Daytime Running
automatic headlamp system Lamps (DRL).
switches from DRL to the The automatic headlamp system
headlamps. turns off when the exterior lamp
There is a light sensor on top of the
To turn off the DRL, turn the exterior instrument panel. Do not cover the control is turned to O or the ignition
lamp control to the off position and sensor, otherwise the headlamps is off.
then release. For vehicles first sold will come on when they are not
in Canada, off will only work when needed. Lights On with Wipers
the vehicle is in P (Park). If the windshield wipers are
The system may also turn on the
headlamps when driving through a activated in daylight with the engine
Automatic Headlamp on, and the exterior lamp control is
parking garage or tunnel.
System in AUTO, the headlamps, parking
If the vehicle is started in a dark lamps, and other exterior lamps
When the exterior lamp control is garage, the automatic headlamp come on. The transition time for the
set to AUTO and it is dark enough system comes on immediately. If it lamps coming on varies based on
outside, the headlamps come on is light outside when the vehicle wiper speed. When the wipers are
automatically. leaves the garage, there is a slight not operating, these lamps turn off.
delay before the automatic Move the exterior lamp control to O
headlamp system changes to the
DRL. During that delay, the or ; to disable this feature.
instrument cluster may not be as
bright as usual. Make sure the
instrument panel brightness control
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Lighting 149
Hazard Warning Flashers Turn and Lane-Change If after signaling a turn or a lane
change the arrows flash rapidly or
Signals do not come on, a signal bulb could
be burned out.
Replace any burned out bulbs. If a
bulb is not burned out, check the
fuse. See Fuses 0 310.
Turn Signal On Chime
If the turn signal is left on for more
An arrow on the instrument cluster than 1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime
flashes in the direction of the turn or sounds at each flash of the turn
lane change. signal. The message TURN
Move the turn signal lever all the SIGNAL ON will also appear in the
way up or down to signal a turn. Driver Information Center (DIC). To
| : Press to make the front and Raise or lower the lever for less
turn the chime and message off,
rear turn signal lamps flash on and move the turn signal lever to the off
than one second until the arrow position.
off. Press again to turn the
starts to flash to signal a lane
flashers off.
change. This causes the turn Fog Lamps
When the hazard warning flashers signals to automatically flash three
are on, the vehicle's turn signals will times. Holding the turn signal lever
not work. for more than one second will cause
the turn signals to flash until the
lever is released.
The lever returns to its starting
position whenever it is released.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
150 Lighting
If equipped, the control is on the

center of the exterior lamp control,
Interior Lighting Cargo Lamp
to the left of the steering column.
Instrument Panel
The ignition must be in the ON/RUN
position for the fog lamps to
Illumination Control
come on.
# : Press to turn the fog lamps on
or off. A light will come on in the
instrument cluster.
When the fog lamps are turned on,
the parking lamps automatically
turn on.
When the headlamps are changed
to high beam, the fog lamps go off. The cargo lamp provides more light
This feature controls the brightness
When the high-beam headlamps are in the cargo area of the vehicle,
of the steering wheel and instrument
turned off, the fog lamps will come if needed. The lights inside of the
panel lights. The instrument panel
on again. pickup box also turn on, if equipped.
illumination control is next to the
Some localities have laws that exterior lamp control. Press the switch down to turn the
require the headlamps to be on with cargo lamp on or off. The shift lever
the fog lamps. D : Move the thumbwheel up or
down to brighten or dim the lights. must be in the P (Park) position to
operate the cargo lamp.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Lighting 151
Dome Lamps Reading Lamps Lighting Features

Entry Lighting
Some exterior lamps and the interior
lamps turn on briefly at night, or in
areas with limited lighting, when K
is pressed on the Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) transmitter. When a
door is opened, the interior lamps
come on if the dome lamp control is
The interior lamps control in the The front reading lamps, in the H position. After about
overhead console controls both the if equipped, are in the overhead 30 seconds the exterior lamps turn
front and rear interior lamps. console. off. Entry lighting can be disabled
To operate: manually by changing the ignition
out of the OFF position, or by
( : Turns the lamps off.
pressing Q on the RKE transmitter.
H : Turns the lamps on when any
door is opened. This feature can be changed. See
“Vehicle Locator Lights” under
' : Keeps the lamps on all Vehicle Personalization 0 139.
the time.
The interior lamps turn on Exit Lighting
automatically if the airbags are
Some exterior lamps and the interior
deployed. The rear reading lamps, if equipped, lamps come on at night, or in areas
are in the headliner. with limited lighting when the key is
# or $ : Press to turn each lamp removed from the ignition. The
on or off. exterior and interior lamps remain
on for a set amount of time and then
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
152 Lighting
automatically turn off. The interior moving up or down. This is normal. Normally, these actions occur in
lamps do not come on if the dome If there is a problem, an alert will be steps or levels, without being
lamp control is in the Off position. displayed. noticeable. In rare cases at the
The exterior lamps turn off The battery can be discharged at highest levels of corrective action,
immediately by turning the exterior idle if the electrical loads are very this action may be noticeable to the
lamps control off. high. This is true for all vehicles. driver. If so, a DIC message might
This is because the generator be displayed and it is recommended
This feature can be changed. See that the driver reduce the electrical
Vehicle Personalization 0 139. (alternator) may not be spinning fast
enough at idle to produce all the loads as much as possible. See
power that is needed for very high Battery Voltage and Charging
Battery Load electrical loads. Messages 0 132.
Management A high electrical load occurs when Battery Power Protection
The vehicle has Electric Power several of the following are on, such
Management (EPM), which as: headlamps, high beams, fog This feature shuts off the dome and
estimates the battery's temperature lamps, rear window defogger, reading lamps, if they are left on for
and state of charge. It then adjusts climate control fan at high speed, more than 10 minutes after the
the voltage for best performance heated seats, engine cooling fans, ignition is turned off. The cargo
and extended life of the battery. trailer loads, and loads plugged into lamp shuts off after 20 minutes. This
accessory power outlets. prevents the battery from
When the battery's state of charge running down.
is low, the voltage is raised slightly EPM works to prevent excessive
to quickly bring the charge back up. discharge of the battery. It does this
When the state of charge is high, by balancing the generator's output
the voltage is lowered slightly to and the vehicle's electrical needs.
prevent overcharging. The voltmeter It can increase engine idle speed to
gauge or the voltage display on the generate more power, whenever
Driver Information Center (DIC), needed. It can temporarily reduce
if equipped, may show the voltage the power demands of some
accessories.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Infotainment System 153
Infotainment Audio Players

Avoiding Untrusted Media
Introduction
System Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
USB Port (Base Radio) . . . . . . .
170
170 Infotainment
USB Port (Base Radio with Base radio information is included in
Introduction Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 this manual. See the infotainment
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Auxiliary Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 manual for information on other
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . 154 Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 available infotainment systems.
Overview (Base Radio) . . . . . . . 155 Voice Recognition Read the following pages to
Overview (Base Radio with become familiar with the features.
Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Home Page (Base Radio) . . . .
Home Page (Base Radio with
158 Phone
Bluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . . 187 { Warning
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Bluetooth (Infotainment Taking your eyes off the road for
Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Controls - Base Radio) . . . . . . 188 too long or too often while using
Bluetooth (Voice
Radio Recognition) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
any infotainment feature can
AM-FM Radio (Base cause a crash. You or others
Bluetooth (Infotainment
Radio) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Controls - Base Radio with could be injured or killed. Do not
AM-FM Radio (Base Radio Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 give extended attention to
with Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Text Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 infotainment tasks while driving.
Satellite Radio (Base Limit your glances at the vehicle
Radio) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Trademarks and License displays and focus your attention
Satellite Radio (Base Radio Agreements on driving. Use voice commands
with Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Trademarks and License whenever possible.
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 167
Pandora Internet Radio . . . . . . . 167
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
154 Infotainment System
The infotainment system has built-in Theft-Deterrent Feature

features intended to help avoid
distraction by disabling some TheftLock® is designed to
functions when driving. These discourage theft of the vehicle's
functions may gray out when they radio by learning a portion of the
are unavailable. Many infotainment Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).
features are also available through The radio does not operate if it is
the instrument cluster and steering stolen or moved to a different
wheel controls. vehicle.
Before driving:
. Become familiar with the
operation, faceplate buttons, and
screen buttons.
. Set up the audio by presetting
favorite stations, setting the
tone, and adjusting the
speakers.
. Set up phone numbers in
advance so they can be called
easily by pressing a single
button or by using a single voice
command if equipped with
Bluetooth phone capability.
See Defensive Driving 0 215.
To play the infotainment system with
the ignition off, see Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 237.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Overview (Base Radio) 1. q

Infotainment System Overview . Press to scroll down
The infotainment system is controlled by using the buttons on the faceplate. through the favorite pages
for each source.
2. Favorites/Menu Keys
. Press to select favorite
stations.
. Press and hold to save
favorite stations.
. Press to select a menu
option when displayed.
3. r
. Press to scroll up through
the favorite pages for each
source.
4. MENU
. Press to access the menu
for the current audio
source.
. Press to select the
highlighted menu option.
. Turn to scroll through a list.
. Turn to manually select a
station.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
5. o BACK 9. RADIO
. Press to return to the . Press to change the audio
previous screen in a menu. source between AM, FM,
or SXM, if equipped.
6. { 10. MEDIA
. Press to go to the Home . Press to change the audio
Page from any point in the source between USB, AUX,
system. See “Home Page” and Bluetooth Audio,
later in this section. if equipped.
7. TONE
11. O
. Press to open the Tone
Settings menu. . Press to turn the audio on.
. Press and hold to turn it off.
8. g or l
. When on, press to mute the
. AM, FM, or SXM (If system. Press again to
Equipped): Press to seek to unmute.
the previous or next strong
station. . Turn to increase or
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Overview (Base Radio with Touchscreen) 1. {

. Press to go to the Home
Page. See Home Page
(Base Radio) 0 158 or
Home Page (Base Radio
with Touchscreen) 0 160.
2. 7
. Radio: Press and release to
go to the previous station or
channel. Press and hold to
fast seek the next strongest
previous station or channel.
. USB/BT Music/Pictures:
Press and hold to go to the
previous content. Press and
hold to fast rewind.
3. O
. Press to turn the power on.
. Press and hold to turn the
power off.
. Press to mute the system
when on.
. Turn to decrease or
increase the volume.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
4. 6 Various functions are disabled when SETTINGS : Select the SETTINGS

the vehicle is moving. screen icon to display the Settings
. Radio: Press and release to main page. See “Setting Radio
go to the next station or AUDIO : Select the AUDIO screen
icon to display the active source Preferences” following.
channel. Press and hold to
fast seek the next strongest page. The sources available are Pandora (If Equipped)
station or channel. AM, FM, SXM (if equipped), USB/
iPod, AUX Input, and Bluetooth Select the PANDORA icon to begin
. USB/BT Music/Pictures: Audio (if equipped). See AM-FM Pandora. See Pandora Internet
Press and hold to go to the Radio (Base Radio) 0 161 or Radio 0 167.
next content. Press and AM-FM Radio (Base Radio with
hold to fast forward. Setting Radio Preferences
Touchscreen) 0 163, Satellite Radio
(Base Radio) 0 164 or Satellite Select the SETTINGS screen icon
5. # to display the Settings menu and
Radio (Base Radio with
. Press and release to Touchscreen) 0 165, Auxiliary Jack the following may display:
access the phone screen, 0 179, and Bluetooth Audio 0 180. Time and Date : See Clock 0 106.
answer an incoming call,
or access the device home PHONE : Select the PHONE screen Language (Current Language) :
icon to display the Phone main This will set the display language in
screen. Press and hold to
page. See Bluetooth (Overview) the radio and instrument cluster.
access Press to Talk.
0 187 or Bluetooth (Infotainment Select to display a list of languages.
Controls - Base Radio) 0 188 or Select o BACK to go back to the
Home Page (Base Radio) Bluetooth (Voice Recognition) 0 192
previous menu.
Home Page Features or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls -
Base Radio with Valet Mode:
The infotainment system displays a Touchscreen) 0 197.
Home Page to access all of the Using the circular numeric keypad,
applications. Turn the MENU knob NAV (Navigation, If Equipped) : enter a four-digit code:
to highlight feature icons. Press the Select the NAV screen icon to 1. Turn the MENU knob to
MENU knob to access the feature’s display the OnStar Turn-by-Turn highlight a number.
options. Navigation. See OnStar Overview
0 397, if equipped.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
2. Press the MENU knob to select Radio Setup Audible Touch Feedback (If
it. Do this for each one of the Press the RADIO button and the Equipped) : Select Audible Touch
four digits. Select Enter to go to following may display: Feedback to turn feedback off or on.
the confirmation screen. Auto Volume (If Equipped) : This
Manage Favorites:
3. Re-enter the four-digit code. feature adjusts the volume based on
Select LOCK to lock the . Turn the MENU knob and press vehicle speed. The options are Off,
system. to select a favorite. Low, Medium-Low, Medium,
4. Enter the four-digit code to . To delete a favorite, press Medium-High, or High. Select the
the menu key just below the desired volume.
unlock the system. Select o
BACK to go back to the DELETE menu item. Maximum Startup Volume : This
previous menu. . To move a favorite, press the feature sets the maximum startup
menu key just below the volume. If the vehicle is started and
Radio : See “Radio Setup” later in the volume is greater than this level,
this section. MOVE menu item. Turn the
MENU knob to select a new the volume is adjusted to this level.
Vehicle : See Vehicle location, then press the To set the maximum startup volume,
Personalization 0 139. menu key just below the Turn the MENU knob to increase or
DROP menu item to select decrease.
Display : Press the MENU knob to
turn the display on or off. the new location. Rear Camera (If Equipped)
Return to Factory Settings : See . Select o BACK to go back to From the Rear Camera menu item,
“Return to Factory Settings” later in the previous menu. the following may display:
this section. Number of Favorites Shown : Return to Factory Settings
Software Information (If Select Auto and the system will
Select Return to Factory Settings
Equipped) : Press the MENU knob automatically adjust the number of
and the following may display:
to select Save Vehicle Info to USB. favorite pages when favorites are
Press the MENU knob again to start added and removed, or select a Restore Vehicle Settings : This
downloading the vehicle information number from 5–25 to manually option will restore factory vehicle
to the USB. adjust the number of favorites personalization settings. Select
shown. Restore Vehicle Settings. A screen
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
displays stating all vehicle Home Page (Base Radio Audio : Touch to select AM, FM,
customization settings will be SXM (if equipped), USB/iPod/
restored to the factory settings.
with Touchscreen) Bluetooth Audio, or AUX. See
Select Cancel or Confirm. Touchscreen Buttons AM-FM Radio (Base Radio) 0 161
Clear All Private Data (If or AM-FM Radio (Base Radio with
Touchscreen buttons show on the Touchscreen) 0 163, Satellite Radio
Equipped) : This option clears all screen when available. When a
private information from the vehicle. (Base Radio) 0 164 or Satellite
function is unavailable, the button Radio (Base Radio with
Select Clear All Private Data. Select may gray out. When a function is
Cancel or Confirm. Touchscreen) 0 165, USB Port
selected, the button may highlight. (Base Radio) 0 170 or USB Port
Restore Radio Settings : This (Base Radio with Touchscreen)
option will restore factory radio
Home Page Features
0 173, Bluetooth Audio 0 180, or
settings. Select Restore Radio Auxiliary Jack 0 179.
Settings. A screen displays stating
all personalized radio settings will Gallery : Touch to view a picture.
be restored back to the factory See USB Port (Base Radio) 0 170
settings. Select Cancel or Confirm. or USB Port (Base Radio with
Touchscreen) 0 173.
English and Metric Unit Phone : Touch to activate the
Conversion phone features (if equipped). See
To change the display units between Bluetooth (Overview) 0 187 or
English and metric units, see Driver Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls -
Information Center (DIC) (Base Press { to go to the Home Page. Base Radio) 0 188 or Bluetooth
Level) 0 126 or Driver Information (Voice Recognition) 0 192 or
Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 129 or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls -
Instrument Cluster (Base Level) Base Radio with
0 110 or Instrument Cluster Touchscreen) 0 197.
(Uplevel) 0 112.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Projection : Touch to access

supported devices when connected.
Radio Press the MENU knob and the
following radio settings may display:
See USB Port (Base Radio) 0 170
or USB Port (Base Radio with AM-FM Radio (Base Tone Settings:
Touchscreen) 0 173. Radio) . Bass, Midrange, and Treble:
Turn the MENU knob and
Settings : Touch to access the Playing the Radio highlight. Press the MENU knob
Personalization menu. See Vehicle to select. Turn the MENU knob
Personalization 0 139. While on the audio main page,
press the RADIO button repeatedly to adjust.
Climate : Touch to access the to cycle through the available . Balance: Turn the MENU knob
Climate menu. See Climate Control sources AM, FM, and SXM (if to highlight. Press the MENU
Systems 0 208 or Automatic equipped) or press the MEDIA knob to select. Turn the MENU
Climate Control System 0 210. button repeatedly to cycle through knob left for more sound from
OnStar : If equipped, touch to the available sources Bluetooth® the left speakers or right for
access the OnStar menu. See Audio (if equipped), USB, and AUX. more sound from the right
OnStar Overview 0 397. The steering wheel controls can speakers. The middle position
also be used to adjust the volume. balances the sound between the
Software Updates See Steering Wheel Controls 0 104. left and right speakers.
See the website for more . Fade: Turn the MENU knob to
AM, FM, or SXM (If Equipped)
information. highlight. Press the MENU knob
To select AM, FM, or SXM (if to select. Turn the MENU knob
Website Information equipped), press the RADIO button to the left for more sound from
to toggle to the desired broadcast the front speakers and to the
In the U.S., see www.chevrolet.com
source. right for more sound from the
In Canada, see rear speakers. The middle
www.chevrolet.gm.ca position balances the sound
In Mexico, see between the front and rear
www.chevrolet.com.mx speakers.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

. DSP: If equipped with a Bose between Off, Low, Medium-Low, Finding a Station
Surround® sound system, it will Medium, Medium-High, and High.
have three DSP modes Seeking a Station
Press o BACK to go to the
including: previous menu. Press g or l to search for the
⇣ Normal: Adjusts the audio to EQ (Equalizer) Settings : In certain previous or next strongest station.
provide the best sound for all configurations, the available choices Tuning a Station
seating positions. are Manual and Talk.
Turn the MENU knob to manually
⇣ Driver: Adjusts the audio to Options for SXM Only find a station.
provide the best sound for the
driver. SXM View : SXM view allows the Storing Radio Station Presets
channel list to be viewed by channel
⇣ Centerpoint: Creates a name, artist playing on channel, Up to 25 preset stations from all
surround sound from nearly or song playing on channel. Turn bands can be stored in the favorite
any audio source. the MENU knob to highlight and lists in any order. Up to five stations
. EQ (Equalizer): If equipped with press the MENU knob to select. can be stored in each favorite page
a Bose sound system, turn the and the number of favorites can
Press o BACK to go to the
MENU knob to highlight. Turn be set.
previous menu.
the MENU knob to scroll through AM, FM, or SXM (If Equipped) :
the options. Press the MENU SXM Channel List : Select to
While on the active source main
display a list of SXM channels. Turn
knob to select. Press the o page, such as AM, FM, or SXM (if
the MENU knob to highlight and
BACK button to go to the equipped), press and hold a
press the MENU knob to select.
previous menu. favorites/soft key button on the
Press o BACK to go to the faceplate.
Station List : Select to display a list previous menu.
of AM or FM stations. Press o Mixed-Audio Favorites
Also see the radio settings common
BACK to go to the previous menu. for all sources earlier in this section. Media (if equipped) and Broadcast
Auto Volume : If equipped, this favorites can be stored.
feature adjusts the volume based on To display the favorites page, press
the vehicle speed. Select the level q or r on the radio faceplate.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
To manage favorites, see “Manage The level of volume compensation Custom Tone Settings
Favorites” under Home Page (Base can be selected, or the feature can 1. Touch MENU.
Radio) 0 158 or Home Page (Base be turned off.
Radio with Touchscreen) 0 160. 2. Touch Tone Settings.
1. Touch MENU from a source
screen. 3. Touch Custom.
AM-FM Radio (Base . Bass, Midrange, or Treble:
2. Select Auto Volume.
Radio with Touchscreen) Touch ✓ or +.
3. Select the desired setting.
Playing the Radio . Fader or Balance: Adjust
4. Touch 3 to go back to the the front/rear or left/right
Audio Source Menu source screen. speakers by dragging the
{ : Press to go to the Home Page. Tone Settings dot in the vehicle image on
the screen.
O : Press to turn on, mute, The tone settings can be set for
or unmute the system. Press and each radio band and each audio Touch 3 to go back to the source
hold to turn off the system. player source. screen.
Selecting a Band Preset Tone Settings Selecting an Auxiliary Device
Press {, then touch AUDIO, 1. Touch MENU. Connect the auxiliary device to the
Source, then select AM, FM, AUX input terminal. Play will begin
2. Touch Tone Settings.
or SXM (if equipped). The last when the system has finished
station that was playing starts 3. Select a preset tone setting. reading the information on the
playing again. . Bass, Midrange, or Treble: device.
System Settings Touch ✓ or +. If the AUX device is already
. Fader or Balance: Adjust connected, press {, AUDIO,
Auto Volume the front/rear or left/right Source, then select the device.
This feature automatically adjusts speakers by dragging the
the radio volume to compensate for dot in the vehicle image on
road and wind noise. the screen.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Selecting a Station 3. Touch Q or R to scroll through 3. Touch and hold any of the
the list. Touch the station to preset buttons to save the
Seek Tuning current radio station to that
select it.
If the radio station is not known: button of the selected
Update Station List favorites page.
Press 7 or 6 to automatically
1. From the AM or FM menu, To change a preset button, tune to
search for available radio stations.
touch MENU, then touch the new desired radio station and
Manual Tuning Update Station List. The touch and hold the preset button.
broadcasting list updating will
Continue touching t or u to begin.
manually change the radio station.
Satellite Radio (Base
2. During the AM or FM Radio)
Direct Tune broadcasting list update, touch
From the AM or FM menu: Cancel to stop the updates. SiriusXM® Satellite Radio
Service
1. Touch Tune. Storing a Station as a Favorite
Vehicles with a SiriusXM satellite
2. Enter the station number. Stations from all bands can be radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM
stored in any order in the favorite satellite radio subscription can
3. Touch Go or t or u to go to pages. receive SiriusXM programming.
the previous or next station.
Up to 25 stations can be stored. SiriusXM is a satellite radio service
Favorite based in the 48 contiguous United
Storing Stations
1. Touch S or T to scroll through States and 10 Canadian provinces.
To store the station to a position in SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide
the favorites. the list, touch the corresponding variety of programming and
2. Touch the station to select it. button 1✓5 until a beep is heard. commercial-free music, coast to
Station List 1. Select the desired station. coast, and in digital-quality sound.
A service fee is required to receive
1. From the AM or FM menu, 2. Touch S or T to select the the SiriusXM service. See
touch MENU. desired page of saved www.siriusxm.com or call
2. Select Station List. favorites.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
1-888-601-6296 (U.S.); or see SiriusXM is a satellite radio service Selecting a Category

www.siriusxm.ca or call based in the 48 contiguous United
From Menu, touch Categories, then
1-877-438-9677 (Canada). States and 10 Canadian provinces.
touch the desired category or from
When SiriusXM is active, the SiriusXM Satellite Radio has a wide
variety of programming and Categories, touch Q or R to find the
channel name and number, desired channel. Touch the channel
category name, song title, and artist commercial-free music, coast to
coast, and in digital-quality sound. to select it.
display on the screen.
A service fee is required to receive
Selecting a Channel
Browsing SiriusXM Channels the SiriusXM service. See
To browse the SiriusXM channels:
www.siriusxm.com or call Touch u or t and the previous or
1-888-601-6296 (U.S.); or see next channel will be selected.
1. Press the MENU knob. www.siriusxm.ca or call
1-877-438-9677 (Canada). Touch and hold u or t to jump
2. Turn the MENU knob to
highlight SXM Channel List. four channels backward or forward,
When SiriusXM is active, the
then release the button at the
3. Turn the MENU knob to channel name and number,
desired channel.
highlight the desired SXM category name, song title, and artist
Channels. display on the screen. Using the Preset Buttons
Listening to SiriusXM Radio Up to seven favorites pages can be
Satellite Radio (Base saved, and each page can store up
Radio with Touchscreen) 1. Press {. to five channels.
2. Touch AUDIO. To change a preset button, tune to
SiriusXM® Satellite Radio the new desired channel and hold
Service 3. Touch Source.
the button.
Vehicles with an SXM Satellite 4. Touch SXM and the most
recent listened to SiriusXM Listening to Preset Channels
Radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM®
channel will display.
Satellite Radio subscription can 1. Continue touching S or T to
receive SiriusXM programming. Touch 0 to return to the select the desired
HOME menu. favorites page.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
2. Touch the preset button to 1. Touch Tone Settings. The tone Explicit Content Filter
listen to the channel saved to settings screen is displayed. When on, only a filtered list of
that button. See “Tone Settings” under channels will be received. When off,
“Base Radio with Touchscreen” all regular SXM programming
Using the SiriusXM Menu in AM-FM Radio (Base Radio) subscribed to will be received.
Operation 0 161 or AM-FM Radio (Base
Radio with 1. Touch SXM Explicit Filter.
1. Touch MENU on the SXM Touchscreen) 0 163.
infotainment display. 2. Select On or Off.
2. Touch OK.
2. Touch the menu to select the Radio Reception
desired item or to display the Auto Volume
detail menu item. Frequency interference and static
1. Touch Auto Volume. See “Auto
can occur during normal radio
3. Touch 0 to return to the Volume” under “Base Radio
reception if items such as cell phone
previous menu. with Touchscreen” in AM-FM
chargers, vehicle convenience
Radio (Base Radio) 0 161 or
Channel List accessories, and external electronic
AM-FM Radio (Base Radio with
devices are plugged into the
1. Touch SXM Channel List from Touchscreen) 0 163.
accessory power outlet. If there is
the SXM menu. The channel 2. Touch OK. interference or static, unplug the
list is displayed. item from the accessory power
Categories
outlet.
2. Touch Q or R to find the 1. Touch Categories.
desired channel. Tune to the FM
channel by selecting it. 2. Touch Q or R to find the
FM signals only reach about 16 to
desired category. Touch the
Tone Settings 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the
category to select it.
radio has a built-in electronic circuit
From the tone settings menu, the
that automatically works to reduce
sound features can be set up for
interference, some static can occur,
SiriusXM audio and each audio
especially around tall buildings or
player’s functions.
hills, causing the sound to fade in
and out.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
AM cause static interference with the account, or for more information, go

radio. Unplug the phone or turn it off to www.pandora.com. Pandora may
The range for most AM stations is
if this happens. not be available in Canada or
greater than for FM, especially at
Mexico.
night. The longer range can cause
station frequencies to interfere with Multi-Band Antenna A phone or tablet with Internet
each other. Static can occur when The multi-band antenna is on the connection and the Pandora
things like storms and power lines roof of the vehicle. The antenna is application installed is required.
interfere with radio reception. When used for OnStar, the SiriusXM Personal cell phone data plans are
this happens, try reducing the treble Satellite Radio Service System, and used. Make sure the latest version
on the radio. GPS (Global Positioning System), is installed on the device.
if the vehicle has these features. Launching Pandora
SiriusXM Satellite Radio Keep the antenna clear of
Service obstructions for clear reception. Connect an iPhone to the USB port,
If equipped, SiriusXM Satellite or connect Android® or BlackBerry®
Items on the roof of the vehicle can
Radio Service provides digital radio through Bluetooth. See Bluetooth
interfere with the performance of the (Overview) 0 187 or Bluetooth
reception. Tall buildings or hills can radio system and OnStar (if
interfere with satellite radio signals, (Infotainment Controls - Base
equipped). Make sure the
causing the sound to fade in and Radio) 0 188 or Bluetooth (Voice
multi-band antenna is not
out. In addition, traveling or standing Recognition) 0 192 or Bluetooth
obstructed. (Infotainment Controls - Base Radio
under heavy foliage, bridges,
garages, or tunnels may cause loss with Touchscreen) 0 197. For first
of the SiriusXM signal for a period
Pandora Internet Radio time use, set up the stations before
of time. If equipped, Pandora® is a free connecting to the vehicle. The
Internet radio service that streams Pandora icon will be available on
Cell Phone Usage personalized radio stations based the Home Page.
Cell phone usage, such as making on artists, tracks, genres, and When Pandora is chosen, the
or receiving phone calls, charging, comedians. Create stations using Pandora logo will populate on the
or just having the phone on may the Pandora website or Smartphone screen and the system will display
application, then use - or , to “Acquiring Pandora Radio Station.”
personalize stations. To set up an Launch times can be significant.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Using an iPhone Pandora Menus , : When selected, Pandora stores

1. Plug the device into the USB Press MENU. this information, changes to the next
port. The phone screen must track, and does not play this track
Pandora has a menu with the on this station again. This helps
be unlocked. following: Pandora choose which tracks
2. Launch Pandora from the Tone Settings : Select to adjust the should not play on this station. This
Home Page by selecting the tone settings. See AM-FM Radio feature is only available on user
Pandora icon. (Base Radio) 0 161 or AM-FM created stations.
If nothing happens when the Radio (Base Radio with - : When selected, Pandora stores
available Pandora screen button is Touchscreen) 0 163.
touched, download the latest this information and - is
Bookmark Artist : Select to highlighted for the remainder of the
Pandora application and retry. bookmark the artist. track. This helps Pandora choose
The login screen may display on the Bookmark Song : Select to which tracks should play on this
device. bookmark the song. station.
Using an Android or BlackBerry Auto Volume : This feature sets the d : When selected, Pandora
Phone auto volume based on the speed of changes to the next track.
The BlackBerry phone must be the vehicle and noise in the vehicle. r or j : Select to play or pause
unlocked to launch Pandora service. See AM-FM Radio (Base Radio) playback.
0 161 or AM-FM Radio (Base Radio
1. Pair the phone using Bluetooth. with Touchscreen) 0 163. Pandora Skip Limit
2. Launch Pandora by selecting Pandora limits the number of skips
Pandora on the Home Page. Pandora Features
allowed on their service. When the
Pandora service has features to rate
If nothing happens when the skip limit is reached, , or the next
available Pandora screen button is tracks, skip tracks, or change
stations. arrow will not skip the currently
selected, download the latest playing track, but the , feedback
Pandora application and retry. } : When selected during a track, a will be recorded.
The login screen may display on the choice displays to bookmark the
device. artist or track. This sends the
bookmark to the Pandora account.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Advertisement on Pandora Unable to Start Pandora Thumbs Up or Thumbs Down

Pandora may display If the device is unable to launch Error
advertisements. The artist name Pandora: If there is an error trying to rate a
and track title will not be displayed . Check that the latest version of track with , or -, the message
and the skip track button will not be Pandora is installed. “Thumbs Down Error” or “Thumbs
available. Up Error” will display. Touch OK to
. Check that there is an active
Pandora Troubleshooting dismiss.
account logged into Pandora.
Unable to Connect Device to . Have at least one station Loss of Audio
Vehicle created. Loss of Pandora audio can happen
If the device is unable to connect to . For Android and BlackBerry in different ways:
the USB or Bluetooth: devices, check that the device is . Weak or lost data connection.
1. Turn the vehicle off. paired with the vehicle, and . Device needs to be charged.
whether the device displays in
2. Take the Remote Keyless Entry the Connected phone sources . Application needs to be
(RKE) transmitter at least 6 m list under the Phone icon from relaunched.
(20 ft) away from the vehicle. the Home Page. . Connection between phone and
3. Wait about 30 seconds, and try . For an iPhone, check that the radio lost.
to connect the device again. USB cable is connected to the . An iPhone is connected to both
See Bluetooth (Overview) USB port and the screen is Bluetooth and the USB port.
0 187 or Bluetooth unlocked.
(Infotainment Controls - Base Playback can be resumed from
. Close Pandora on the device a loss of audio by double
Radio) 0 188 or Bluetooth
(Voice Recognition) 0 192 or and launch again. Devices that tapping the iPhone home button
Bluetooth (Infotainment allow multitasking may require then scrolling through the icons
Controls - Base Radio with an extra step to quit the Pandora to find an icon that allows a
Touchscreen) 0 197. application. See the cell phone change of flow between
manufacturer's user guide. Bluetooth and USB cable.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Volume and song selection may

be controlled using the
No Skips Remaining For This
Station or Permitted During
Audio Players
infotainment controls or the Advertisements :
phone/device. If Pandora is Avoiding Untrusted Media
. The maximum Pandora skip limit
selected and nothing is heard, has been reached according to
Devices
check the volume setting on the the plan that was obtained. When using media devices such as
phone/device and the
. Skipping an advertisement was CDs, DVDs, Blu-ray Discs®, SD
infotainment system.
tried. cards, USB devices, and mobile
Common Pandora Messages devices, consider the source.
See www.pandora.com/help. If the Untrusted media devices could
Pandora Error/Please Check service will not work, see your contain files that affect system
Device : Not signed in or Pandora dealer for assistance. operation or performance. Avoid use
is down for maintenance.
if the content or origin cannot be
No Stations Available : No stations trusted.
are available on the Pandora server
through the connected device. USB Port (Base Radio)
Action Unavailable. Please Check If equipped, there is a USB port for
Device Connection : A few data and charging in the center
conditions for loss of Internet stack, inside the center console,
connection are: and/or at the rear of the center
. The connected device loses its console. For uplevel radios, see the
cellular connection. infotainment manual.
. The device does not support Playing from a USB
Internet connectivity.
A USB mass storage device or
. The device is not in the vehicle. Media Transfer Protocol (MTP)
. The Bluetooth signal is lost. device can be connected to the
USB port.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
The USB port uses the USB 2.0 . Z Playing from an iPod®/iPad®/
standard. External devices such as iPhone®
iPhones/iPods® and USB storage USB Menu
devices may be connected. For supported devices, see your
Press MENU to display the USB dealer.
USB MP3 Player and USB Drives menu and the following may display:
There may be problems with
. The USB MP3 players and USB Browse : Select to display the files operation and function in the
drives connected must comply and folders on the USB device. following situations:
with the USB Mass Storage Tone Settings : Select to adjust . When connecting a device with
Class specification (USB MSC). Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance, a more recent version of the
. Hard disk drives are not Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). See firmware installed than is
supported. “Tone Settings” in AM-FM Radio supported by the infotainment
(Base Radio) 0 161 or AM-FM system.
. Supported file system is FAT32. Radio (Base Radio with
To play a USB device: Touchscreen) 0 163. . When connecting a device on
which firmware from other
1. Connect the USB. Auto Volume : If equipped, see providers is installed.
“Auto Volume” in AM-FM Radio
2. Press MEDIA on the faceplate To connect and control a device:
(Base Radio) 0 161 or AM-FM
until the connected device is Radio (Base Radio with
shown. 1. Connect one end of the
Touchscreen) 0 163. standard USB cable to the
While the USB source is active, EQ : If equipped, this feature device's dock connector.
press the corresponding faceplate adjusts the equalizer settings. See
button for the icons on the screen to 2. Connect the other end to the
“EQ (Equalizer) Settings” in AM-FM USB port in the center stack.
operate USB function: Radio (Base Radio) 0 161 or
3. Press MEDIA to select the
. t AM-FM Radio (Base Radio with
source.
Touchscreen) 0 163.
. u The music information displays on
the radio’s display and begins
. j /r playing through the vehicle’s audio
system.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
The device battery recharges EQ : If equipped, this feature 3. Turn MENU to highlight and
automatically while the vehicle is on. adjusts the Equalizer settings. See press to select an album name
When the vehicle is off while a “EQ (Equalizer)” in AM-FM Radio to view a list of all songs on the
device is connected using the USB (Base Radio) 0 161 or AM-FM album.
cable, the device battery stops Radio (Base Radio with 4. Turn MENU to highlight and
charging and the device will Touchscreen) 0 163. press to select the song from
automatically turn off. the list to begin playback.
Browse Device Media
If the device is an unsupported Albums:
model, it can still be listened to in Use the following to browse:
the vehicle by connecting to the Playlists: 1. Turn MENU to highlight and
auxiliary input jack using a standard press to view the albums
1. Turn MENU to highlight and stored on the device.
3.5 mm (1/8 in) stereo cable. press to view the playlists
Menu stored on the device. 2. Turn MENU to highlight and
press to select an album name
Press MENU to display the device 2. Turn MENU to highlight and to view a list of all songs on the
Menu and the following may display: press to select a playlist name album.
to view a list of all songs in the
Browse : Select to display the files playlist. 3. Turn MENU to highlight and
or songs on the device. See press to select the song from
“Browse Device Media” later in this 3. Turn MENU to highlight and the list to begin playback.
section. press to select the song from
the list to begin playback. Genres:
Tone Settings : Select to adjust
Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance, Artists: 1. Turn MENU to highlight and
Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). See press to view the genres stored
1. Turn MENU to highlight and on the device.
“Tone Settings” in AM-FM Radio press to view the artists stored
(Base Radio) 0 161 or AM-FM on the device. 2. Turn MENU to highlight and
Radio (Base Radio with press to select a genre name
Touchscreen) 0 163. 2. Turn MENU to highlight and to view a list of artists of that
press to select an artist name genre.
to view a list of all albums by
the artist.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
3. Turn MENU to highlight and Using the USB Port The USB port can play both lower
press to select to view albums and upper case .mp3, .wma, .ogg,
The infotainment system can play
by that artist. and .wav files stored on a USB
music by connecting an auxiliary
4. Turn MENU to highlight and storage device.
device to the USB port.
press to select an album to Supported Apple® Devices
view songs. USB Support
To view supported devices in the
5. Turn MENU to highlight and The USB port uses the USB 2.0
U.S., see www.my.chevrolet.com/
press to select the song from standard. External devices such as
learned.
the list to begin playback. iPhones/iPods® and USB storage
devices may be connected. To view supported devices in
Songs: Canada, see
USB Supported Devices www.chevroletowner.ca.
1. Turn MENU to highlight and
press to view a list of all songs . USB flash drives For supported devices in Mexico,
stored on the device. . Portable USB hard drives see your dealer.
2. Turn MENU to highlight and . iPod/iPhone devices USB Supported File and Folder
press to select the song from Structure
the list to begin playback. Not all iPods and USB drives are
compatible with the USB port. The infotainment system supports:
USB Port (Base Radio Make sure the iPod has the latest . FAT16.
with Touchscreen) firmware from Apple® for proper . FAT32.
operation. iPod firmware can be
If equipped, there is a USB port for updated using the latest iTunes® . exFAT.
data and charging in the center application. See www.apple.com/
stack, inside the center console, itunes.
Connecting a USB Storage
and/or at the rear of the center Device or iPod/iPhone
For help with identifying your iPod,
console. For uplevel radios, see the To connect a USB storage device,
go to www.apple.com/support.
infotainment manual. connect the device to the USB port.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
To connect an iPod/iPhone, connect . MP3 files that can be played: Bit . Connection with i-Stick Type
one end of the device’s cable to the rate: 8 kbps to 320 kbps. USB storage devices may be
iPod/iPhone and the other end to Sampling frequency: 48 kHz, faulty due to vehicle vibration.
the USB port. 44.1 kHz, 32 kHz, 24 kHz, 22.05 . Do not touch the USB
The iPod/iPhone charges while it is kHz, and 16 kHz. connecting terminal.
connected to the vehicle if the . Files with a bit rate above . Only USB storage devices
vehicle is in ACC/ACCESSORY or 128 kbps will result in higher formatted in FAT16/32 or exFAT
ON/RUN. See Ignition Positions quality sound. file systems are recognized.
0 233. When the vehicle is turned . ID3 Tag information for MP3 NTFS and other file systems are
off, the iPod/iPhone automatically files, such as the album name not recognized.
powers off and will not charge or and the artist, can be played.
draw power from the vehicle's . The time it takes to process files
battery. . To display album title, track title, will depend on the USB storage
and artist information, the file device type and capacity, and
For more information on USB should be compatible with the the type of files stored.
usage, see “Audio System ID3 Tag V1 and V2 formats.
Information” following. . Some USB storage device files
Using a USB Storage Device or may not be compatible.
Audio System Information iPod/iPhone . Up to two USB devices and one
The infotainment system can play . Use a USB or flash memory type iPod can be played through a
the music files contained in the USB storage device. Do not connect USB hub. All devices may not be
storage device or iPod/iPhone using a USB adaptor. supported, depending on the
products. performance of the USB hub.
. Do not connect and reconnect
Using MP3/WMA/OGG/WAV Files the USB device repeatedly in a If there is not enough power
short time, as this may cause supply, it may not operate
. Music files with .mp3, .wma, normally.
.ogg, and .wav file name static electricity and problems
extensions can be played. using the device.
. Use a USB device with a metal
connecting terminal.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

. Do not disconnect the USB Normal usage cannot be . The iPod/iPhone playback
storage device while it is playing. guaranteed for a storage device functions and the information
This may cause damage to the that exceeds this limit. The iPod/ displayed may be different when
product or affect the iPhone can play all music files played on the infotainment
performance of the USB device. that are supported. The music system.
. Disconnect the USB storage file lists will only display up to
device when the ignition is 5,000 files on the screen. These
turned off. If the ignition is turned files are sorted in alphabetical
on while the USB device is order.
connected, the USB device may . Some iPod/iPhone models may
be damaged or may not operate not support the connectivity or
normally. functionality of this product.
. USB storage devices can only . Only connect the iPod/iPhone
be connected for playing music, with connection cables
viewing photo files, supported by iPod/iPhone . Refer to the table for the
or upgrading. products. Other connection classification items related to the
. Do not use the USB terminal to cables cannot be used. search function provided by the
charge USB accessory . The iPod/iPhone may be iPod/iPhone.
equipment. The heat generated damaged if it is connected to the USB Player
may cause performance issues vehicle with the ignition on.
or damage. When not in use, disconnect the Playing Music from a USB Device
. Music files to which Digital Right iPod/iPhone. . Connect the USB device to the
Management (DRM) is applied . When the iPod/iPhone is USB port.
cannot be played. connected to the USB port by . Play will start automatically after
. USB storage device with a using the iPod/iPhone cable, the the system has finished reading
capacity limit of 5,000 files, such Bluetooth music is not the USB device.
as music, photo, video, and supported.
15 stages of folder structure.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

. If a non-readable USB device is To remove the USB device, select Playing a File Randomly
connected, an error message another function, then remove the
displays and the system will USB device. Touch Z during playback.
switch to the previous audio Pause . ON: Plays all files randomly.
function.
. OFF: Returns to normal
. Touch j to pause. playback.
. Touch r to resume. Using the USB Music Menu
Changing to Next/Previous Files . Touch Menu during playback.
. Touch l to change to the
next file.
. Touch g within five seconds of
the playback time to play the
If the USB device is already previous file.
connected: Returning to the Beginning of the
Current File
1. Press {.
Touch g after five seconds of the
2. Touch AUDIO. . Touch the desired menu.
playback time.
3. Touch Source. Browse Music
Scanning Forward or Backward
4. Touch USB. 1. Touch Browse Music.
Touch and hold g or l during
To stop the USB device and select playback to rewind or fast forward. 2. Touch the desired music.
another media source, touch Release the button to resume
Source, then select the other playback at normal speed.
source.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Tone Settings iPod/iPhone Player To remove the device, select

. Touch Tone Settings. The Tone This feature is limited to models another function, then remove the
Settings menu is displayed. See supporting the iPod/iPhone device.
“Tone Settings” in AM-FM Radio connection. Pause
Radio (Base Radio with
Playing Music Files . Touch j to pause.
Touchscreen) 0 163. . Connect the iPod/iPhone to the
. Touch r to resume.
USB port.
Auto Volume Changing to Next/Previous Song
. Play will start from the previously
. Touch Auto Volume. The Auto
Volume menu is displayed. See
played point after the system . Touch l to change to the
has finished reading the USB next song.
“Auto Volume” in AM-FM Radio device.
(Base Radio) 0 161 or AM-FM . Touch g within two seconds of
Radio (Base Radio with . If a non-readable USB device is
connected, an error message the playback time to play the
Touchscreen) 0 163.
displays and the system will previous file.
Traffic Program (If Equipped) switch to the previous audio Returning to the Beginning of the
. Touch On or Off. function. Current File
MTP (Media Transfer Protocol) If the iPod/iPhone is already Touch g after two seconds of the
connected: playback time.
. Connect a MTP supported
device. 1. Press {. Scanning Forward or Backward
. Play will start automatically after 2. Touch AUDIO. Touch and hold g or l during
the system has finished reading
3. Touch Source. playback to rewind or fast forward.
the MTP device.
Release the button to resume
. If a non-readable MTP device is 4. Touch iPod.
playback at normal speed.
connected, an error message To stop the device and select
Playing a File Randomly
displays and the system will another media source, touch
switch to the previous audio Source, then select the other Touch Z during playback.
function. source.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

. ON: Plays all files randomly. Picture System Information Some features are disabled while
. OFF: Returns to normal the vehicle is in motion.
The infotainment system can view
playback. picture files stored on a USB Viewing a Slide Show
Using the iPod Menu storage device and devices that
support Media Transfer 1. Touch z from the picture
. Touch Menu during playback. Protocol (MTP). screen.
. Touch the appropriate . Supported file extensions: .jpg, 2. Touch the screen to cancel the
play mode. .bmp, .png, .gif. slide show during the slide
Browse Music show playback.
. Animated GIF files are not
1. Touch Browse Music. supported. Viewing a Previous or Next
Picture
2. Touch the desired music. . Some files may not operate due
to a different recording format or Touch S or T from the picture
Tone Settings the condition of the file. screen.
. Touch Tone Settings. The Tone
Viewing Pictures Rotating a Picture
Settings menu is displayed. See
“Tone Settings” in AM-FM Radio 1. Connect the USB device to the Touch w from the picture screen.
(Base Radio) 0 161 or AM-FM USB port.
Radio (Base Radio with 2. Touch the screen to open to full Enlarging a Picture
Touchscreen) 0 163. screen. Touch the screen again Touch x from the picture screen.
Auto Volume to return to the previous
screen. Using the USB Picture Menu
. Touch Auto Volume. The Auto
Volume menu is displayed. See If the USB device is already 1. Touch MENU from the picture
“Auto Volume” in AM-FM Radio connected: screen.
Radio (Base Radio with 1. Touch {. 2. Touch the appropriate menu:
Touchscreen) 0 163. . Slide Show Time: Allows
2. Touch GALLERY.
selection of the slide show
interval.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

. Clock, Temp. Display: Base Radio Auto Volume : If equipped, see
Allows selection of On or “Auto Volume” under “Base Radio”
Off to show the clock and Playing from the AUX Jack in AM-FM Radio (Base Radio) 0 161
temperature on the full An auxiliary device is played or AM-FM Radio (Base Radio with
screen. through the audio system and Touchscreen) 0 163.
. Display Settings: Adjusts controlled through the device itself. DSP : If equipped, this feature
for Brightness and Contrast. If an auxiliary device has already adjusts the pre-defined settings.
been connected, but a different See “DSP” in AM-FM Radio (Base
3. Touch 0 to exit. source is currently active, press the Radio) 0 161 or AM-FM Radio
MEDIA faceplate button repeatedly (Base Radio with
Auxiliary Jack to scroll through all of the available Touchscreen) 0 163.
If equipped, an AUX jack is located audio source screens, until the AUX EQ : If equipped, this feature
on the center stack or in the center source screen is shown. adjusts the pre-defined equalizer
console storage. See Center AUX Menu settings. See “EQ (Equalizer)” in
Console Storage 0 101. AM-FM Radio (Base Radio) 0 161
Press the MENU knob to display the or AM-FM Radio (Base Radio with
Possible auxiliary audio sources AUX menu and the following may
include: Touchscreen) 0 163.
display:
. Laptop computer Tone Settings : Select to adjust Base Radio with Touchscreen
. Audio music player Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance, Play will begin when the system has
Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). See finished reading the information on
This jack is not an audio output. Do “Tone Settings” in AM-FM Radio the device.
not plug headphones into the (Base Radio) 0 161 or AM-FM
auxiliary input jack. Auxiliary Radio (Base Radio with Playing Music
devices should be set up while the Touchscreen) 0 163. To play the music from the device,
vehicle is in P (Park). if the device is already connected:
Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable
from the auxiliary device to the 1. Press {.
auxiliary input jack. 2. Touch AUDIO.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
3. Touch Source. (Infotainment Controls - Base Radio Touch o BACK to go back to the
4. Touch AUX. with Touchscreen) 0 197 for help previous menu.
pairing a device.
To adjust the tone settings, see Manage Bluetooth Devices: Select
“Audio Settings” in “System Volume and song selection may be to go to the Bluetooth page to add
Settings” under AM-FM Radio (Base controlled by using the infotainment or delete devices.
Radio) 0 161 or AM-FM Radio controls or the phone/device.
If Bluetooth Audio is selected and When selecting Bluetooth Audio, the
(Base Radio with radio may not be able to launch the
Touchscreen) 0 163. nothing is heard, check the volume
setting on both the phone/device audio player on the connected
To adjust the auto volume settings, and the infotainment system. device to start playing. When the
see “Auto Volume” under “Base vehicle is not moving, use the
Radio with Touchscreen” in AM-FM Launch music by touching the phone to begin playback.
Radio (Base Radio) 0 161 or MEDIA screen button on the
Home Page. All devices launch audio differently.
AM-FM Radio (Base Radio with When selecting Bluetooth Audio as
Touchscreen) 0 163. To play music via Bluetooth: a source, the radio may show as
1. Power on the device, and pair paused on the screen. Press play
Bluetooth Audio to connect the device. on the device or press r to begin
If equipped, music may be played 2. Once paired, go into the audio playback.
from a paired Bluetooth device. See application from the Home Some phones support sending
“Pairing” under “Bluetooth Page or via the application tray. Bluetooth music information to
(Infotainment Controls - Base Select MEDIA until Bluetooth display on the radio. When the radio
Radio)” or “Bluetooth (Infotainment displays. receives this information, it will
Controls - Base Radio with check to see if any is available and
Touchscreen)” in Bluetooth Bluetooth Audio Menu
display it. For more information
(Overview) 0 187 or Bluetooth Touch the MENU screen button to about supported Bluetooth features,
(Infotainment Controls - Base display the Bluetooth Audio menu. see www.gm.com/bluetooth in the
Radio) 0 188 or Bluetooth (Voice The following may be available: U.S. and Canada only.
Recognition) 0 192 or Bluetooth
Tone: Turn the MENU knob to
adjust the tone settings.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Voice Recognition destination entry and voice keypad,

can be completed in a single
instrument cluster displays
the selections and visual
If equipped, voice recognition allows command. If the task takes more dialog content.
for hands-free operation within the than one command to complete, the . If voice recognition is
audio and phone applications. This first command would be to indicate started from the
feature can be started by pressing the kind of task that is to be infotainment display, the
g on the steering wheel or by performed. The system replies with selections and visual dialog
selecting g on the infotainment prompts that lead through a dialog content appear on both the
display. to enter the necessary information. infotainment display and
However, not all features within Voice recognition can be used when the instrument cluster
these areas are supported by voice the ignition is on or when Retained display.
commands. Generally, only complex Accessory Power (RAP) is active. 2. The audio system mutes and
tasks that require multiple manual See Retained Accessory Power the system plays a prompt
interactions to complete are (RAP) 0 237. followed by a beep.
supported by voice commands. Using Voice Recognition 3. Wait until after the beep
For example, tasks that take more Voice recognition becomes available completes, then clearly speak
than one or two button presses such once the system has been one of the commands
as selecting a song or artist to play initialized. This begins when the described in this section.
from a media device would be ignition is turned on. Initialization
supported by voice commands. Press g to interrupt any voice
may take a few moments.
Other tasks, like adjusting the recognition system prompt. For
volume or seeking up or down are 1. Press g on the steering wheel example, if the prompt seems
audio features that are easily to activate voice recognition, to be taking too long to finish,
performed by pressing one or two or select g on the infotainment press g again and the beep
buttons, and are not supported by should happen right away.
display.
voice commands.
. If voice recognition is There are two voice prompt modes
In general there are flexible ways to supported:
started from the steering
speak commands for completing the
wheel control, the
tasks. Most of them, except
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

. Long verbal prompts: The longer An example of this type of manual Helpful Hints for Speaking
prompts provide more intervention is pressing displayed Commands
information regarding the number list entry instead of
supported actions. speaking the number associated Voice recognition can understand
with the entry desired. commands that are either naturally
. Short prompts: The short stated in sentence form (English
prompts provide simple Canceling Voice Recognition only), or direct commands that state
instructions about what can be the application and the task.
stated. . Touch the Home screen button
to terminate the voice For languages that do not support
If a command is not spoken, the recognition session which was natural language commands in
voice recognition system says a sentence form, use the direct
initiated by touching g on the
help prompt. commands shown as examples on
infotainment display.
Prompts and Screen Displays the display screen.
. Touch or say “Cancel” or “Exit”
While a voice recognition session is to terminate the voice For best results:
active, there will be corresponding recognition session and display . Listen for the prompt and wait
buttons on screens displayed. the screen from which voice for the beep before saying a
Manual interaction in the voice recognition was initiated. command or reply.
recognition session is permitted. . Say “Help” or look at the screen
Interaction during a voice session
. Press i on the steering wheel
to terminate the voice session display for commands.
may be completed entirely using
voice commands, or some and display the screen from . Voice recognition system prompt
selections may expedite a session. which voice recognition was can be interrupted during a
If a selection is made using a initiated. prompt by pressing g again.
manual control, the dialog will
progress in the same way as if the For example, if the prompt
selection was made through a voice seems to be taking too long to
command. Once the system is able finish, or if what is being
to complete the task, or the session prompted causes a need for an
is terminated, the voice recognition immediate reply, press g again
dialog stops. and wait for the beep.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

. Speak the command naturally, If the phone number has been If manual selection takes more than
not too fast, not too slow. Use saved with a name and a place, the 15 seconds, the session terminates
direct commands without a lot of direct command should include and prompts that it has timed out.
extra words. both, for example “Call Dave Smith The screen returns back to the
. Usually Phone and Audio at work.” screen where voice recognition was
commands can be spoken in a initiated.
Using Voice Recognition for
single command. List Options The Back Command
For example, “Call Dave Smith When a list is displayed, a voice Say “Back” or press the Back button
at work,” “Play” followed by the prompt will ask to confirm or select to go to the previous screen.
artist or song name, or “Tune” an option from that list. A selection
followed by the radio station If in voice recognition, and “Back” is
can be made by manually selecting stated all the way through to the
number. the item, or by speaking the line initial screen, then “Back” is stated
There is no need to memorize number for the item to select. one more time, the voice recognition
specific command words. Direct When a screen contains a list, session will cancel.
commands might be more clearly options may be available but not
understood by the system. An Help
displayed. The list on a voice
example of a direct command would recognition screen functions the Say “Help” on any voice recognition
be “Call 555-1212.” Examples of same as a list on other screens. screen and the help prompt for the
these direct commands are Scrolling can be used to help screen is played. Additionally, a
displayed on most of the screens display other entries from the list. pop-up displays a text version of the
while a voice session is active. help prompt. Depending on how
If “Phone” or “Phone Commands,” is Manually scrolling or paging the list voice recognition was initiated, the
stated, the system understands that on a screen during a voice Help pop-up will appear either on
a phone call is requested and will recognition session suspends the the instrument cluster or the
respond with questions until enough current voice recognition event and infotainment display. Press the
details are gathered. plays the prompt “Make your Dismiss button to make the pop-up
selection from the list using the go away.
manual controls or press the Back
button to try again.”
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Pressing g while the help prompt is “Tune to <FM frequency> FM” : “Play Album” : Begin a dialog to
playing will terminate the prompt Tune to the radio station whose enter a specific album name.
and a beep will be heard. Doing this frequency is identified in the “Play Album <album name>” :
will stop the help prompt so that a command (like “one o one Begin playback of the identified
voice command can be used. point one”). album name in the command.
“Tune to SXM <SXM channel “Play Song” : Begin a dialog to
Voice Recognition for the number>” : Tune to the SXM (if
Radio enter a specific song name.
equipped) radio station whose
Select the g screen button to channel number is identified in the “Play Song <song name>” : Begin
command. playback of the identified song
launch audio voice recognition.
name in the command.
If the voice button is pressed in a “Tune to SXM <SXM channel
radio screen, the voice commands name>” : Tune to the SXM (if “Play Genre” : Begin a dialog to
for radio and media features are equipped) radio station whose enter a specific genre.
available. channel name is identified in the “Play Genre <genre name>” :
“Switch to AM” : Switch bands to command. Begin playback of the media
AM and tune to the last AM radio Voice Recognition for Audio selection identified in the command.
station. My Media “Play Playlist” : Begin a dialog to
“Switch to FM” : Switch bands to enter a specific playlist name.
If browsing My Media when the
FM and tune to the last FM radio voice button is selected, the voice “Play Playlist <playlist name>” :
station. recognition commands for My Media Begin playback of the identified
“Switch to SXM” : Switch bands to features are available. playlist in the command.
SXM (if equipped) and tune to the “Play Artist” : Begin a dialog to “Play <device name>” : Play
last SiriusXM channel. enter a specific Artist name. music from a specific device
“Tune to <AM frequency> AM” : identified by name. The device
“Play Artist <artist name>” :
Tune to the radio station whose name is the name displayed on the
Begin playback of the media
frequency is identified in the screen when the device is first
selection identified in the command.
command (like “nine fifty”). selected as an audio source.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
“Play Chapter” : Begin a dialog to Handling Large Amounts of Media the content cannot be accessed
enter a specific name. Content directly with one command like
“Play Chapter <chapter name>” : It is expected that large amounts of “Play <song name>.”
Begin playback of the media media content will be brought into The restriction is that the command
selection identified in the command. the vehicle. It may be necessary to “Play Song” must be spoken first;
“Play Audiobook” : Begin a dialog handle large amounts of media the system will then ask for the song
to enter a specific name. content in a different way than name. The reply command would be
smaller amounts of media. The to say the name of the song to play.
“Play Audiobook <audiobook system may limit the options of
name>” : Begin playback of the Similar limits exist for album
voice recognition by not allowing content. If there are more than
media selection identified in the selection of song titles by voice at
command. 4,000 albums, but less than 8,000,
the highest level if the number of the content cannot be accessed
“Play Episode” : Begin a dialog to songs exceeds the maximum limit. directly with one command like,
enter a specific name. Voice command option changes “Play <album name>.” The
“Play Episode <episode through media content limits are: command “Play Album” must first be
name>” : Begin playback of the . Song files including other spoken; the system will then ask for
media selection identified in the individual files of all media types the album name. The reply would
command. such as audiobook chapters, be to say the name of the album
podcast episodes, and videos. to play.
“Play Podcast” : Begin a dialog to
enter a specific name. . Album type folders including Once the number of songs has
types such as albums and exceeded approximately 8,000,
“Play Podcast <podcast there is no support for accessing the
name>” : Begin playback of the audiobooks.
songs directly through voice
media selection identified in the There are no restrictions if the commands. There will still be
command. number of song files and albums is access to the media content by
“My Media” : Begin a dialog to less than 4,000. When the number using commands for playlists,
enter the desired media content. of song files connected to the artists, and genres.
system is between 4,000 and 8,000,
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
The access commands for playlists, “Pair Phone” : Begins the Bluetooth Speech Recognition
artists, and genres are prohibited Bluetooth pairing process. Follow (If Equipped)
after the number of this type of instructions on the radio display.
media exceeds 4,000. Voice Pass-Thru allows access to
“Switch Phone” : Select a different the speech recognition commands
The system will provide feedback phone for outgoing calls. on the cell phone. See your cell
the first time voice recognition is “Voice Keypad” : Begins a dialog phone manufacturer’s user guide to
initiated if it has become apparent to enter special numbers like see if the cell phone supports this
that any of these limits are reached international numbers. The numbers feature.
during a device initializing process. can be entered in groups of digits Activating this function will start the
Voice Recognition for the with each group of digits being Bluetooth Speech Recognition on a
Phone repeated back by the system. If the connected phone.
group of digits is not correct, the
“Call <contact name>” : Initiate a command “Delete” will remove the The steering wheel controls are
call to an entered contact. The last group of digits and allow them used to operate this function.
command may include location if to be re-entered. Once the entire Press and hold g to activate.
the contact has location numbers number has been entered, the
stored. A voice session begins so that voice
command “Call” will start dialing the commands can be given to Siri® or
“Call <contact name> At Home,” number. many other controls provided by the
“At Work,” “On Mobile,” or “On “Voice Mail” : Initiate a call to voice cell phone.
Other” : Initiate a call to an entered mail numbers.
contact and location at home, at Press @ to exit or press i to
work, on mobile device, or on Voice Recognition for OnStar close and return to the previous
another phone. (If Equipped) application prior to the start of Voice
Pass-Thru.
“Call <phone number>” : Initiate a “OnStar” : Begin OnStar Voice
call to a standard phone number Recognition.
seven or 10 digits in length, and
also 911, 411, or 611.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Phone duplicate or rarely used entries.

If possible, program speed dial
Vehicles with a Bluetooth system
can use a Bluetooth-capable cell
or other shortcuts. phone with a Hands-Free Profile to
Bluetooth (Overview) make and receive phone calls. The
. Review the controls and
Instructions for using the cell phone operation of the infotainment infotainment system and voice
may differ between infotainment system. recognition are used to control the
systems. The base radio and base system. The system can be used
radio with touchscreen instructions . Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle. while in ON/RUN or ACC/
are included in this manual. See the The system may not work with ACCESSORY. The range of the
infotainment manual for instructions all cell phones. See “Pairing” in Bluetooth system can be up to 9.1 m
on the uplevel radios. this section. (30 ft). Not all phones support all
. If the cell phone has voice functions and not all phones work
Bluetooth-capable systems can with the Bluetooth system. See
interact with many cell phones, dialing capability, learn to use
that feature to access the www.gm.com/bluetooth or see your
allowing: dealer for more information about
address book or contact list.
. Placement and receipt of calls in compatible phones.
a hands-free mode. . See “Deleting a Paired Phone”
and/or “Deleting a Bluetooth Bluetooth Controls
. Sharing of the cell phone’s Device” in this section.
address book or contact list with Use the controls on the infotainment
display, center stack, and the
the vehicle.
{ Warning steering wheel to operate the
To minimize driver distraction, Bluetooth system.
before driving, and with the vehicle When using a cell phone, it can
parked: be distracting to look too long or Steering Wheel Controls
. Become familiar with the too often at the screen of the See Steering Wheel Controls 0 104.
features of the cell phone. phone or the infotainment system.
Organize the phone book and Taking your eyes off the road too
contact lists clearly and delete long or too often could cause a
crash resulting in injury or death.
Focus your attention on driving.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Infotainment System Controls Noise : The system may not Bluetooth (Infotainment
recognize voice commands if there
For information about how to
is too much background noise, such
Controls - Base Radio)
navigate the menu system using the
infotainment controls, see Overview as noise from open windows or loud For information about how to
(Base Radio) 0 155 or Overview talking inside the vehicle. navigate the menu system using the
(Base Radio with When to Speak : A tone sounds to infotainment controls, see Overview
Touchscreen) 0 157. indicate that the system is ready for (Base Radio) 0 155 or Overview
a voice command. Wait for the tone (Base Radio with
MENU : Turn to scroll through a list. Touchscreen) 0 157.
Press to select the highlighted list and then speak.
option. How to Speak : Speak clearly in a Switching to Handset or
{ : Press to go to the Home Page. calm and natural voice. Hands-Free Mode
See Home Page (Base Radio) Audio System To switch between handset mode
0 158 or Home Page (Base Radio and hands-free mode, use the
with Touchscreen) 0 160. When using the Bluetooth system, OnStar command, “transfer call.”
sound comes through the vehicle's
# : Select to enter the phone main front audio system speakers and Pairing
menu. See Bluetooth (Overview) overrides the audio system. Use the A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
0 187 or Bluetooth (Infotainment O knob during a call to change the must be paired to the Bluetooth
Controls - Base Radio) 0 188 or volume level. The system maintains
Bluetooth (Voice Recognition) 0 192 system and then connected to the
a minimum volume level. vehicle before it can be used. See
or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls -
Base Radio with Bluetooth Audio Quality your cell phone manufacturer's user
Touchscreen) 0 197. guide for Bluetooth functions before
Turn off the Echo and Noise pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth
Voice Recognition cancellation feature on your phone, phone is not connected, calls can
if supported, for the best hands-free be made using OnStar Hands-Free
If equipped, the voice recognition performance. Calling, if available. See OnStar
system uses commands to control
See www.gm.com/bluetooth or see Overview 0 397, if equipped.
the system and dial phone numbers.
your dealer.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Pairing Information press the MENU knob to select the new connected phone after
. Up to five cell phones can be the PHONE screen button. If a the pairing process is
paired to the Bluetooth system. device has been previously complete.
paired, the main Phone menu 6. If the phone prompts to accept
. The pairing process is disabled will be shown. If no devices
when the vehicle is moving. connection or allow phone
have been paired, Step 2 can book download, select Always
. Pairing only needs to be be skipped. Accept and Allow. The phone
completed once per phone, 2. Turn the MENU knob and book may not be available if
unless the pairing information on press to select Manage not accepted.
the cell phone changes or the Phones.
cell phone is deleted from the 7. Repeat Steps 1–6 to pair
system. 3. Press the button just below the additional phones or devices.
PAIR screen button. A four-digit
. Only one paired cell phone can Personal Identification Number Listing All Paired and Connected
be connected to the Bluetooth Phones
(PIN) appears on the display.
system at a time. The PIN is used in Step 5. 1. To list all paired devices, from
. If multiple paired cell phones are the Home Page turn the MENU
4. Start the pairing process on the
within range of the system, the knob, then press to select the
cell phone to be paired to the
system connects to the first PHONE screen button.
vehicle. See your cell phone
available paired cell phone in the manufacturer's user guide for 2. Turn the MENU knob and
order that they were newly information on this process. press to select Manage
paired to the system. To connect Phones.
to a different paired phone, see 5. Locate the device named “Your
“Connecting to a Different Vehicle” in the list on the cell Deleting a Paired Phone
Phone” later in this section. phone. Follow the instructions
1. From the Home Page, turn the
on the cell phone to enter the
MENU knob, then press to
Pairing a Phone or Device PIN provided in Step 3. If a six
select the PHONE screen
1. From the Home Page, turn the digit code is shown on the
button.
MENU knob to access the phone and the vehicle screen,
PHONE screen button, then confirm the codes are the
same. The system recognizes
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
2. Turn the MENU knob and 4. Press the button just below the Making a Call Using Contacts
press to select Manage CONNECT screen button to and Recent Calls
Phones. connect to the highlighted
device. For cell phones that support the
3. Turn the MENU knob to Contacts and Recent Calls feature,
highlight the phone to be Phone Menu the Bluetooth system can use the
deleted. contacts stored on your cell phone
Once a phone is connected and
4. Press the button below the to make calls. See your cell phone
selected, the following may display:
DELETE screen button to manufacturer’s user guide or
delete the highlighted device. Recent Calls : Turn the MENU contact your wireless provider to
knob to highlight Recent Calls and find out if this feature is supported
5. A confirmation screen is press to select. by your phone.
displayed. Press the button just
below the DELETE screen Contacts : Turn the MENU knob to If the phone prompts to allow phone
button to confirm deletion. highlight Contacts and press to book download during the pairing
select. process, select Always Accept and
Connecting to a Different Phone Allow. The phone book may not be
Keypad : Turn the MENU knob to
1. From the Home Page, turn the highlight Keypad and press to available if not accepted.
MENU knob, then press to select. When a cell phone supports the
select the PHONE screen phone book feature, the Contacts
Active Call : Turn the MENU knob
button. and Recent Calls menus are
to highlight Active Call and press to
2. Turn the MENU knob and select and display the active call automatically available.
press to select Manage screen. The Contacts menu allows you to
Phones. access the phone book stored in the
Manage Phones : Turn the MENU
3. Turn the MENU knob to knob to highlight Manage Phones cell phone to make a call.
highlight the phone to be and press to select. The Recent Calls menu allows you
connected. to access the phone numbers from
the Incoming Calls, Outgoing Calls,
and Missed Calls menus on the cell
phone to make a call.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
To make a call using the 2. Turn the MENU knob to Accepting or Declining a Call
Contacts menu: highlight Recent Calls and
When an incoming call is received,
1. From the Home Page, turn the press to select.
the infotainment system mutes and
MENU knob, then press to If necessary, select between a ring tone is heard in the vehicle.
select the PHONE screen Missed, Recent, and Sent calls
button. by pressing the button below Accepting a Call
2. Turn the MENU knob to the appropriate screen button. To accept a call, do one of the
highlight Contacts and press to 3. Turn the MENU knob to following:
select. highlight the contact or the . Press the button just below the
3. Turn the MENU knob to phone number. ANSWER screen button.
highlight the letter group and 4. Press the MENU knob to call . Press g on the steering wheel
press to select. the contact. controls.
4. Turn the MENU knob to Making a Call Using the Declining a Call
highlight the contact and press Keypad
to select. To decline a call, do one of the
To make a call: following:
5. Turn the MENU knob to
highlight the desired number, 1. From the Home Page, turn the . Press the button just below the
then press the MENU knob to MENU knob, then press to IGNORE screen button.
call the contact. select the PHONE screen
button. . Press i on the steering wheel
To make a call using the Recent controls.
Calls menu: 2. Turn the MENU knob and
press to select Keypad. . Do nothing.
1. From the Home Page, turn the
MENU knob, then press to 3. Turn the MENU knob to Call Waiting
select the PHONE screen highlight the first digit and
press to select. Continue this Call waiting must be supported on
button. the Bluetooth phone and enabled by
process through the number.
To call, press the button just the wireless service carrier to work.
below the CALL screen button.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Accepting a Call Waiting Call Dual Tone Multi-Frequency voice features. For additional
To accept a call waiting call, do one (DTMF) Tones information, say “Help” while you
of the following: are in a voice recognition menu.
The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can
. Press the button just below the send numbers during a call. This is Pairing
SWITCH screen button. used when calling a menu-driven
phone system. Pairing a Phone
. Press g on the steering wheel 1. Press g. The system responds
1. When a call is active, press the
controls. “Ready,” followed by a tone.
button just below the KEYPAD
Declining a Call Waiting Call screen button. 2. Say “Bluetooth.”
To decline a call waiting call, do one 2. Turn the MENU knob to 3. Say “Pair.” The system
of the following: highlight the first digit and responds with instructions and
. Press the button just below the press to select. a four-digit Personal
IGNORE screen button. If not initially in the phone Identification Number (PIN).
application, from the Home Page, The PIN is used in Step 5.
. Press i on the steering wheel turn the MENU knob, then press to 4. Start the pairing process on the
controls. select the PHONE screen button. cell phone that you want to
. Do nothing. From the PHONE main menu, turn pair. For help with this process,
the MENU knob to highlight Active see your cell phone
Ending a Call Call and press to select. manufacturer's user guide.
To end a call, do one of the 5. Locate the device named “Your
following: Bluetooth (Voice
Vehicle” in the list on the cell
. Press the button just below the Recognition) phone. Follow the instructions
END screen button. Using Voice Recognition on the cell phone to enter the
PIN provided in Step 3. The
. Press i on the steering wheel To use voice recognition, press g system may respond with a six
controls. on the steering wheel. Use the digit code to be confirmed on
commands below for the various the cell phone (instead of
entering a four digit code).
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Check that the same digits are Deleting a Paired Phone 3. Say “Change phone.”
shown on the cell phone and If the phone name to delete is . If another cell phone is
say "Yes" to confirm. Select unknown, see “Listing All Paired found, the response will be
Confirm on the cell phone as and Connected Phones.” “<Phone name> is now
well. After the PIN is connected.”
successfully entered, the 1. Press g. The system responds
system prompts you to provide “Ready,” followed by a tone. This can be repeated to
a name for the paired cell connect any of the up to
phone. This name will be used 2. Say “Bluetooth.” five paired phones.
to indicate which phones are 3. Say “Delete.” The system asks . If another cell phone is not
paired and connected to the for which phone to delete. found, the original phone
vehicle. The system responds 4. Say the name of the phone to remains connected.
with “<Phone name> has been delete.
successfully paired” after the Storing and Deleting Phone
pairing process is complete. Connecting to a Different Phone Numbers
6. Repeat Steps 1✓5 to pair To connect to a different cell phone, The following commands are used
additional phones. the Bluetooth system looks for the to delete and store phone numbers.
next available cell phone in the
Listing All Paired and Connected Store : This command will store a
order in which all available cell
Phones phone number or a group of
phones were paired. This may need
numbers as a name tag.
The system can list all cell phones to be repeated depending on how
paired to it. If a paired cell phone is many cell phones have been Digit Store : This command allows
also connected to the vehicle, the connected. a phone number to be stored as a
system responds with “is connected” name tag by entering the digits one
after that phone name. 1. Press g. The system responds at a time.
“Ready,” followed by a tone.
1. Press g. The system responds Delete : This command is used to
2. Say “Bluetooth.” delete individual name tags.
“Ready,” followed by a tone.
2. Say “Bluetooth.”
3. Say “List.”
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Delete All Name Tags : This 3. Say each digit, one at a time. Listing Stored Numbers
command deletes all stored name After each digit is entered, the
The list command will list all the
tags in the Hands-Free Calling system repeats back the digit it
stored numbers and name tags.
Directory and the Destinations heard followed by a tone. After
Directory. the last digit has been entered, Using the “List” Command
say “Store,” and then follow the
Using the “Store” Command directions given by the system 1. Press g. The system responds
1. Press g. The system responds to save a name tag for this “Ready,” followed by a tone.
“Ready,” followed by a tone. number. 2. Say “Directory.”
2. Say “Store.” Using the “Delete” Command 3. Say “Hands-Free Calling.”
3. Say the entire phone number 1. Press g. The system responds 4. Say “List.”
or a group of digits all at once “Ready,” followed by a tone.
with no pauses, then follow the Making a Call
directions given by the system 2. Say “Delete.”
Calls can be made using the
to save a name tag for this 3. Say the name tag you want to following commands.
number. delete.
Dial or Call : The dial or call
Using the “Digit Store” Command Using the “Delete All Name Tags” command can be used
Command interchangeably to dial a phone
If an unwanted number is
number or a stored name tag.
recognized by the system, say This command deletes all stored
“Correction” at any time to clear the name tags in the Hands-Free Digit Dial : This command allows a
last number. Calling Directory and the phone number to be dialed by
Destinations Directory. entering the digits one at a time.
To hear all of the digits recognized
by the system, say “Verify” at To delete all name tags: Re-dial : This command is used to
any time. dial the last number used on the cell
1. Press g. The system responds phone.
1. Press g. The system responds “Ready,” followed by a tone.
“Ready,” followed by a tone. 2. Say “Delete all name tags.”
2. Say “Digit Store.”
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Using the “Dial” or “Call” If an unwanted number is Once connected, the person called
Command recognized by the system, say will be heard through the audio
“Correction” at any time to clear the speakers.
1. Press g. The system responds last number.
“Ready,” followed by a tone. Receiving a Call
To hear all of the numbers
2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” recognized by the system, say When an incoming call is received,
“Verify” at any time. the audio system mutes and a ring
3. Say the entire number without
tone is heard in the vehicle.
pausing or say the name tag.
1. Press g. The system responds
Once connected, the person called “Ready,” followed by a tone.
. Press g to answer the call.
will be heard through the audio
2. Say “Digit Dial.” . Press i to ignore a call.
speakers.
3. Say each digit, one at a time. Call Waiting
Calling Emergency After each digit is entered, the
system repeats back the digit it Call waiting must be supported on
1. Press g. The system responds the cell phone and enabled by the
“Ready,” followed by a tone. heard followed by a tone. After
the last digit has been entered, wireless service carrier.
2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” say “Dial.” . Press g to answer an incoming
3. Say [emergency number]. Once connected, the person called call when another call is active.
4. Say “Dial” or “Call.” will be heard through the audio The original call is placed
speakers. on hold.
Using the “Digit Dial” Command
Using the “Re-dial” Command . Press g again to return to the
The digit dial command allows a
original call.
phone number to be dialed by 1. Press g. The system responds
entering the digits one at a time. “Ready,” followed by a tone. . To ignore the incoming call, no
After each digit is entered, the action is required.
system repeats back the digit it 2. After the tone, say “Re-dial.”
heard followed by a tone. The system dials the last . Press i to disconnect the
number called from the current call and switch to the call
connected cell phone. on hold.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Three-Way Calling To Transfer Audio from the To access contacts stored in the cell
Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone phone:
Three-way calling must be
supported on the cell phone and During a call with the audio in the 1. Press g. The system responds
enabled by the wireless service vehicle: “Ready,” followed by a tone.
carrier.
1. Press g. 2. Say “Bluetooth.”
1. While on a call, press g. 2. Say “Transfer Call.” 3. Say “Voice.” The system
2. Say “Three-way call.” responds “OK, accessing
To Transfer Audio to the Bluetooth
<phone name>.”
3. Use the “Dial” or “Call” System from a Cell Phone
command to dial the number of The cell phone's normal prompt
During a call with the audio on the
the third party to be called. messages will go through their cycle
cell phone, press g. The audio according to the phone's operating
4. Once the call is connected, transfers to the vehicle. If the audio instructions.
press g to link all callers does not transfer to the vehicle, use
together. the audio transfer feature on the cell Dual Tone Multi-Frequency
phone. See your cell phone (DTMF) Tones
Ending a Call manufacturer's user guide for more The Bluetooth system can send
Press i to end a call. information. numbers and the numbers stored as
Voice Pass-Thru name tags during a call. You can
Transferring a Call use this feature when calling a
Audio can be transferred between Voice pass-thru allows access to the menu-driven phone system.
the Bluetooth system and the cell voice recognition commands on the Account numbers can also be
phone. cell phone. See your cell phone stored for use.
manufacturer's user guide to see if
The cell phone must be paired and the cell phone supports this feature. Sending a Number or Name Tag
connected with the Bluetooth During a Call
system before a call can be
transferred. The connection process 1. Press g. The system responds
can take up to two minutes after the “Ready,” followed by a tone.
ignition is turned to ON/RUN. 2. Say “Dial.”
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
3. Say the number or name tag phone is not connected, calls will be When the Bluetooth device and
to send. made using OnStar Hands-Free infotainment system are
Calling, if available. See OnStar successfully paired, the phone book
Clearing the System Overview 0 397. is downloaded automatically. This is
Unless information is deleted out of dependent on the type of the phone
Pairing Information paired. If the automatic download
the in-vehicle Bluetooth system, it
will be retained indefinitely. This . A Bluetooth phone with MP3 does not occur, proceed with the
includes all phone pairing capability cannot be paired to phone book download on the
information. For information on how the vehicle as a phone and an phone.
to delete this information, see MP3 player at the same time.
Pairing a Phone - SSP and No
“Deleting a Paired Phone.” . Up to 10 cell phones can be Paired Device
paired to the Bluetooth system.
Bluetooth (Infotainment . The pairing process is disabled
When there is no paired device on
the infotainment system and Simple
Controls - Base Radio when the vehicle is moving. Secure Pairing (SSP) is supported:
with Touchscreen) . Pairing only needs to be 1. Press {.
To use infotainment controls to completed once, unless the
access the menu system, see pairing information on the cell 2. Touch PHONE, press # on the
Overview (Base Radio) 0 155 or phone changes or the cell phone center stack, or press g on the
Overview (Base Radio with is deleted from the system.
steering wheel without OnStar.
Touchscreen) 0 157. . Only one paired cell phone can
3. Touch Search Device.
Pairing be connected to the Bluetooth
system at a time. 4. Touch the desired device to
A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone pair on the searched list
. If multiple paired cell phones are
must be paired to the Bluetooth screen.
system and then connected to the within range of the system, the
system connects to the first 5. Touch Yes on the pop-up
vehicle before it can be used. See
available paired cell phone in the screen of the Bluetooth device
your cell phone manufacturer's user
order that they were first paired and infotainment system.
guide for Bluetooth functions before
pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth to the system.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
6. When the Bluetooth device and 7. Touch Yes on the pop-up 4. Touch the desired device to
infotainment system are screen of the Bluetooth device pair on the searched list
successfully paired, the phone and infotainment system. screen.
screen is displayed on the . The connected phone is 5. Input the Personal
highlighted by 5. Identification Number (PIN)
Pairing a Phone - SSP and Paired code (default: 1234) to the
Device . Z / 5 indicates the hands-free Bluetooth device. When the
and phone music functions are Bluetooth device and
When a paired device is on the infotainment system are
enabled.
infotainment system and SSP is successfully paired, the
supported: . 5 indicates only the hands-free PHONE screen is displayed on
1. Press {. function is enabled. the infotainment system.
2. Touch Settings. . Z indicates only Bluetooth When the connection fails, a failure
music is enabled. message is displayed on the
3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device infotainment system.
Management. Pairing a Phone - No SSP and No
Paired Device If a Bluetooth device was previously
4. Touch the desired device to connected, the infotainment system
pair. When the Bluetooth When there is no paired device on executes the auto connection.
device and infotainment system the infotainment system and SSP is However, if the Bluetooth setting on
are successfully paired, Z / 5 not supported: the Bluetooth device is turned off, a
is displayed on the pair device 1. Press {. failure message is displayed on the
screen. If no desired device is infotainment system.
available go to Step 5. 2. Touch PHONE, press # on the
Pairing a Phone - No SSP and
5. Touch Search Device to search center stack, or press g on the Paired Device
for the desired device. steering wheel without OnStar.
When a paired device is on the
6. Touch the desired device to 3. Touch Search Device. infotainment system and SSP is not
pair on the searched list supported:
screen.
1. Press {.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
2. Touch Settings. . Z / 5 indicates the hands-free Disconnecting a Bluetooth Device

3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device and phone music functions are 1. Press {.
Management. enabled.
2. Touch Settings.
4. Touch the desired device to . 5 indicates only the hands-free
pair. When the Bluetooth function is enabled. 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device
device and infotainment system Management.
are successfully paired, Z / 5
. Z indicates only Bluetooth 4. Touch the name of the device
is displayed on the pair device music is enabled. to be disconnected.
screen. If no desired device is Connecting a Paired Bluetooth 5. Touch Disconnect.
available go to Step 5. Device
Deleting a Bluetooth Device
5. Touch Search Device to search 1. Press {.
for the desired device. 1. Press {.
2. Touch Settings.
6. Touch the desired device to 2. Touch Settings.
pair on the searched list 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device
screen. Management. 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device
Management.
7. Input the Personal 4. Touch the device to be
Identification Number (PIN) connected. 4. Touch the device to delete.
code (default: 1234) to the Checking the Bluetooth 5. Touch Y.
Bluetooth device. When the Connection
Bluetooth device and 6. Touch Delete.
infotainment system are 1. Press {. Bluetooth Music
successfully paired, Z / 5 is 2. Touch Settings. Before playing Bluetooth music,
displayed on the pair device read the following information.
screen. 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device
Management. . A cell phone or Bluetooth device
. The connected phone is
4. The paired device will show. that supports Advanced Audio
highlighted by 5. Distribution Profile (A2DP)
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
versions over 1.2 must be music function. For example, Returning to the Beginning of the
registered and connected to the if you convert to Bluetooth Current Song
product. hands-free while playing Phone
music, the music is Touch g after two seconds of
. From the cell phone or Bluetooth playback time.
device, find the Bluetooth device discontinued. Playing music from
type to set/connect the item as a the car is not possible when Search
stereo headset. there are no music files stored in
the cell phone. Touch and hold g or l to rewind
. e will appear on the screen if Playing Bluetooth Music
or fast forward.
the stereo headset is Playing Music Randomly
successfully connected. 1. Press {.
. The sound played by the Touch Z during playback. Touch
2. Touch AUDIO.
Bluetooth device is delivered again to return to normal play.
through the infotainment system. 3. Touch Source.
This function may not be supported
. Bluetooth music can be played 4. Touch Bluetooth. depending on the Bluetooth device.
only when a Bluetooth device Pause Do not change the track too quickly
has been connected. To play when playing Bluetooth music.
Bluetooth music, connect the Touch j to pause.
Bluetooth phone to the Conditions that may occur when
Touch r to resume. playing Bluetooth music:
. Playing the Next Song . It takes time to transmit data
If the Bluetooth device is
from the Bluetooth device to the
disconnected while playing Touch l. infotainment system.
phone music, the music is
discontinued. The audio Playing the Previous Song . If the cell phone or Bluetooth
streaming function may not be device is not in the waiting
supported in some Bluetooth Touch g within two seconds of screen mode, it may not
phones. Only one function can playback time to play the automatically play.
be used at a time between the previous song.
Bluetooth hands-free or Phone
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

. The infotainment system Text Menu Viewing Sender Information
transmits the order to play from
Inbox : Select to display incoming If equipped, select the name of the
the Bluetooth device in the
messages. To view a message, sender to view sender information if
Bluetooth music play mode.
select the name of the sender. this information matches contact
If this is done in a different
Select LISTEN to listen to the text information already stored.
mode, then the device transmits
the order to stop. Depending on message. Press o BACK on the Select a Predefined Message :
the Bluetooth device options, center stack to return to the Select from a set of quick
this order to play/stop may take previous menu. messages. Select the message
time to activate. Settings : See “Text Settings” later to send.
. If the Bluetooth music playback in this section. Predefined Messages
is not functioning, then check to Reply : Select to reply using a These are short text messages that
see if the Bluetooth device is in predefined text message. See “Text can be used to send so responses
the waiting screen mode. Settings.” will not have to be typed.
. Sounds may be cut off during Call : Select to place a call to the The messages can be deleted or a
the Bluetooth music playback. sender of the text message. new message can be added.
. The infotainment system outputs
Viewing a Text Message To add a new message:
the audio from the cell phone or
Bluetooth device as it is While viewing a text message: 1. Select Text Settings, then
transmitted. . Select Reply to reply using a select Manage Predefined
predefined text message. Messages.
Text Messaging . Select Call to place a call to the 2. While in the predefined
If equipped, the infotainment system sender of the text message. messages list view, select Add
may allow text messages to be New Predefined Message and
received and replied to. Received a keyboard displays.
messages can also be read aloud.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
3. Type a new message and Trademarks and iPod shuffle®, and iPod touch® are
select NEW MSG when done trademarks of Apple Inc., registered
to add the message. Press o License Agreements in the U.S. and other countries.
BACK on center stack to go FCC Information
back to the predefined
See Radio Frequency
messages list. Select z to
Statement 0 393.
delete one character at a time.
Memory Full
This message may display if there is
no more room on the phone to store Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee,
messages. taxes, one time activation fee, and
other fees may apply. Subscription
Text Settings fee is consumer only. All fees and
Text Alerts : When on, this feature "Made for iPod" and "Made for programming subject to change.
will display an alert when a new text iPhone" mean that an electronic Subscriptions subject to Customer
message has been received. Select accessory has been designed to Agreement available at
on or off. connect specifically to iPod or www.siriusxm.com. SiriusXM®
iPhone and has been certified by service only available in the
Manage Predefined Messages :
the developer to meet Apple 48 contiguous United States and
Select to add, change, or delete
performance standards. Apple is not Canada.
predefined messages.
responsible for the operation of this In Canada: Some deterioration of
device or its compliance with safety service may occur in extreme
and regulatory standards. Please northern latitudes. This is beyond
note that the use of this accessory the control of SiriusXM® Satellite
with iPod or iPhone may affect Radio.
wireless performance. iPhone®,
iPod®, iPod classic®, iPod nano®, Explicit Language Notice: Channels
with frequent explicit language are
indicated with an “XL” preceding the
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
channel name. Channel blocking is General Requirements: Schedule I: Gracenote EULA

available for SiriusXM Satellite 1. A License Agreement from
Radio receivers by notifying SiriusXM® is required for any
SiriusXM: product that incorporates
. USA Customers — See SiriusXM Technology and/or for
www.siriusxm.com or call use of any of the SiriusXM
1-888-601–6296. marks to be manufactured,
. Canadian Customers — See distributed, or marketed in the
www.siriusxm.ca or call SiriusXM Service Area. Music recognition technology and
1-877-438-9677. 2. For products to be distributed, related data are provided by
marketed, and/or sold in Gracenote®. Gracenote is the
It is prohibited to copy, decompile,
Canada, a separate agreement industry standard in music
disassemble, reverse engineer,
is required with Canadian recognition technology and related
hack, manipulate, or otherwise
Satellite Radio Inc. (operating content delivery. For more
make available any technology or
as SiriusXM Canada). information visit
software incorporated in receivers
www.gracenote.com.
compatible with the SiriusXM® Other Information
Satellite Radio System or that Music-related data from Gracenote,
support the SiriusXM website, the The Bluetooth® word mark and Inc., copyright © 2000 to present
Online Service or any of its content. logos are owned by the Bluetooth® Gracenote. Gracenote Software,
Furthermore, the AMBER voice SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks copyright © 2000 to present
compression software included in by General Motors is under license. Gracenote. One or more patents
this product is protected by Other trademarks and trade names owned by Gracenote may apply to
intellectual property rights including are those of their respective owners. this product and service. See the
patent rights, copyrights, and trade Gracenote website for a
secrets of Digital Voice non-exhaustive list of applicable
Systems, Inc. Gracenote patents. Gracenote,
CDDB, MusicID, MediaVOCS, the
Gracenote logo and logotype, and
the "Powered by Gracenote" logo
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
are either registered trademarks or all of the benefits and protections rights. Under no circumstances will
trademarks of Gracenote in the set forth herein that are available to Gracenote become liable for any
United States and/or other Gracenote. payment to you for any information
countries. You agree that you will use that you provide. You agree that
Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Gracenote may enforce its rights
Gracenote Terms of Use under this Agreement against you
Software, and Gracenote Servers
This application or device contains for your own personal directly in its own name.
software from Gracenote, Inc. of non-commercial use only. You agree The Gracenote service uses a
Emeryville, California ("Gracenote"). not to assign, copy, transfer or unique identifier to track queries for
The software from Gracenote (the transmit the Gracenote Software or statistical purposes. The purpose of
"Gracenote Software") enables this any Gracenote Data to any third a randomly assigned numeric
application to do disc or file party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE identifier is to allow the Gracenote
identification and obtain OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA, service to count queries without
music-related information, including THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, knowing anything about who you
name, artist, track, and title OR GRACENOTE SERVERS, are. For more information, see the
information ("Gracenote Data") from EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY web page for the Gracenote Privacy
online servers or embedded PERMITTED HEREIN. Policy for the Gracenote service.
databases (collectively, "Gracenote
Servers") and to perform other You agree that your non-exclusive The Gracenote Software and each
functions. You may use Gracenote license to use the Gracenote Data, item of Gracenote Data are licensed
Data only by means of the intended the Gracenote Software, and to you "AS IS." Gracenote makes no
End-User functions of this Gracenote Servers will terminate if representations or warranties,
application or device. you violate these restrictions. If your express or implied, regarding the
license terminates, you agree to accuracy of any Gracenote Data.
This application or device may cease any and all use of the Gracenote reserves the right to
contain content belonging to Gracenote Data, the Gracenote delete data from the Gracenote
Gracenote’s providers. If so, all of Software, and Gracenote Servers. Servers or to change data
the restrictions set forth herein with Gracenote reserves all rights in categories for any cause that
respect to Gracenote Data shall Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Gracenote deems sufficient. No
also apply to such content and such Software, and the Gracenote warranty is made that the Gracenote
content providers shall be entitled to Servers, including all ownership Software or Gracenote Servers are
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
error-free or that functioning of © 2013. Gracenote, Inc. All Rights Open Source SW
Gracenote Software or Gracenote Reserved. The open source code used in this
Servers will be uninterrupted. device can be downloaded at the
Gracenote is not obligated to PANDORA
webpage shown in the information
provide you with new enhanced or PANDORA, the PANDORA logo, at the center stack display. Further
additional data types or categories and the Pandora trade dress are information concerning the OSS
that Gracenote may provide in the trademarks or registered trademarks licenses is shown in the center
future and is free to discontinue its of Pandora Media, Inc. Used with stack display.
services at any time. permission.
GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL QNX
Unicode
WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR Portions of this software are
Copyright © 1991-2013 Unicode, copyright © 2008-2013, QNX
IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
Inc. All rights reserved. Distributed Software Systems. All rights
LIMITED TO, IMPLIED
under the Terms of Use in http:// reserved.
WARRANTIES OF
www.unicode.org/copyright.html.
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
Part C – EULA
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, Free Type Project
TITLE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. Copyright 2013, Software Systems
Portions of this software are GmbH & Co. KG. All Rights
GRACENOTE DOES NOT
copyright © 2013 The FreeType Reserved.
WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT
Project (http://www.freetype.org). All
WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR The product you have purchased
rights reserved.
USE OF THE GRACENOTE ("Product") contains Software
SOFTWARE OR ANY iType (Runtime Configuration No. 505962;
GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO "Software") which is distributed by
iType is a trademark of Monotype
CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE or on behalf of the Product
Imaging Inc. registered in the U.S.
LIABLE FOR ANY manufacturer "Manufacturer") under
Patent & Trademark Office and may
CONSEQUENTIAL OR license from Software Systems Co.
be registered in certain other
INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR ("QSSC"). You may only use the
jurisdictions.
ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST Software in the Product and in
REVENUES. compliance with the license terms
below.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Subject to the terms and conditions Product or the Software in ASSOCIATED WITH YOUR USE
of this License, QSSC hereby contravention of applicable export OF THE SOFTWARE UNDER THIS
grants you a limited, non-exclusive, control laws. LICENSE.
non-transferable license to use the EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT
Software in the Product for the OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY
purpose intended by the APPLICABLE LAW, QSSC AND ITS APPLICABLE LAW (SUCH AS IN
Manufacturer. If permitted by the LICENSORS PROVIDE THE THE CASE OF DELIBERATE OR
Manufacturer, or by applicable law, SOFTWARE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, GROSSLY NEGLIGENT ACTS), IN
you may make one backup copy of WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR NO EVENT SHALL QSSC, ITS
the Software as part of the Product CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, AFFILIATES OR THEIR
software. QSSC and its licensors EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED LICENSORS BE LIABLE TO YOU
reserve all license+C31 rights not INCLUDING, WITHOUT UNDER ANY LEGAL THEORY,
expressly granted herein, and retain LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING
all right, title and interest in and to OR CONDITIONS OF TITLE, NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT OR
all copies of the Software, including NON-INFRINGEMENT, OTHERWISE, FOR DAMAGES,
all intellectual property rights MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS INCLUDING ANY DIRECT,
therein. Unless required by FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL,
applicable law you may not ANY WARRANTIES OR OTHER OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
reproduce, distribute or transfer, PROVISIONS OFFERED BY THE OF ANY CHARACTER ARISING AS
or de-compile, disassemble or MANUFACTURER OR ITS A RESULT OF THIS LICENSE OR
otherwise attempt to unbundle, DISTRIBUTOR(S) THAT DIFFER OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY
reverse engineer, modify or create FROM THIS LICENSE ARE TO USE THE PRODUCT
derivative works of, the Software. OFFERED BY THE (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
You agree: (1) not to remove, cover MANUFACTURER OR ITS TO DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF
or alter any proprietary notices, DISTRIBUTOR(S) ALONE AND GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE,
labels or marks in or on the NOT BY QSSC, ITS AFFILIATES PRODUCT FAILURE OR
Software, and to ensure that all OR THEIR LICENSORS. YOU MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL
copies bear any notice contained on ASSUME ANY RISKS OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES
the original; and (2) not to export the OR LOSSES), EVEN IF QSSC, ITS
AFFILIATES OR THEIR
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
LICENSORS HAVE BEEN

ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
OF SUCH DAMAGES.
WMA
This product is protected by certain
intellectual property rights of
Microsoft. Use or distribution of
such technology outside of this
product is prohibited without a
license from Microsoft.
For more information on the
Software, including any open source
software license terms (and
available source code) as well as
copyright attributions applicable to
the Runtime Configuration indicated
above, please contact the
Manufacturer or see
licensing@qnx.com.
END USER NOTICE
The marks of companies displayed
by this product to indicate business
locations are the marks of their
respective owners. The use of such
marks in this product does not imply
any sponsorship, approval,
or endorsement by such companies
of this product.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
208 Climate Controls
Climate Controls Climate Control Systems

With this system the heating, cooling, and ventilation can be controlled.
Climate Control Systems
Climate Control Systems . . . . . 208
Automatic Climate Control
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
1. Fan Control TEMP : Turn clockwise or

2. A/C (Air Conditioning) counterclockwise to increase or
decrease the temperature inside the
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls vehicle.
4. Defrost 9 : Turn clockwise or
5. TEMP (Temperature Control) counterclockwise to increase or
decrease the fan speed. There is
6. Rear Window Defogger (If about a five second delay when the
Equipped) fan is turned on. Turn the knob all
7. Air Recirculation the way counterclockwise to turn the
fan off.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Climate Controls 209
Air Delivery Mode Control : Press and the air conditioning compressor Rear Window Defogger
Y, \, [ , or - to change the will run, unless the outside
K : If equipped, press to turn the
direction of the airflow. An indicator temperature is close to freezing.
rear window defogger on or off. An
light comes on in the selected mode Do not drive the vehicle until all the indicator light on the button comes
button. windows are clear. on to show that the rear window
Y : Air is directed to the instrument See Air Vents 0 212. defogger is on.
panel outlets.
@ : Press to turn on recirculation. The rear window defogger only
\ : Air is divided between the An indicator light comes on. Air is works when the ignition is in ON/
instrument panel and floor outlets. recirculated to quickly cool the RUN. The defogger also turns off if
[ : Air is directed to the floor inside of the vehicle. It can also be the ignition is turned to ACC/
outlets, with some air directed to the used to help reduce outside air and ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF.
windshield, outboard instrument odors that enter the vehicle.
panel, and side window outlets. 8 : If equipped, press to turn on Caution
- : This mode clears the windows outside air. An indicator light comes Using a razor blade or sharp
of fog or moisture. Air is directed to on. Outside air is circulated object to clear the inside rear
the windshield, with some air throughout the vehicle. window can damage the rear
directed to the floor, outboard A/C : Press to turn the air window defogger. Repairs would
instrument panel outlets, and side conditioning system on or off. An not be covered by the vehicle
window outlets. indicator light comes on to show warranty. Do not clear the inside
0 : Press to clear the windshield that the air conditioning is enabled. rear window with sharp objects.
of fog or frost more quickly. Air is If the fan is turned off, the air
directed to the windshield and side conditioner will not run. The A/C
window vents, with some air light will stay on even if the outside Heated Mirror : If equipped with
directed to the outboard instrument temperatures are below freezing. heated outside mirrors, the mirrors
panel. The system automatically heat to help clear fog or frost from
forces outside air into the vehicle the surface of the mirror when the
rear window defog button is
pressed. See Heated Mirrors 0 39.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Automatic Climate Control System When AUTO is lit, all functions

operate automatically. Each function
With this system the heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be can also be manually set. Functions
controlled. not manually set will continue to be
automatically controlled.
To place the system in full automatic
operation:
1. Press AUTO.
2. Set the temperature.
To find your comfort setting,
start with 22 °C (72 °F) and
allow the system time to
stabilize. Then adjust the
temperature as needed for best
comfort.
To improve fuel efficiency and to
1. Fan Control Automatic Operation cool the vehicle faster, recirculation
2. A/C (Air Conditioning) The system automatically heats or may be automatically selected in
cools the vehicle to the desired warm weather.
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls
temperature: The recirculation light will not come
4. Defrost on when automatically controlled.
. Fan Speed
5. Temperature Control
. Air Delivery Mode Press @ to manually select
6. AUTO (Automatic Operation) recirculation; press it again to select
. Air Conditioning outside air.
7. Rear Window Defogger
. Recirculation
8. Air Recirculation
9. Power Button
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Do not cover the solar sensor on the Air Delivery Mode Controls : conditioning compressor will run,
top of the instrument panel near the Press Y, \, [ , or - to change unless the outside temperature is
windshield. This sensor regulates the direction of the airflow. An close to freezing.
air temperature based on sun load. indicator light comes on in the 0 : Press to clear the windshield
See “Sensors” later in this section. selected mode button. of fog or frost more quickly. Air is
Manual Operation Changing the mode cancels the directed to the windshield and the
side window vents, with some air
O : Press to turn the climate control automatic operation and the system
directed to the outboard instrument
system on or off. When the system goes into manual mode.
panel outlets. The system
is turned off, air will stop flowing into Press AUTO to return to automatic automatically forces outside air into
the cabin. Press O again or adjust operation. the vehicle and the air conditioning
any of the climate controls to turn Y : Air is directed to the instrument compressor will run, unless the
the system back on and the airflow panel outlets. outside temperature is below
will continue based on the selected freezing.
climate control settings. \ : Air is divided between the
instrument panel and floor outlets. Do not drive the vehicle until all
A : Turn clockwise or windows are clear.
counterclockwise to increase or [ : Air is directed to the floor
outlets, with some to the windshield, See Air Vents 0 212.
decrease the fan speed. There is
about a five second delay when the outboard instrument panel outlets, A/C : Press to turn the air
fan is turned on. Press the knob to side window outlets, and second conditioning system on or off. An
turn the fan off. Press AUTO to row floor outlets. indicator light comes on to show
return to automatic operation. - : This mode clears the windows that the air conditioning is enabled.
of fog or moisture. Air is directed to The A/C light will stay on even if the
Temperature Control : Turn the
the windshield, floor outlets, outside temperatures are below
knob clockwise or counterclockwise
outboard instrument panel outlets, freezing. If the fan is turned off, the
to increase or decrease temperature
and side window outlets. The air conditioner will not run. Press
setting.
system automatically forces outside AUTO to return to automatic
air into the vehicle and the air operation.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
@ : Press to turn on recirculation. K : Press to turn the rear window Air Vents
An indicator light comes on. Air is defogger on or off. An indicator light
recirculated to quickly cool the on the button comes on to show that Adjustable air vents are in the
inside of the vehicle. It can also be the rear window defogger is on. center and on the side of the
used to help reduce outside air and instrument panel. Use the sliding
The rear window defogger only knobs on the air vents to change
odors that enter the vehicle. The air works when the ignition is in ON/
conditioning compressor also comes the direction of the airflow. Slide the
RUN. The defogger also turns off if knob up or down to open or close
on when this mode is activated. the ignition is turned to ACC/
Press AUTO to return to automatic off the airflow.
ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF.
operation. Air vents blow warm air on the side
Auto Defog : The climate control windows in cold weather. If Floor,
Caution Defog, or Defrost modes are
system may have a sensor to
automatically detect high humidity Using a razor blade or sharp selected, a small amount of air will
inside the vehicle. When high object to clear the inside rear come from the vents close to the
humidity is detected, the climate window. If the airflow is shut off
window can damage the rear
control system may adjust air using the sliding knobs, warm air
window defogger. Repairs would
delivery modes, outside air supply, will be directed to the other
not be covered by the vehicle instrument panel vents. This is
and turn on the air conditioner. If the warranty. Do not clear the inside
climate control system does not normal operation.
rear window with sharp objects.
detect possible window fogging, it Use the sliding knobs to turn vent
returns to normal operation. To turn airflow on or off based on the mode
Auto Defog off or on, see “Climate Heated Mirror : If equipped with selected.
and Air Quality” under Vehicle heated outside mirrors, the mirrors
Personalization 0 139. heat to help clear fog or frost from Operation Tips
the surface of the mirror when the . Clear away any ice, snow,
Rear Window Defogger rear window defog button is or leaves from air inlets at the
The rear window defogger uses a pressed. See Heated Mirrors 0 39. base of the windshield that could
warming grid to remove fog from the block the flow of air into the
rear window. vehicle.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

. Keep the path under the front
seats clear of objects to help
Maintenance
circulate the air inside of the
vehicle more effectively. Passenger Compartment
. Use of non-GM approved hood
Air Filter
deflectors can adversely affect The passenger compartment air
the performance of the system. filter reduces dust, pollen, and other
Check with your dealer before airborne irritants from outside air
adding equipment to the outside that is pulled into the vehicle. The
of the vehicle. filter will need to be replaced
periodically. See Maintenance
Schedule 0 366.
Using the climate control system
without an air filter installed is not
recommended. Water or other
debris could enter the system and
result in leaks or noises. Always
install a new filter when removing
the old filter.
For more information on filter
replacement, see your dealer.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
214 Driving and Operating
Driving and Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 239

Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Cruise Control
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Operating Parking over Things
That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Driver Assistance Systems
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . 261
Engine Exhaust Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Driving Information Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Running the Vehicle While Lane Departure
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Automatic Transmission Fuel
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 241 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 California Fuel
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 267
Off-Road Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Manual Transmission Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 222 Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . 246 Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 223 Drive Systems Filling a Portable Fuel
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 225
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Brakes Trailer Towing
Truck-Camper Loading Antilock Brake General Towing
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Driving Characteristics and
Starting and Operating Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 232 Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . 255 Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Ride Control Systems Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 277
Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Traction Control/Electronic
Retained Accessory Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Conversions and Add-Ons
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . . 258 Add-On Electrical
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Driving and Operating 215
Driving Information . Designate a front seat

passenger to handle potential
Refer to the infotainment section for
more information on using that
distractions. system and the navigation system,
Distracted Driving if equipped, including pairing and
. Become familiar with vehicle
Distraction comes in many forms features before driving, such as using a cell phone.
and can take your focus from the programming favorite radio
task of driving. Exercise good stations and adjusting climate Defensive Driving
judgment and do not let other control and seat settings. Defensive driving means “always
activities divert your attention away Program all trip information into expect the unexpected.” The first
from the road. Many local any navigation device prior to step in driving defensively is to wear
governments have enacted laws driving. the safety belt. See Safety
regarding driver distraction. Become
. Wait until the vehicle is parked Belts 0 51.
familiar with the local laws in
your area. to retrieve items that have fallen . Assume that other road users
to the floor. (pedestrians, bicyclists, and
To avoid distracted driving, keep
. Stop or park the vehicle to tend other drivers) are going to be
your eyes on the road, keep your
to children. careless and make mistakes.
hands on the steering wheel, and
Anticipate what they might do
focus your attention on driving. . Keep pets in an appropriate and be ready.
. Do not use a phone in carrier or restraint.
. Allow enough following distance
demanding driving situations. . Avoid stressful conversations between you and the driver in
Use a hands-free method to while driving, whether with a front of you.
place or receive necessary passenger or on a cell phone.
phone calls. . Focus on the task of driving.
. Watch the road. Do not read, { Warning Drunk Driving
take notes, or look up
information on phones or other Taking your eyes off the road too Death and injury associated with
electronic devices. long or too often could cause a drinking and driving is a global
crash resulting in injury or death. tragedy.
Focus your attention on driving.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Average driver reaction time is Steering

{ Warning about three-quarters of a second. In
that time, a vehicle moving at Electric Power Steering
Drinking and then driving is very 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m
dangerous. Your reflexes, The vehicle has electric power
(66 ft), which could be a lot of steering. It does not have power
perceptions, attentiveness, and distance in an emergency.
judgment can be affected by even steering fluid. Regular maintenance
a small amount of alcohol. You Helpful braking tips to keep in mind is not required.
can have a serious — or even include: If power steering assist is lost due
fatal — collision if you drive after . Keep enough distance between to a system malfunction, the vehicle
drinking. you and the vehicle in front can be steered, but may require
of you. increased effort.
Do not drink and drive or ride with
a driver who has been drinking. . Avoid needless heavy braking. See your dealer if there is a
Ride home in a cab; or if you are . problem.
Keep pace with traffic.
with a group, designate a driver If the steering wheel is turned until it
If the engine ever stops while the
who will not drink. reaches the end of its travel and is
vehicle is being driven, brake
held against that position for an
normally but do not pump the
extended period of time, power
Control of a Vehicle brakes. Doing so could make the
steering assist may be reduced.
pedal harder to push down. If the
Braking, steering, and accelerating engine stops, there will be some If the steering assist is used for an
are important factors in helping to power brake assist but it will be extended period of time, power
control a vehicle while driving. used when the brake is applied. assist may be reduced.
Once the power assist is used up, it Normal use of the power steering
Braking can take longer to stop and the assist should return when the
Braking action involves perception brake pedal will be harder to push. system cools down.
time and reaction time. Deciding to See specific vehicle steering
push the brake pedal is perception messages under Steering System
time. Actually doing it is Messages 0 137. See your dealer if
reaction time. there is a problem.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Curve Tips Off-Road Recovery 3. Turn the steering wheel to go

. straight down the roadway.
Take curves at a reasonable
speed.
Loss of Control
. Reduce speed before entering a
curve. Skidding
. Maintain a reasonable steady There are three types of skids that
speed through the curve. correspond to the vehicle's three
. control systems:
Wait until the vehicle is out of
the curve before accelerating . Braking Skid — wheels are not
gently into the straightaway. rolling.
Steering in Emergencies . Steering or Cornering Skid —
too much speed or steering in a
. There are some situations when curve causes tires to slip and
steering around a problem may The vehicle's right wheels can drop lose cornering force.
be more effective than braking. off the edge of a road onto the
shoulder while driving. Follow . Acceleration Skid — too much
. Holding both sides of the throttle causes the driving
steering wheel allows you to turn these tips:
wheels to spin.
180 degrees without removing 1. Ease off the accelerator and
a hand. then, if there is nothing in the Defensive drivers avoid most skids
way, steer the vehicle so that it by taking reasonable care suited to
. The Antilock Brake System existing conditions, and by not
(ABS) allows steering while straddles the edge of the
pavement. overdriving those conditions. But
braking. skids are always possible.
2. Turn the steering wheel about
one-eighth of a turn, until the If the vehicle starts to slide, follow
right front tire contacts the these suggestions:
pavement edge. . Ease your foot off the
accelerator pedal and steer the
way you want the vehicle to go.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
The vehicle may straighten out. vehicles not equipped with All . Read all the information about
Be ready for a second skid if it Terrain (AT) or On-Off Road (OOR) four-wheel-drive vehicles in this
occurs. tires must not be driven off-road manual.
. Slow down and adjust your except on a level, solid surface. For . Remove any underbody air
driving according to weather contact information about the deflector, if equipped. Re-attach
conditions. Stopping distance original equipment tires, see the the air deflector after off-road
can be longer and vehicle warranty manual. driving.
control can be affected when One of the best ways for successful . See Hill Descent Control
traction is reduced by water, off-road driving is to control the (HDC) 0 258.
snow, ice, gravel, or other speed.
material on the road. Learn to . Know the local laws that apply to
recognize warning clues — such
as enough water, ice, or packed
{ Warning off-road driving.
To gain more ground clearance if
snow on the road to make a When driving off-road, bouncing needed, it may be necessary to
mirrored surface — and slow and quick changes in direction remove the front fascia lower air
down when you have any doubt. can easily throw you out of dam. However, driving without the
. Try to avoid sudden steering, position. This could cause you to air dam reduces fuel economy.
acceleration, or braking, lose control and crash. You and
including reducing vehicle speed your passengers should always Caution
by shifting to a lower gear. Any wear safety belts.
sudden changes could cause Operating the vehicle for
the tires to slide. extended periods without the front
Before Driving Off-Road
Remember: Antilock brakes help fascia lower air dam installed can
. Have all necessary maintenance cause improper airflow to the
avoid only the braking skid.
and service work completed. engine. Reattach the front fascia
Off-Road Driving . Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels, air dam after off-road driving.
and check inflation pressure in
Four-wheel-drive vehicles can be all tires, including the spare,
used for off-road driving. Vehicles if equipped.
without four-wheel drive and
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Loading the Vehicle for For more information about loading

Off-Road Driving the vehicle, see Vehicle Load Limits Warning (Continued)
0 226 and Tires 0 316.
of control. Driving across hills can
{ Warning Environmental Concerns cause a rollover. You could be
. Always use established trails, injured or killed. Do not drive on
. Unsecured cargo on the
roads, and areas that have been steep hills.
load floor can be tossed
about when driving over set aside for public off-road
rough terrain. You or your recreational driving and obey all Before driving on a hill, assess the
passengers can be struck posted regulations. steepness, traction, and
by flying objects. Secure the . Do not damage shrubs, flowers, obstructions. If the terrain ahead
cargo properly. trees, or grasses or disturb cannot be seen, get out of the
. Keep cargo in the cargo wildlife. vehicle and walk the hill before
area as far forward and as driving further.
. Do not park over things that
low as possible. The burn. See Parking over Things When driving on hills:
heaviest things should be That Burn 0 240. . Use a low gear and keep a firm
on the floor, forward of the grip on the steering wheel.
rear axle. Driving on Hills
. Maintain a slow speed.
. Heavy loads on the roof Driving safely on hills requires good
raise the vehicle's center of judgment and an understanding of . When possible, drive straight up
gravity, making it more likely what the vehicle can and cannot do. or down the hill.
to roll over. You can be . Slow down when approaching
seriously or fatally injured if
the vehicle rolls over. Put
{ Warning the top of the hill.
heavy loads inside the Many hills are simply too steep . Use headlamps even during the
cargo area, not on the roof. for any vehicle. Driving up hills day to make the vehicle more
can cause the vehicle to stall. visible.
Driving down hills can cause loss
(Continued)
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
{ Warning Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)

Driving to the top of a hill at high on the transfer case overrides the descending a hill and use a low
speed can cause an accident. transmission. You or someone gear to keep vehicle speed under
There could be a drop-off, else could be injured. If leaving control.
embankment, cliff, or even the vehicle, set the parking brake
another vehicle. You could be and shift the transmission to If the vehicle stalls on a hill:
seriously injured or killed. As you P (Park). Shift the transfer case to
near the top of a hill, slow down any position but N (Neutral). 1. Apply the brakes to stop the
and stay alert. vehicle, and then apply the
parking brake.
. When driving down a hill, keep
. Never go downhill forward or the vehicle headed straight 2. Shift into P (Park) and then
backward with either the down. Use a low gear because restart the engine.
transmission or transfer case in the engine will work with the . If driving uphill when the
N (Neutral). The brakes could brakes to slow the vehicle and vehicle stalls, shift to
overheat and you could lose help keep the vehicle under R (Reverse), release the
control. control. parking brake, and back
straight down.
{ Warning { Warning . Never try to turn the vehicle
around. If the hill is steep
If the vehicle has the two-speed Heavy braking when going down enough to stall the vehicle,
automatic or electronic transfer a hill can cause your brakes to it is steep enough to cause
case, shifting the transfer case to overheat and fade. This could it to roll over.
N (Neutral) can cause your cause loss of control and you or
others could be injured or killed. . If you cannot make it up the
vehicle to roll even if the
Apply the brakes lightly when hill, back straight down
transmission is in P (Park). This is
the hill.
because the N (Neutral) position (Continued)
(Continued)
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

. Never back down a hill in downhill wheels, which could
N (Neutral) using only the cause a downhill slide or a { Warning
brake. The vehicle can roll rollover.
backward quickly and you Getting out of the vehicle on the
. Surface conditions can be a downhill side when stopped
could lose control. problem. Loose gravel, muddy across an incline is dangerous.
. If driving downhill when the spots, or even wet grass can If the vehicle rolls over, you could
vehicle stalls, shift to a cause the tires to slip sideways, be crushed or killed. Always get
lower gear, release the downhill. If the vehicle slips out on the uphill side of the
parking brake, and drive sideways, it can hit something
vehicle and stay well clear of the
straight down the hill. that will trip it — a rock, a rut,
rollover path.
3. If the vehicle cannot be etc. — and roll over.
restarted after stalling, set the . Hidden obstacles can make the
parking brake, shift into steepness of the incline more Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow,
P (Park), and turn the severe. If a rock is driven across or Ice
vehicle off. with the uphill wheels, or if the Use a low gear when driving in mud
3.1. Leave the vehicle and downhill wheels drop into a rut — the deeper the mud, the lower
seek help. or depression, the vehicle can tilt the gear. Keep the vehicle moving
even more. to avoid getting stuck.
3.2. Stay clear of the path the
. If an incline must be driven Traction changes when driving on
vehicle would take if it
rolled downhill. across, and the vehicle starts to sand. On loose sand, such as on
slide, turn downhill. This should beaches or sand dunes, the tires
. Avoid turns that take the vehicle help straighten out the vehicle tend to sink into the sand. This
across the incline of the hill. and prevent the side slipping. affects steering, accelerating, and
A hill that can be driven straight braking. Drive at a reduced speed
up or down might be too steep to and avoid sharp turns or abrupt
drive across. Driving across an maneuvers.
incline puts more weight on the
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Traction is reduced on hard packed After Off-Road Driving

snow and ice and it is easy to lose Warning (Continued)
Remove any brush or debris that
control. Reduce vehicle speed when
Traction could be lost, and the has collected on the underbody or
driving on hard packed snow
vehicle could roll over. Do not chassis, or under the hood. These
and ice.
drive through rushing water. accumulations can be a fire hazard.
{ Warning After operation in mud or sand,

have the brake linings cleaned and
Driving on frozen lakes, ponds, checked. These substances can
Caution cause glazing and uneven braking.
or rivers can be dangerous. Ice
conditions vary greatly and the Do not drive through standing Check the body structure, steering,
vehicle could fall through the ice; water if it is deep enough to cover suspension, wheels, tires, and
you and your passengers could exhaust system for damage and
the wheel hubs, axles, or exhaust
drown. Drive your vehicle on safe check the fuel lines and cooling
pipe. Deep water can damage the
surfaces only. system for any leakage.
axle and other vehicle parts.
More frequent maintenance service
is required. See the Maintenance
Driving in Water If the standing water is not too deep, Schedule 0 366.
drive slowly through it. At faster
{ Warning speeds, water splashes and the
vehicle can stall. When going
Driving on Wet Roads
Driving through rushing water can through water, the brakes get wet Rain and wet roads can reduce
be dangerous. Deep water can and it may take longer to stop. See vehicle traction and affect your
sweep your vehicle downstream “Driving on Wet Roads” later in this ability to stop and accelerate.
and you and your passengers section. Always drive slower in these types
could drown. If it is only shallow of driving conditions and avoid
water, it can still wash away the driving through large puddles and
ground from under your tires. deep-standing or flowing water.
(Continued)
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Hydroplaning Hill and Mountain Roads

{ Warning Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water Driving on steep hills or through
Wet brakes can cause crashes. can build up under the vehicle's mountains is different than driving
They might not work as well in a tires so they actually ride on the on flat or rolling terrain. Tips include:
quick stop and could cause water. This can happen if the road is
. Keep the vehicle serviced and in
pulling to one side. You could wet enough and you are going fast
enough. When the vehicle is good shape.
lose control of the vehicle.
hydroplaning, it has little or no . Check all fluid levels and brakes,
After driving through a large contact with the road. tires, cooling system, and
puddle of water or a car/vehicle transmission.
wash, lightly apply the brake There is no hard and fast rule about
hydroplaning. The best advice is to . Shift to a lower gear when going
pedal until the brakes work
slow down when the road is wet. down steep or long hills.
normally.
Other Rainy Weather Tips
Flowing or rushing water creates
strong forces. Driving through Besides slowing down, other wet
{ Warning
flowing water could cause the weather driving tips include: Using the brakes to slow the
vehicle to be carried away. If this . Allow extra following distance. vehicle on a long downhill slope
happens, you and other vehicle can cause brake overheating, can
occupants could drown. Do not . Pass with caution. reduce brake performance, and
ignore police warnings and be . Keep windshield wiping could result in a loss of braking.
very cautious about trying to drive equipment in good shape. Shift the transmission to a lower
through flowing water. . Keep the windshield washer fluid gear to let the engine assist the
reservoir filled. brakes on a steep downhill slope.
. Have good tires with proper
tread depth. See Tires 0 316.
. Turn off cruise control.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Winter Driving . Allow greater following distance

{ Warning and watch for slippery spots. Icy
Driving on Snow or Ice patches can occur on otherwise
Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) clear roads in shaded areas.
or with the ignition off is Snow or ice between the tires and
the road creates less traction or The surface of a curve or an
dangerous. This can cause overpass can remain icy when
overheating of the brakes and grip, so drive carefully. Wet ice can
occur at about 0 °C (32 °F) when the surrounding roads are clear.
loss of steering. Always have the Avoid sudden steering
freezing rain begins to fall. Avoid
engine running and the vehicle maneuvers and braking while
driving on wet ice or in freezing rain
in gear. on ice.
until roads can be treated.
. Turn off cruise control.
. Drive at speeds that keep the For Slippery Road Driving:
vehicle in its own lane. Do not . Accelerate gently. Accelerating Blizzard Conditions
swing wide or cross the too quickly causes the wheels to Stop the vehicle in a safe place and
center line. spin and makes the surface signal for help. Stay with the vehicle
. Be alert on top of hills; under the tires slick. unless there is help nearby.
something could be in your lane . Turn on Traction Control. See If possible, use Roadside
(e.g., stalled car, accident). Traction Control/Electronic Assistance. See Roadside
Stability Control 0 256. Assistance Program 0 387. To get
. Pay attention to special road help and keep everyone in the
signs (e.g., falling rocks area, . The Antilock Brake System vehicle safe:
winding roads, long grades, (ABS) improves vehicle stability
passing or no-passing zones) during hard stops, but the . Turn on the hazard warning
and take appropriate action. brakes should be applied sooner flashers.
than when on dry pavement. . Tie a red cloth to an outside
See Antilock Brake System mirror.
(ABS) 0 254.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
If the Vehicle Is Stuck

{ Warning Warning (Continued)
Slowly and cautiously spin the
Snow can trap engine exhaust the fan speed to the highest wheels to free the vehicle when
under the vehicle. This may setting. See “Climate stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
cause exhaust gases to get Control Systems.” See “Rocking the Vehicle to Get It
inside. Engine exhaust contains For more information about CO, Out” later in this section.
carbon monoxide (CO), which see Engine Exhaust 0 240. The Traction Control System (TCS)
cannot be seen or smelled. It can can often help to free a stuck
cause unconsciousness and even vehicle. See Traction Control/
death. To save fuel, run the engine for
short periods to warm the vehicle Electronic Stability Control 0 256.
If the vehicle is stuck in snow: and then shut the engine off and If TCS cannot free the vehicle, see
partially close the window. Moving “Rocking the Vehicle to Get it Out”
. Clear snow from the base of following.
the vehicle, especially any about to keep warm also helps.
blocking the exhaust pipe.
. Open a window about 5 cm
If it takes time for help to arrive,
when running the engine, push the
{ Warning
(2 in) on the vehicle side accelerator pedal slightly so the If the vehicle's tires spin at high
that is away from the wind, engine runs faster than the idle speed, they can explode, and you
to bring in fresh air. speed. This keeps the battery or others could be injured. The
charged to restart the vehicle and to vehicle can overheat, causing an
. Fully open the air outlets on signal for help with the headlamps.
or under the instrument engine compartment fire or other
Do this as little as possible, to
panel. damage. Spin the wheels as little
save fuel.
as possible and avoid going
. Adjust the climate control
above 56 km/h (35 mph).
system to circulate the air
inside the vehicle and set
(Continued) For information about using tire
chains on the vehicle, see Tire
Chains 0 335.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Rocking the Vehicle to Get Recovery Hooks

It Out Caution
Turn the steering wheel left and { Warning Do not drive through standing
right to clear the area around the water if it is deep enough to cover
front wheels. For four-wheel-drive Never pull on recovery hooks
the wheel hubs, axles, or exhaust
vehicles, shift into Four-Wheel Drive from the side. The hooks could
pipe. Deep water can damage the
High. Turn the TCS off. Shift back break and you and others could
axle and other vehicle parts.
and forth between R (Reverse) and be injured. When using recovery
a forward gear, spinning the wheels hooks, always pull the vehicle
as little as possible. To prevent from the front. There are recovery hooks at the
transmission wear, wait until the front of the vehicle. Use them if the
wheels stop spinning before shifting vehicle is stuck off-road and needs
gears. Slowly spinning the wheels in to be pulled some place to continue
the forward and reverse directions driving.
causes a rocking motion that could
free the vehicle. If that does not get Vehicle Load Limits
the vehicle out after a few tries, it It is very important to know how
might need to be towed out. See
much weight the vehicle can
Towing the Vehicle 0 351. Recovery
hooks can be used, if the vehicle carry. This weight is called the
has them. vehicle capacity weight and
includes the weight of all
occupants, cargo, and all
nonfactory-installed options.
Two labels on the vehicle may
show how much weight it was
designed to carry: the Tire and
Loading Information label and
the Certification/Tire label.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Tire and Loading Information tires (3) and the recommended

{ Warning Label cold tire inflation pressures (4).
Do not load the vehicle any For more information on tires
heavier than the Gross and inflation see Tires 0 316
Vehicle Weight Rating and Tire Pressure 0 323.
(GVWR), or either the There is also important loading
maximum front or rear Gross information on the vehicle
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). Certification/Tire label. It may
This can cause systems to show the Gross Vehicle Weight
break and change the way the Rating (GVWR) and the Gross
vehicle handles. This could Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for
cause loss of control and a the front and rear axles. See
crash. Overloading can also “Certification/Tire Label” later in
reduce stopping distance, Label Example this section.
damage the tires, and shorten A vehicle-specific Tire and “Steps for Determining Correct
the life of the vehicle. Loading Information label is Load Limit–
attached to the B-pillar or on the 1. Locate the statement "The
forward edge of the rear door. combined weight of
The Tire and Loading occupants and cargo should
Information label shows the never exceed XXX kg or
number of occupant seating XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s
positions (1), and the maximum placard.
vehicle capacity weight (2) in
kilograms and pounds. 2. Determine the combined
weight of the driver and
The Tire and Loading
passengers that will be
Information label also shows the
riding in your vehicle.
size of the original equipment
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
3. Subtract the combined your vehicle. Consult this 3. Available Occupant and
weight of the driver and manual to determine how Cargo Weight = 317 kg
passengers from XXX kg or this reduces the available (700 lb)
XXX lbs. cargo and luggage load
4. The resulting figure equals capacity of your vehicle.”
the available amount of See Trailer Towing 0 272 for
cargo and luggage load important information on towing
capacity. For example, if the a trailer, towing safety rules, and
"XXX" amount equals trailering tips.
1400 lbs. and there will be
five 150 lb passengers in
your vehicle, the amount of
available cargo and luggage
load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400-750 (5 x 150) = Example 2
650 lbs.)
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
5. Determine the combined Example 2 = 453 kg
weight of luggage and cargo (1,000 lb)
being loaded on the vehicle. 2. Subtract Occupant Weight
That weight may not safely @ 68 kg (150 lb) ◊ 5 =
exceed the available cargo Example 1 340 kg (750 lb)
and luggage load capacity 3. Available Cargo Weight =
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for 113 kg (250 lb)
calculated in Step 4.
Example 1 = (453 kg)
6. If your vehicle will be towing (1,000 lb)
a trailer, load from your 2. Subtract Occupant Weight
trailer will be transferred to @ 68 kg (150 lb) ◊ 2 =
136 kg (300 lb)
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
of the driver, passengers, and The GVWR includes the weight

cargo should never exceed the of the vehicle, all occupants,
vehicle's capacity weight. fuel, and cargo.
Certification/Tire Label The Certification/Tire label may
also show the maximum weights
for the front and rear axles,
called Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR). To find out the
actual loads on the front and
rear axles, weigh the vehicle at
a weigh station. Your dealer can
Example 3 help with this. Be sure to spread
the load equally on both sides of
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
Example 3 = 453 kg the centerline.
(1,000 lb)
2. Subtract Occupant Weight Label Example { Warning
@ 91 kg (200 lb) ◊ 5 =
453 kg (1,000 lb) A vehicle-specific Certification/ In the case of a sudden stop
3. Available Cargo Weight = Tire label is attached to the or collision, things carried in
0 kg (0 lb) B-pillar or on the forward edge the bed of your truck could
of the rear door. The label may shift forward and come into
Refer to the Tire and Loading the passenger area, injuring
show the size of the vehicle's
Information label for specific you and others. If you put
original tires and the inflation
information about the vehicle's things in the bed of your truck,
pressures needed to obtain the
capacity weight and seating you should make sure they
gross weight capacity of the
positions. The combined weight are properly secured.
vehicle. This is called Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR).
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Using heavier suspension

{ Warning components to get added Warning (Continued)
Do not load the vehicle any durability might not change the . When you carry
heavier than the Gross weight ratings. Ask your dealer something inside the
Vehicle Weight Rating to help load the vehicle the vehicle, secure it
(GVWR), or either the right way. whenever you can.
maximum front or rear Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). { Warning . Do not leave a seat
folded down unless you
This can cause systems to Things you put inside the need to.
break and change the way the vehicle can strike and injure
vehicle handles. This could people in a sudden stop or
cause loss of control and a There is also important loading
turn, or in a crash. information for off-road driving in
crash. Overloading can also
reduce stopping distance, . Put things in the cargo this manual. See “Loading the
damage the tires, and shorten area of the vehicle. Try to Vehicle for Off-Road Driving“
the life of the vehicle. spread the weight evenly. under Off-Road Driving 0 218.
. Never stack heavier Two-Tiered Loading
things, like suitcases, Depending on the model of the
Caution inside the vehicle so that pickup, an upper load platform
some of them are above can be created by positioning
Overloading the vehicle may the tops of the seats.
cause damage. Repairs would not three or four 5 cm (2 in) by
be covered by the vehicle
. Do not leave an 15 cm (6 in) wooden planks
warranty. Do not overload the unsecured child restraint across the width of the pickup
vehicle. in the vehicle. box. The planks must be
(Continued) inserted in the pickup box
depressions.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
When using this upper load Add-On Equipment Maximum

platform, be sure the load is When carrying removable items, * Equipment Weight
securely tied down to prevent it a limit on how many people
from shifting. The load's center Side Boxes 113 kg per
carried inside the vehicle may and Cargo side (250 lb
of gravity should be positioned be necessary. Be sure to weigh
in a zone over the rear axle. The per side)
the vehicle before buying and
zone is located in the area installing the new equipment. * The combined weight for all
between the front of each wheel rail-mounted equipment should
well and the rear of each wheel not exceed 454 kg (1,000 lb).
Caution
well. The center of gravity height
must not extend above the top Overloading the vehicle may Loading Points
of the pickup box flareboard. cause damage. Repairs would not
Any load that extends beyond be covered by the vehicle
the vehicle's taillamp area must warranty. Do not overload the
vehicle.
be properly marked according to
local laws and regulations.
Remember not to exceed the
Remember not to exceed the
Gross Axle Weight
Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR) of the front or
Rating (GAWR) of the front or
rear axle.
rear axle.
Maximum
* Equipment Weight
Ladder Rack 340 kg (750 lb)
1. Primary Load Points
and Cargo
2. Secondary Load Areas
Cross Toolbox 181 kg (400 lb) 3. GM Approved Accessory
and Cargo Mounting Points
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Structural members (1) and (2) are

included in the pickup box design.
Starting and Caution (Continued)
Additional accessories should use Operating premature wear and earlier
these load points. Depending on the
replacement. Follow this
accessory design, use a spacer New Vehicle Break-In breaking-in guideline every
under the accessory at the load
points to remove gap. The holes for time you get new brake
GM approved accessories (3) are
Caution linings.
not intended for aftermarket . Do not tow a trailer during
The vehicle does not need an
equipment. See www.gmupfitter.com elaborate break-in. But it will break-in. See Trailer Towing
for additional pickup box load 0 272 for the trailer towing
perform better in the long run if
bearing structural information. capabilities of the vehicle
you follow these guidelines:
and more information.
Truck-Camper Loading . Keep the vehicle speed at
Following break-in, engine speed
88 km/h (55 mph) or less for
Information the first 805 km (500 mi). and load can be gradually
increased.
The vehicle was neither . Do not drive at any one
designed nor intended to carry a constant speed, fast or slow,
slide-in camper. for the first 805 km (500 mi).
Do not make full-throttle
Caution starts. Avoid downshifting to
brake or slow the vehicle.
Adding a slide-in camper or . Avoid making hard stops for
similar equipment to the vehicle the first 322 km (200 mi) or
can damage it, and the repairs so. During this time the new
would not be covered by the brake linings are not yet
vehicle warranty. Do not install a broken in. Hard stops with
slide-in camper or similar new linings can mean
equipment on the vehicle. (Continued)
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Ignition Positions This position locks the ignition and firmly apply the brakes and
steering wheel. It also locks the steer the vehicle to a safe
transmission on automatic location.
transmission vehicles. The key can 3. Come to a complete stop. Shift
be removed in LOCK/OFF. to P (Park) with an automatic
The steering can bind with the transmission, or Neutral with a
wheels turned off center. If this manual transmission. Turn the
happens, move the steering wheel ignition to LOCK/OFF.
from right to left while turning the 4. Set the parking brake. See
key to ACC/ACCESSORY. If this Parking Brake 0 254.
does not work, then the vehicle
needs service.
Do not turn the engine off when the
{ Warning
vehicle is moving. This will cause a Turning off the vehicle while
The ignition switch has four different loss of power assist in the brake moving may cause loss of power
positions. and steering systems and disable assist in the brake and steering
the airbags. systems and disable the airbags.
To shift out of P (Park), the ignition
must be in ON/RUN or ACC/ If the vehicle must be shut off in an While driving, only shut the
ACCESSORY and the regular brake emergency: vehicle off in an emergency.
pedal must be applied. 1. Brake using a firm and steady
0 (STOPPING THE ENGINE/LOCK/ pressure. Do not pump the If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,
OFF) : When the vehicle is stopped, brakes repeatedly. This may and must be shut off while driving,
turn the ignition switch to LOCK/ deplete power assist, requiring turn the ignition to ACC/
OFF to turn the engine off. Retained increased brake pedal force. ACCESSORY.
Accessory Power (RAP) will remain 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). On vehicles with an automatic
active. See Retained Accessory This can be done while the transmission, the shift lever must be
Power (RAP) 0 237. vehicle is moving. After shifting in P (Park) to turn the ignition switch
to N (Neutral), continue to to LOCK/OFF.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
when the engine is running. The

Caution transmission is also unlocked in this Caution
position on automatic transmission
Using a tool to force the key to vehicles. If you add electrical parts or
turn in the ignition could cause accessories, you could change
damage to the switch or break the If the key is left in the ACC/ the way the engine operates. Any
key. Use the correct key, make ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position resulting damage would not be
sure it is all the way in, and turn it with the engine off, the battery could covered by the vehicle warranty.
only with your hand. If the key be drained. The vehicle may not See Add-On Electrical
start if the battery is allowed to drain
cannot be turned by hand, see Equipment 0 278.
for an extended period of time.
your dealer.
3 (START) : This is the position that
starts the engine. When the engine Place the transmission in the
1 (ACC/ACCESSORY) : This starts, release the key. The ignition proper gear.
position lets things like the radio switch returns to ON/RUN for
and the windshield wipers operate Automatic Transmission
driving.
while the engine is off. It also Move the shift lever to P (Park) or
unlocks the steering wheel. Use this A warning tone will sound when the N (Neutral). The engine will not start
position if the vehicle must be driver door is opened, the ignition is in any other position. To restart the
pushed or towed. in ACC/ACCESSORY or LOCK/ engine when the vehicle is already
OFF, and the key is in the ignition. moving, use N (Neutral) only.
2 (ON/RUN) : This position can be
used to operate the electrical
accessories and to display some
Starting the Engine Caution
instrument cluster warning and If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
indicator lights. This position can see the Duramax diesel Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the
also be used for service and supplement. vehicle is moving. If you do, you
diagnostics, and to verify the proper could damage the transmission.
operation of the malfunction Shift to P (Park) only when the
indicator lamp as may be required vehicle is stopped.
for emission inspection purposes.
The switch stays in this position
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Manual Transmission transmission gently until the oil

Caution (Continued) warms up and lubricates all
The shift lever should be in Neutral
moving parts.
and the parking brake engaged. ended, can overheat and damage
Hold the clutch pedal down to the the cranking motor, and drain the
floor and start the engine. The battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
Engine Heater
vehicle will not start if the clutch between each try, to let the If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
pedal is not all the way down. cranking motor cool down. see the Duramax diesel
supplement.
Starting Procedure
1. With your foot off the
accelerator pedal, turn the
2. If the engine does not start
after five to 10 seconds, { Warning
ignition key to START. When especially in very cold weather Do not plug in the engine block
the engine starts, let go of the (below ✓18 °C or 0 °F), it could
heater while the vehicle is in
key. The idle speed will go be flooded with too much
parked in a garage or under a
down as the engine gets warm. gasoline. Try pushing the
accelerator pedal all the way to carport. Property damage or
Do not race the engine personal injury may result. Always
immediately after starting it. the floor and holding it there
while holding the key in START park the vehicle in a clear open
Operate the engine and area away from buildings or
transmission gently to allow the for up to 15 seconds. Wait at
least 15 seconds between each structures.
oil to warm up and lubricate all
moving parts. try, to allow the cranking motor
to cool down. When the engine If equipped, the engine heater can
starts, let go of the key and provide easier starting and better
Caution accelerator. If the vehicle starts fuel economy during engine
Cranking the engine for long briefly but then stops again, do warm-up in cold weather conditions
the same thing. This clears the at or below ✓18 °C (0 °F). Vehicles
periods of time, by returning the
extra gasoline from the engine. with an engine heater should be
ignition to the START position
Do not race the engine plugged in at least four hours before
immediately after cranking has immediately after starting it. starting. An internal thermostat in
(Continued) Operate the engine and the plug-end of the cord may exist,
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
which will prevent engine heater 3. Plug the cord into a normal,
operation at temperatures above grounded 110-volt AC outlet.
✓18 °C (0 °F).
{ Warning
Improper use of the heater cord
or an extension cord can damage
the cord and may result in
overheating and fire.
. Plug the cord into a
three-prong electrical utility
receptacle that is protected
Heater Cord Near Engine Air by a ground fault detection
Cleaner, 2.5L L4 Engine Shown, function. An ungrounded
3.6L V6 Engine Similar outlet could cause an
Heater Cord Near Coolant Surge electric shock.
To Use the Engine Heater
Tank, 2.5L L4 Engine Shown, 3.6L . Use a weatherproof,
V6 Engine Similar 1. Turn off the engine.
heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated
2. Open the hood and unwrap the extension cord if needed.
electrical cord. The cord is Failure to use the
secured near the coolant surge recommended extension
tank or to the engine air cord in good operating
cleaner. Carefully remove condition, or using a
the cord. damaged heater or
Check the heater cord for extension cord, could make
damage. If it is damaged, do (Continued)
not use it. See your dealer for
a replacement. Inspect the
cord for damage yearly.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
away from moving engine Accessory Power Outlets (APOs)

Warning (Continued) parts. If you do not, it could be The vehicle may have Accessory
damaged. Power Outlets (APOs) in several
it overheat and cause a fire,
property damage, electric The length of time the heater should locations. See Power Outlets 0 107.
shock, and injury. remain plugged in depends on The APOs in the console or center
several factors. Ask a dealer in the seat position are powered by
. Do not operate the vehicle area where you will be parking the Retained Accessory Power (RAP).
with the heater cord vehicle for the best advice on this.
permanently attached to the They will continue to work for up to
vehicle. Possible heater 10 minutes after the key is turned
cord and thermostat Retained Accessory from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF, or until
damage could occur. Power (RAP) the driver door is opened.
. While in use, do not let the The following vehicle accessories The APOs on the center stack come
heater cord touch vehicle can be used for up to 10 minutes from the factory powered directly
parts or sharp edges. Never after the engine is turned off: from the vehicle battery, and supply
close the hood on the . Audio System accessory power at all times,
heater cord. regardless of ignition key position.
. Power Windows
. Before starting the vehicle, If electronic items are left plugged
unplug the cord, reattach . OnStar System (if equipped) into these APOs for long periods of
the cover to the plug, and These features work when the key time with the vehicle off, the vehicle
securely fasten the cord. is in ON/RUN or ACC/ battery could be drained. The
Keep the cord away from ACCESSORY. Once the key is vehicle may not start if the battery is
any moving parts. turned from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF, allowed to drain for an extended
the windows continue to work up to period of time.
4. Before starting the engine, be 10 minutes or until any door is
sure to unplug and store the opened. The radio continues to
cord as it was before to keep it work for up to 10 minutes or until the
driver door is opened.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Shifting Into Park 2. Hold the button on the shift

Warning (Continued)
lever and push the lever toward
{ Warning the front of the vehicle into
P (Park). If you have four-wheel drive and
the transfer case is in N (Neutral),
It can be dangerous to get out of 3. Be sure the transfer case (if the vehicle will be free to roll,
the vehicle if the shift lever is not equipped) is in a drive even if the shift lever is in
fully in P (Park) with the parking gear — not in N (Neutral). P (Park). So be sure the transfer
brake firmly set. The vehicle can 4. Turn the ignition key to case is in a drive gear – not in
roll. If you have left the engine LOCK/OFF. N (Neutral).
running, the vehicle can move
suddenly. You or others could be 5. Remove the key and take it And, if you leave the vehicle with
with you. If you can leave the the engine running, it could
injured. To be sure the vehicle will
vehicle with the ignition key in overheat and even catch fire. You
not move, even when you are on
your hand, the vehicle is in or others could be injured. Do not
fairly level ground, use the steps P (Park).
that follow. With four-wheel drive, leave the vehicle with the engine
if the transfer case is in Leaving the Vehicle with the running unless you have to.
N (Neutral), the vehicle will be Engine Running
free to roll, even if the shift lever If you have to leave the vehicle with
is in P (Park). Be sure the transfer
case is in a drive gear. If towing a
{ Warning the engine running, be sure the
vehicle is in P (Park) and the
trailer, see Driving Characteristics It can be dangerous to leave the parking brake is firmly set before
and Towing Tips 0 270. vehicle with the engine running. you leave it. After you move the shift
The vehicle could move suddenly lever into P (Park), hold the regular
if the shift lever is not fully in brake pedal down. Then, see if you
1. Hold the brake pedal down, can move the shift lever away from
then set the parking brake. P (Park) with the parking brake
firmly set. P (Park) without pressing the button
See Parking Brake 0 254. on the shift lever. If you can, it
(Continued) means that the shift lever was not
fully locked into P (Park).
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Torque Lock Shifting out of Park 3. While holding the shift lever
button, move the shift lever to
If you are parking on a hill and you This vehicle is equipped with an the desired position.
do not shift the transmission into electronic shift lock release system.
P (Park) properly, the weight of the The shift lock release is If you are still having a problem
vehicle may put too much force on designed to: shifting, then have the vehicle
the parking pawl in the serviced soon.
. Prevent ignition key removal
transmission. You may find it difficult This vehicle may have the Safety
to pull the shift lever out of P (Park). unless the shift lever is in
P (Park). Belt Assurance System, which may
This is called torque lock. To prevent the vehicle from shifting out
prevent torque lock, set the parking . Prevent movement of the shift of P (Park). See Safety Belt
brake and then shift into P (Park) lever out of P (Park), unless the Messages 0 136.
properly before you leave the driver ignition is in ON/RUN and the
seat. To find out how, see Shifting regular brake pedal is applied.
Into Park 0 238.
Parking
To shift out of P (Park):
If the vehicle has a manual
When you are ready to drive, move
1. Apply the brake pedal. transmission, before you get out of
the shift lever out of P (Park) before
2. Press the button on the shift the vehicle, move the shift lever into
you release the parking brake.
lever. R (Reverse), and firmly apply the
If torque lock does occur, you may parking brake. Once the shift lever
need to have another vehicle push 3. Move the shift lever to the has been placed into R (Reverse)
yours a little uphill to take some of desired position. with the clutch pedal pressed in,
the pressure from the parking pawl If you still are unable to shift out of turn the ignition key to LOCK/OFF,
in the transmission. You will then be P (Park): remove the key and release the
able to pull the shift lever out of clutch.
P (Park). 1. Ease the pressure on the shift
lever. If you are parking on a hill, or if the
vehicle is pulling a trailer, see
2. While holding down the brake Driving Characteristics and Towing
pedal and pressing the shift Tips 0 270.
lever button, move the shift
lever all the way into P (Park).
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Parking over Things Engine Exhaust Warning (Continued)

That Burn
{ Warning . There are holes or openings
{ Warning Engine exhaust contains carbon
in the vehicle body from
damage or aftermarket
Things that can burn could touch monoxide (CO), which cannot be modifications that are not
hot exhaust parts under the seen or smelled. Exposure to CO completely sealed.
vehicle and ignite. Do not park can cause unconsciousness and If unusual fumes are detected or
over papers, leaves, dry grass, even death. if it is suspected that exhaust is
or other things that can burn. Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: coming into the vehicle:
. The vehicle idles in areas . Drive it only with the
with poor ventilation windows completely down.
(parking garages, tunnels, . Have the vehicle repaired
deep snow that may block immediately.
underbody airflow or tail
pipes). Never park the vehicle with the
engine running in an enclosed
. The exhaust smells or
area such as a garage or a
sounds strange or different.
building that has no fresh air
. The exhaust system leaks ventilation.
due to corrosion or damage.
. The vehicle exhaust system
has been modified,
damaged, or improperly
repaired.
(Continued)
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Running the Vehicle Automatic effort to shift out of P (Park). See

“Torque Lock” under Shifting Into
While Parked Transmission Park 0 238.
It is better not to park with the If equipped, there is an electronic
engine running. shift lever position indicator within { Warning
If the vehicle is left with the engine the instrument cluster. This display
running, follow the proper steps to comes on when the ignition key is It is dangerous to get out of the
be sure the vehicle will not move. turned to the ON/RUN position. vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
See Shifting Into Park 0 238 and in P (Park) with the parking brake
Engine Exhaust 0 240. If the vehicle firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
has a manual transmission, see Do not leave the vehicle when the
Parking 0 239. engine is running. If you have left
If parking on a hill and pulling a the engine running, the vehicle
trailer, see Driving Characteristics can move suddenly. You or others
and Towing Tips 0 270. could be injured. To be sure the
vehicle will not move, even when
you are on fairly level ground,
always set the parking brake and
move the shift lever to P (Park).
See Shifting Into Park 0 238 and
Driving Characteristics and
Towing Tips 0 270.
P : This position locks the rear
wheels. It is the best position to use
when starting the engine because
the vehicle cannot move easily.
When parked on a hill, especially
when the vehicle has a heavy load,
you might notice an increase in the
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
To rock the vehicle back and forth to

{ Warning get out of snow, ice, or sand without Caution
damaging the transmission, see If
If you have four-wheel drive, the the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 225. Shifting out of P (Park) or
vehicle will be free to roll — even N (Neutral) with the engine
if the shift lever is in P (Park) — if N : In this position, the engine does running at high speed may
the transfer case is in N (Neutral). not connect with the wheels. To damage the transmission. The
So, be sure the transfer case is in restart when you are already repairs would not be covered by
a drive gear, Two-Wheel Drive moving, use N (Neutral) only. Also, the vehicle warranty. Be sure the
use N (Neutral) when the vehicle is
High or Four-Wheel Drive High or engine is not running at high
being towed.
Four-Wheel Drive Low — not in speed when shifting the vehicle.
N (Neutral). See Shifting Into
Park 0 238. { Warning D : This position is for normal
Shifting into a drive gear while the driving. It provides the best fuel
R : Use this gear to back up. engine is running at high speed is economy. If you need more power
dangerous. Unless your foot is for passing, and you are:
Caution firmly on the brake pedal, the . Going less than about 55 km/h
vehicle could move very rapidly. (35 mph), push the accelerator
Shifting to R (Reverse) while the You could lose control and hit pedal about halfway down.
vehicle is moving forward could people or objects. Do not shift . Going about 55 km/h (35 mph) or
damage the transmission. The into a drive gear while the engine more, push the accelerator all
repairs would not be covered by is running at high speed. the way down.
the vehicle warranty. Shift to
R (Reverse) only after the vehicle By doing this, the vehicle shifts
is stopped. down to the next gear and has
more power.
D (Drive) can be used when towing
a trailer, carrying a heavy load,
driving on steep hills, or driving
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
off-road. Shift the transmission to a The transmission uses adaptive

lower gear range selection if the shift controls. The adaptive shift Caution
transmission shifts too often. See control process continually
Manual Mode 0 244. compares key shift parameters to Spinning the tires or holding the
pre-programmed ideal shifts stored vehicle in one place on a hill
Downshifting the transmission in using only the accelerator pedal
slippery road conditions could result in the transmission’s computer. The
transmission constantly makes may damage the transmission.
in skidding. See “Skidding” under The repair will not be covered by
Loss of Control 0 217. adjustments to improve vehicle
performance according to how the the vehicle warranty. If you are
The vehicle has a shift stabilization vehicle is being used, such as with stuck, do not spin the tires. When
feature that adjusts the transmission a heavy load or when the stopping on a hill, use the brakes
shifting to the current driving temperature changes. During this to hold the vehicle in place.
conditions in order to reduce rapid adaptive shift control process,
upshifts and downshifts. This shift shifting might feel different as the
stabilization feature is designed to transmission determines the best Normal Mode Grade Braking
determine, before making an settings. Normal Mode Grade Braking is
upshift, if the engine is able to enabled when the vehicle is started,
maintain vehicle speed by analyzing When temperatures are very cold,
the transmission's gear shifting but is not enabled in Range
things such as vehicle speed, Selection Mode. It assists in
throttle position, and vehicle load. could be delayed providing more
stable shifts until the engine warms maintaining desired vehicle speeds
If the shift stabilization feature when driving on downhill grades by
determines that a current vehicle up. Shifts could be more noticeable
with a cold transmission. This using the engine and transmission
speed cannot be maintained, the to slow the vehicle.
transmission does not upshift and difference in shifting is normal.
instead holds the current gear. M : This position allows selection of
In some cases, this could appear to a range of gears appropriate for
be a delayed shift, however the current driving conditions. See
transmission is operating normally. Manual Mode 0 244.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Manual Mode When the shift lever is moved from

D (Drive) to M (Manual Mode), a
Range Selection Mode number displays next to the M,
indicating the current transmission
range.
This number is the highest gear that
the transmission will command while
operating in M (Manual Mode). All
gears below that number are
available. As driving conditions
change, the transmission can
automatically shift to lower gears.
For example, when 5 (Fifth) is
selected, 1 (First) through 5 (Fifth)
gears are automatically shifted by
the transmission, but 6 (Sixth)
Range Selection Mode helps control cannot be used until the plus/minus
the vehicle's transmission and button on the shift lever is used to
vehicle speed while driving downhill change to the range.
or towing a trailer by letting you When the shift lever is moved from
select a desired range of gears. D (Drive) to M (Manual Mode), a
To use this feature: downshift may occur. The gear that
the transmission is operating in
1. Move the shift lever to when the shift lever is moved from
M (Manual Mode). D (Drive) to M (Manual Mode)
2. Press the plus/minus button on determines if a downshift occurs.
the shift lever to select the See the following chart.
desired range of gears for
current driving conditions.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Gear before shifting from D

6th 5th 4th 3rd 2nd 1st
(Drive) to M (Manual Mode)
Range after shifting from D
M4 M4 M3 M2 M2 M1
(Drive) to M (Manual Mode)
Grade Braking is not available when Low Traction Mode

Range Selection Mode is active.
Low Traction Mode assists in
See Tow/Haul Mode 0 245. Turn the Tow/Haul Mode on and off
vehicle acceleration when road
While using Range Selection Mode, conditions are slippery, such as with by pressing the button on the center
cruise control and the Tow/Haul ice or snow. While the vehicle is at a stack. When the Tow/Haul Mode is
Mode can be used. stop, select M2 using Range enabled, a light on the instrument
Selection Mode. This will limit cluster will come on.
Caution torque to the wheels and help to See Tow/Haul Mode Light 0 121 and
prevent the tires from spinning. Hill and Mountain Roads 0 223.
Spinning the tires or holding the Also see “Tow/Haul Mode” under
vehicle in one place on a hill Tow/Haul Mode Towing Equipment 0 275.
using only the accelerator pedal
If equipped, Tow/Haul Mode adjusts If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
may damage the transmission.
the transmission shift pattern to the Tow/Haul button activates the
The repair will not be covered by reduce shift cycling. This provides
the vehicle warranty. If you are exhaust brake system
increased performance, vehicle simultaneously. See “Exhaust
stuck, do not spin the tires. When control, and transmission cooling Brake” in the Duramax diesel
stopping on a hill, use the brakes when driving down steep hills or supplement.
to hold the vehicle in place. mountain grades, towing, or hauling
heavy loads.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Manual Transmission Caution

shift into 2 (Second). Then, slowly
let up on the clutch pedal as you
press the accelerator pedal.
Do not rest your foot on the clutch
pedal while driving or while 3 (Third), 4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth) and
stopped. The pressure can cause 6 (Sixth) : Shift into 3 (Third),
premature wear in the clutch. The 4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth) and 6 (Sixth) the
repairs would not be covered by same way you do for 2 (Second).
the vehicle warranty. Slowly let up on the clutch pedal as
you press the accelerator pedal.
To stop, let up on the accelerator
To operate the manual transmission:
pedal and press the brake pedal.
1 (First) : Press the clutch pedal Just before the vehicle stops, press
fully to the pedal stop and shift into the clutch pedal and the brake
1 (First). Then, slowly let up on the pedal, and shift to Neutral.
If equipped with a manual clutch pedal as you slowly press
Neutral : Use this position when
transmission, this is the shift down on the accelerator pedal.
you start or idle the engine.
pattern. You can shift into 1 (First) when you
R (Reverse) : To back up, with the
are going less than 30 km/h
vehicle at a complete stop, press
Caution (20 mph). If you have come to a
the clutch pedal. Press down on
complete stop and it is hard to shift
shift lever in the 3–4 Neutral
Do not rest your hand on the shift into 1 (First), put the shift lever in
position, then shift into R (Reverse).
lever while driving. The pressure Neutral and let up on the clutch.
If it is hard to shift, let the shift lever
could cause premature wear in Then press the clutch pedal back
return to the 3–4 Neutral position
the transmission. The repairs down and shift into 1 (First).
and release the clutch pedal. Then
would not be covered by the 2 (Second) : Press the clutch pedal follow the steps again to shift into
vehicle warranty. fully to the pedal stop while letting R (Reverse). Slowly let up on the
up on the accelerator pedal and clutch pedal as you press the
accelerator pedal.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Caution
Shift Indicator Drive Systems
Shifting to R (Reverse) while the Four-Wheel Drive
vehicle is moving forward could
If equipped, four-wheel drive
damage the transmission. The engages the front axle for extra
repairs would not be covered by traction.
the vehicle warranty. Shift to
R (Reverse) only after the vehicle
is stopped. This light comes on when an Caution
up-shift is recommended for best
fuel economy. The number Do not drive on clean, dry
Use R (Reverse), along with the displayed with the arrow indicates pavement in 4 m, 4 n, and 4 AUTO
parking brake, for parking the the recommended gear. (if equipped) for an extended
vehicle. period of time. These conditions
Shift Speeds may cause:
. Overheating.
{ Warning . Oil leakage.
If you skip a gear when . Damage to internal and
downshifting, you could lose external components of the
control of the vehicle. You could front axle.
injure yourself or others. Do not . Premature wear on the
shift down more than one gear at vehicle’s powertrain.
a time when downshifting.
Driving on clean, dry pavement in
four-wheel drive may:
. Cause a vibration to be felt in
the steering system.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

. Cause tires to wear faster. Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction the vehicle was off. To see the
. Cause additional driveline noise. Control and StabiliTrak® off. See indicator, turn the knob to another
Traction Control/Electronic Stability position so that it matches the
actual transfer case setting. If no
{ Warning Control 0 256.
light displays, take the vehicle to
Electronic Transfer Case your dealer for service. An indicator
Shifting the transfer case to
light flashes while shifting and until
N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle the shift is complete.
to roll even if the transmission is
in P (Park). You or someone else If the transfer case cannot complete
could be seriously injured. Be a requested shift, it will return to the
sure to set the parking brake last chosen setting. Turn the control
before placing the transfer case in back to the previous setting to see
N (Neutral). See Parking the indicator light.
Brake 0 254.
Caution
Shifting the transmission into gear
Caution before the requested mode
indicator light has stopped
Extended high-speed operation in Use the transfer case knob, next to flashing could damage the
4 n may damage or shorten the the steering wheel, to shift into and transfer case.
life of the drivetrain. out of four-wheel drive for extra
traction.
The settings are:
Engagement noise and bump when An indicator light on the knob shows
which setting the transfer case is in. N (Neutral) : Use only when the
shifting between 4 n and 4 m or from The N (Neutral) indicator is on the vehicle needs to be towed. See
N (Neutral), with the engine running, face of the knob. If the light displays Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 351
is normal. momentarily when the ignition is in or Towing the Vehicle 0 351.
ON/RUN, but does not stay on, the
knob may have been turned while
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use Shifting Into 4 m 2. Turn the knob to 4 n. Wait for
for driving on most streets and the 4 n indicator light to stop
highways. The front axle is not Turn the knob to 4 m at any speed
up to 121 km/h (75 mph), except flashing before shifting the
engaged. This setting provides the transmission into gear.
best fuel economy. from 4 n. The indicator light will flash
while shifting and will remain on the If the transmission is in gear and/or
4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : This selected setting. moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph),
setting engages the front axle and the 4 n indicator light will flash for
delivers extra torque. Choose 4 n if Shifting Into 2 m 30 seconds and not complete the
driving off-road in deep sand, deep shift. After 30 seconds the transfer
Turn the knob to 2 m at any speed,
mud, or deep snow, and while case will shift to 4 m. Turn the knob
climbing or descending steep hills. except when shifting from 4 n.
to 4 m to see the indicator. With the
When engaged, keep vehicle speed
below 72 km/h (45 mph). Shifting Into 4 n vehicle moving less than 5 km/h
(3 mph), and the transmission in
Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction When 4 n is engaged, vehicle speed N (Neutral), attempt the shift again.
Control and StabiliTrak off. See should be kept below 72 km/h
Traction Control/Electronic Stability (45 mph). Shifting Out of 4 n
Control 0 256. 1. The ignition must be in ON/ 1. To shift out of 4 n the vehicle
RUN and the vehicle must be must be stopped or moving
4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use
stopped or moving less than less than 5 km/h (3 mph) with
when extra traction is needed. The 5 km/h (3 mph) with the
front axle engages and helps when the transmission in N (Neutral)
transmission in N (Neutral). It is and the ignition in ON/RUN.
driving on snowy or icy roads, and best for the vehicle to be
when off-roading. The vehicle can It is best for the vehicle to be
moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h
be shifted from 2 m to 4 m while the (1 to 2 mph). (1 to 2 mph).
vehicle is moving.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
2. Turn the knob to 4 m or 2 m. 5. Shift the transfer case to 2 m. Shifting Out of N (Neutral)
Wait for the 4 m or 2 m indicator 6. Turn the transfer case knob To shift:
light to stop flashing before clockwise to N (Neutral) until it 1. Set the parking brake and
shifting the transmission stops and hold it there until the apply the brake pedal.
into gear. N (Neutral) light starts blinking.
This will take at least 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN
If the transmission is in gear and/or with the engine off.
moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph), 10 seconds. Then slowly
release the knob to the 4 n 3. Shift the transmission to
the 4 m or 2 m indicator light will flash
position. The N (Neutral) light N (Neutral).
for 30 seconds, but will not complete
the shift. With the vehicle moving will come on when the transfer 4. Turn the transfer case knob
less than 5 km/h (3 mph), and the case shift to N (Neutral) is to 2 m.
transmission in N (Neutral), attempt complete.
After the transfer case has
the shift again. 7. With the engine running, verify shifted out of N (Neutral), the
Shifting Into N (Neutral) that the transfer case is in N (Neutral) light will go out.
N (Neutral) by shifting the
To shift: transmission to R (Reverse), 5. Release the parking brake.
1. Park the vehicle on a level then to D (Drive). There should
surface. be no movement of the vehicle Caution
while shifting the transmission.
2. Set the parking brake and Shifting the transmission into gear
press and hold the brake 8. Turn the engine off, and the
ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY. before the requested mode
pedal. See Parking indicator light has stopped
Brake 0 254. 9. Place the transmission shift flashing could damage the
3. Start the vehicle or turn the lever in P (Park). See transfer case.
ignition to ON/RUN. Recreational Vehicle
Towing 0 351.
4. Shift the transmission to 6. Start the engine and shift the
N (Neutral). 10. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. transmission to the
desired gear.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Automatic Transfer Case your dealer for service. An indicator Do not use AUTO mode,
light flashes while shifting and until if equipped, to park on a steep
the shift is complete. grade with poor traction such as ice,
If the transfer case cannot make a snow, mud, or gravel. In AUTO
requested shift, it will return to the mode only the rear wheels will hold
last chosen setting. Turn the knob the vehicle from sliding when
back to the previous transfer case parked. If parking on a steep grade,
setting to see the indicator. use 4 m to keep all four wheels
engaged.
The settings are:
N (Neutral) : Use only when the 4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : This
vehicle needs to be towed. See setting engages the front axle. Use
Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 351 this position when extra traction is
or Towing the Vehicle 0 351. needed, such as when driving on
snowy or icy roads, or when
Use the transfer case knob next to 2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use off-roading.
the steering wheel to shift into and for driving on most streets and
out of four-wheel drive. highways. The front axle is not 4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : This
An indicator light on the knob shows engaged. This setting provides the setting engages the front axle and
which setting the transfer case is in. best fuel economy. delivers extra torque. Choose 4 n
The N (Neutral) indicator is on the AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel when driving off-road in deep sand,
face of the knob. If the light displays Drive) : Use when road surface deep mud, or deep snow, and while
momentarily when the ignition is in traction conditions are variable. climbing or descending steep hills.
ON/RUN, but does not stay on, the When driving in AUTO, the front
knob may have been turned while Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction
axle is engaged, and the vehicle's Control and StabiliTrak off. See
the vehicle was off. To see the power is sent to the front and rear
indicator, turn the knob to another Traction Control/Electronic Stability
wheels automatically based on Control 0 256.
position so that it matches the driving conditions. This setting
actual transfer case setting. If no provides slightly lower fuel economy
light displays, take the vehicle to
than 2 m.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Shifting Into 4 m or AUTO 2. Turn the knob to 4 n. Wait for Shifting Out of 4 n
Turn the knob to the 4 m or AUTO the 4 n indicator light to stop To shift:
position at any speed, except from flashing before shifting the
transmission into gear. 1. The vehicle must be stopped or
4 n. The indicator light will flash moving less than 5 km/h
while shifting and will remain on (3 mph) with the transmission
when the shift is completed. Caution in N (Neutral) and the ignition in
ON/RUN. It is best for the
Shifting Into 2 m Shifting the transmission into gear
vehicle to be moving
before the requested mode 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph).
Turn the knob to 2 m at any speed, indicator light has stopped
except when shifting from 4 n. The flashing could damage the 2. Turn the knob to 4 m, AUTO,
indicator light will flash while shifting transfer case. or 2 m. Wait for the 4 m, AUTO,
and will remain on when the shift is or 2 m indicator light to stop
completed. If the transmission is in gear and/or flashing before shifting the
moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph), transmission into gear.
Shifting Into 4 n
the 4 n indicator light will flash for
When 4 n is engaged, keep vehicle 30 seconds and not complete the Caution
speed below 72 km/h (45 mph). shift. After 30 seconds the transfer
case will shift to 4 m. Turn the knob Shifting the transmission into gear
To shift into 4 n: before the requested mode
to 4 m to display the indicator. With
1. The ignition must be in ON/ indicator light has stopped
the vehicle moving less than 5 km/h flashing could damage the
RUN and the vehicle must be (3 mph), and the transmission in
stopped or moving less than transfer case.
N (Neutral), attempt the shift again.
5 km/h (3 mph) with the
transmission in N (Neutral). It is
best for the vehicle to be
moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h
(1 to 2 mph).
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
If the transmission is in gear and/or 6. Turn the transfer case knob Shifting Out of N (Neutral)
moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph), clockwise to N (Neutral) until it To shift:
the 4 m, AUTO, or 2 m indicator light stops and hold it there until the
will flash for 30 seconds but will not N (Neutral) light starts blinking. 1. Set the parking brake and
complete the shift. With the vehicle This will take at least apply the brake pedal.
moving less than 5 km/h (3 mph), 10 seconds. Then slowly 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN
and the transmission in N (Neutral), release the knob to the 4 n with the engine off.
attempt the shift again. position. The N (Neutral) light 3. Shift the transmission to
will come on when the transfer N (Neutral).
Shifting Into N (Neutral) case shift to N (Neutral) is
To shift: complete. 4. Turn the transfer case knob to
the desired setting.
1. Park the vehicle on a level 7. With the engine running, verify
surface. that the transfer case is in After the transfer case has
N (Neutral) by shifting the shifted out of N (Neutral), the
2. Set the parking brake and N (Neutral) light will go out.
press and hold the brake transmission to R (Reverse),
pedal. See Parking then shift the transmission to 5. Release the parking brake.
Brake 0 254. D (Drive). There should be no
movement of the vehicle while 6. Start the engine and shift the
3. Start the vehicle or turn the shifting the transmission. transmission to the
ignition to ON/RUN. desired gear.
8. Turn the engine off, and the
4. Shift the transmission to ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY.
N (Neutral).
9. Place the transmission shift
5. Shift the transfer case to 2 m. lever in P (Park). See
Recreational Vehicle
Towing 0 351.
10. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Brakes If driving safely on a wet road and it

becomes necessary to slam on the
Using ABS
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
brakes and continue braking to
Antilock Brake avoid a sudden obstacle, a
the brake pedal down firmly and let
System (ABS) ABS work. You may hear the ABS
computer senses the wheels are
pump or motor operating and feel
slowing down. If one of the wheels
This vehicle has an Antilock Brake the brake pedal pulsate. This is
is about to stop rolling, the computer
System (ABS), an advanced normal.
will separately work the brakes at
electronic braking system that helps
each wheel. Braking in Emergencies
prevent a braking skid.
ABS can change the brake pressure ABS allows you to steer and brake
When the vehicle begins to drive
to each wheel, as required, faster at the same time. In many
away, ABS checks itself.
than any driver could. This can help emergencies, steering can help
A momentary motor or clicking noise
you steer around the obstacle while more than even the very best
may be heard while this test is going
braking hard. braking.
on, and it may even be noticed that
the brake pedal moves a little. This As the brakes are applied, the
is normal. computer keeps receiving updates Parking Brake
on wheel speed and controls
braking pressure accordingly.
Remember: ABS does not change
the time needed to get a foot up to
the brake pedal or always decrease
stopping distance. If you get too
close to the vehicle in front of you,
If there is a problem with ABS, this there will not be enough time to
warning light stays on. See Antilock apply the brakes if that vehicle
Brake System (ABS) Warning suddenly slows or stops. Always
Light 0 121. leave enough room up ahead to
stop, even with ABS.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Set the parking brake by holding the system warning light will flash and a Minor brake pedal pulsation or
regular brake pedal down, then chime will sound warning you that pedal movement during this time is
pushing down the parking brake the parking brake is still on. normal and the driver should
pedal. If you are towing a trailer and are continue to apply the brake pedal as
If the ignition is on, the brake parking on a hill, see Driving the driving situation dictates. The
system warning light will come on. Characteristics and Towing Brake Assist feature will
See Brake System Warning Tips 0 270. automatically disengage when the
Light 0 120. brake pedal is released or brake
pedal pressure is quickly
Brake Assist decreased.
Caution The Brake Assist feature is
Driving with the parking brake on
designed to assist the driver in Hill Start Assist (HSA)
stopping or decreasing vehicle
can overheat the brake system This vehicle has a Hill Start Assist
speed in emergency driving
and cause premature wear or conditions. This feature uses the (HSA) feature, which may be useful
damage to brake system parts. stability system hydraulic brake when the vehicle is stopped on a
Make sure that the parking brake control module to supplement the grade sufficient enough to activate
is fully released and the brake power brake system under HSA. This feature is designed to
warning light is off before driving. conditions where the driver has prevent the vehicle from rolling,
quickly and forcefully applied the either forward or rearward, during
brake pedal in an attempt to quickly vehicle drive off. After the driver
To release the parking brake, hold completely stops and holds the
the regular brake pedal down, then stop or slow down the vehicle. The
stability system hydraulic brake vehicle in a complete standstill on a
push down momentarily on the grade, HSA will be automatically
parking brake pedal until you feel control module increases brake
pressure at each corner of the activated. During the transition
the pedal release. Slowly pull your period between when the driver
foot up off the parking brake pedal. vehicle until the ABS activates.
releases the brake pedal and starts
If the parking brake is not released to accelerate to drive off on a grade,
when you begin to drive, the brake
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
HSA holds the braking pressure for

a maximum of two seconds to
Ride Control Systems vehicle wheel brakes to assist the
driver in keeping the vehicle on the
ensure that there is no rolling. The intended path.
brakes will automatically release Traction Control/
If cruise control is being used and
when the accelerator pedal is Electronic Stability traction control or StabiliTrak begins
applied within the two-second Control to limit wheel spin, cruise control will
window. It will not activate if the disengage. Cruise control may be
vehicle is in a drive gear and facing System Operation turned back on when road
downhill, or if the vehicle is facing conditions allow.
The vehicle has a Traction Control
uphill and in R (Reverse).
System (TCS) and StabiliTrak®, an Both systems come on
electronic stability control system. automatically when the vehicle is
These systems help limit wheel slip started and begins to move. The
and assist the driver in maintaining systems may be heard or felt while
control, especially on slippery road they are operating or while
conditions. performing diagnostic checks. This
TCS activates if it senses that any is normal and does not mean there
of the drive wheels are spinning or is a problem with the vehicle.
beginning to lose traction. When this It is recommended to leave both
happens, TCS applies the brakes to systems on for normal driving
the spinning wheels and reduces conditions, but it may be necessary
engine power to limit wheel spin. to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets
StabiliTrak activates when the stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
vehicle senses a difference between See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 225
the intended path and the direction and “Turning the Systems Off and
the vehicle is actually traveling. On” later in this section.
StabiliTrak selectively applies When the transfer case (if equipped)
braking pressure to any one of the is in Four-Wheel Drive Low, the
stability system is automatically
disabled, and g comes on in the
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
instrument cluster. Both traction maintaining control. The vehicle is

control and StabiliTrak are safe to drive, but driving should be Caution
automatically disabled in this adjusted accordingly.
condition. Do not repeatedly brake or
If d comes on and stays on: accelerate heavily when TCS is
1. Stop the vehicle. off. The vehicle driveline could be
damaged.
2. Turn the engine off and wait
15 seconds.
To turn off only TCS, press and
3. Start the engine.
release g. The Traction Off light i
Drive the vehicle. If d comes on displays in the instrument cluster. To
The indicator light for both systems and stays on, the vehicle may need turn TCS on again, press and
is in the instrument cluster. This more time to diagnose the problem. release g. The Traction Off light i
light will: If the condition persists, see your displayed in the instrument cluster
. Flash when TCS is limiting dealer. will turn off.
wheel spin.
Turning the Systems Off If TCS is limiting wheel spin when g
. Flash when StabiliTrak is and On is pressed, the system will not turn
activated. off until the wheels stop spinning.
. Turn on and stay on when either
To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak,
system is not working.
press and hold g until the Traction
If either system fails to turn on or to
Off light i and StabiliTrak Off light
activate, a message displays in the
Driver Information Center (DIC), and
g come on and stay on in the
instrument cluster. To turn TCS and
d comes on and stays on to StabiliTrak on again, press and
indicate that the system is inactive The button for TCS and StabiliTrak
and is not assisting the driver in is on the center stack. release g. The Traction Off light i
and StabiliTrak Off light g in the
instrument cluster turn off.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
StabiliTrak will automatically turn on HDC will remain enabled between

if the vehicle exceeds 56 km/h 30 and 60 km/h (19 and 37 mph),
(35 mph). Traction control will however vehicle speed cannot be
remain off until the driver presses g set or maintained in this range.
or the ignition is cycled Off then On. It will automatically disable if the
vehicle speed is above 80 km/h
Adding accessories can affect the (50 mph) or above 60 km/h
vehicle performance. See The HDC light displays on the
instrument cluster when enabled. (37 mph) for at least 30 seconds. 5
Accessories and
Modifications 0 281. must be pressed again to
HDC can maintain vehicle speeds
re-enable HDC.
between 4 and 30 km/h (3 and
Hill Descent 19 mph) on an incline greater than When enabled, if the vehicle is at a
or equal to a 10% grade. A blinking speed above 30 km/h (19 mph) and
Control (HDC) HDC light indicates that the system less than 60 km/h (37 mph), a DIC
If equipped, HDC can be used when is actively applying the brakes to message will display instructing the
driving downhill. It sets and maintain vehicle speed. driver to reduce speed for HDC
maintains vehicle speed while operation.
When HDC is set, that is the initial
descending a very steep incline in a
set speed. It can be increased or Cruise control will not function while
forward or reverse gear.
decreased by applying the HDC is enabled and vehicle speed
The HDC switch is on the center accelerator or brake pedal. Smaller is below 40 km/h (25 mph).
stack, below the climate controls. HDC speed control adjustments are
accomplished using the cruise up or
Press 5 to enable or disable HDC. down buttons. Each tap of the
Vehicle speed must be below +RES will increase the set speed by
60 km/h (37 mph). 0.8 km/h (0.5 mph), while each tap
of the SET– will decrease the set
speed by 0.8 km/h (0.5 mph). This
adjusted speed becomes the new
set speed.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Cruise Control being used and the Traction Control

(TCS) system or StabiliTrak begins
5 : Press to turn the system on or
off. A white indicator comes on in
With cruise control a speed of about to limit wheel spin, the cruise control the instrument cluster when cruise
40 km/h (25 mph) or more can be will automatically disengage. See control is turned on.
maintained without keeping your Traction Control/Electronic Stability
foot on the accelerator. Cruise Control 0 256. If a collision alert +RES : If there is a set speed in
control does not work at speeds occurs when cruise control is memory, press briefly to resume to
below about 40 km/h (25 mph). activated, cruise control is that speed or press and hold to
disengaged. See Forward Collision accelerate. If cruise control is
{ Warning Alert (FCA) System 0 263. When
road conditions allow you to safely
already active, use to increase
vehicle speed.
Cruise control can be dangerous use it again, cruise control can be SET✓ : Press briefly to set the
where you cannot drive safely at turned back on. speed and activate cruise control.
a steady speed. Do not use If the brakes are applied, the cruise If cruise control is already active,
cruise control on winding roads or control disengages. use to decrease vehicle speed.
in heavy traffic. * : Press to disengage cruise
Cruise control can be dangerous control without erasing the set
on slippery roads. On such roads, speed from memory.
fast changes in tire traction can Setting Cruise Control
cause excessive wheel slip, and
you could lose control. Do not use If 5 is on when not in use, SET✓ or
cruise control on slippery roads. +RES could get pressed and go into
cruise when not desired. Keep 5
If equipped with a manual off when cruise is not being used.
transmission, the cruise control will 1. Press 5 to turn the cruise
remain active when the gears are system on.
shifted. The cruise is deactivated if
the clutch is pressed for several 2. Get up to the desired speed.
seconds. If the cruise control is 3. Press and release SET✓.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
4. Remove foot from the . To increase vehicle speed in Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
accelerator. small increments, briefly press 0 129. The increment value used
The cruise control indicator on the +RES. For each press, the depends on the units displayed.
instrument cluster turns green after vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h
(1 mph) faster. Passing Another Vehicle While
cruise control has been set to the Using Cruise Control
desired speed. See Instrument The speedometer reading can be
Use the accelerator pedal to
Cluster (Base Level) 0 110 or displayed in either English or metric
increase the vehicle speed. When
Instrument Cluster (Uplevel) 0 112. units. See Driver Information Center
you take your foot off the pedal, the
(DIC) (Base Level) 0 126 or Driver
Resuming a Set Speed vehicle will slow down to the
Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
previous set cruise speed. While
If the cruise control is set at a 0 129. The increment value used
desired speed and then the brakes pressing the accelerator pedal or
depends on the units displayed.
shortly following the release to
are applied or * is pressed, the Reducing Speed While Using override cruise control, briefly
cruise control is disengaged without Cruise Control pressing SET– will result in cruise
erasing the set speed from memory. control set to the current vehicle
If the cruise control system is
Once the vehicle speed reaches already activated: speed.
about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, Using Cruise Control on Hills
press +RES briefly. The vehicle . Press and hold SET– until the
returns to the previous set speed. desired lower speed is reached, How well the cruise control will work
then release it. on hills depends on the vehicle
Increasing Speed While Using speed, load, and the steepness of
. To slow down in small
Cruise Control the hills. When going up steep hills,
increments, briefly press SET– .
If the cruise control system is For each press, the vehicle goes you might have to step on the
already activated: about 1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower. accelerator pedal to maintain your
speed. When going downhill, you
. Press and hold +RES until the The speedometer reading can be might have to brake or shift to a
desired speed is reached, then displayed in either English or metric lower gear to keep your speed
release it. units. See Driver Information Center down. If the brake pedal is applied,
(DIC) (Base Level) 0 126 or Driver cruise control will disengage.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Ending Cruise Control Driver Assistance shifts the vehicle into R (Reverse),
the video image automatically
There are four ways to end cruise
control:
Systems appears on the infotainment screen.
The infotainment screen goes to the
. Step lightly on the brake pedal. Rear Vision previous screen after approximately
four seconds once the vehicle is
. Press *. Camera (RVC) shifted out of R (Reverse).
. Press the clutch pedal for
several seconds or shift the { Warning To see the previous screen sooner,
do one of the following:
transmission to N (Neutral).
The camera(s) do not display . Press a hard key on the
. To turn off cruise control, children, pedestrians, bicyclists, infotainment system.
press 5. crossing traffic, animals, or any . Shift into P (Park).
other object outside of the
Erasing Speed Memory The RVC will not work properly if
cameras’ field of view, below the
The cruise control set speed is bumper, or under the vehicle. the tailgate is down. If the tailgate is
erased from memory if 5 is pressed Shown distances may be different down, do not use this system.
or if the ignition is turned off. from actual distances. Do not Guidelines
drive or park the vehicle using
only these camera(s). Always The RVC system may have a
guideline overlay that can help the
check behind and around the
driver align the vehicle when
vehicle before driving. Failure to
backing into a parking spot.
use proper care may result in
injury, death, or vehicle damage. To turn the guidelines on or off:
1. Shift into P (Park).
If equipped, the RVC system is 2. Press SETTINGS on the home
designed to help the driver when screen of the infotainment
backing up by displaying a view of system.
the area behind the vehicle. When
the key is in ON/RUN and the driver 3. Select Rear Camera.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
4. Select Guidance Lines, then When the System Does Not

select Off or On. Seem to Work Properly
Rear Vision Camera Error The RVC system may not work
Messages properly or display a clear image if:
SERVICE REAR VISION CAMERA . It is dark.
SYSTEM : This message can . The sun or the beam of
display on the infotainment screen
headlamps are shining directly
when the system is not working
into the camera lens.
properly.
. Ice, snow, mud, or anything else
If any other problem occurs or if a
builds up on the camera lens.
problem persists, see your dealer.
Clean the lens, rinse it with
Rear Vision Camera Location 1. View displayed by the water, and wipe it with a soft
camera. cloth.
The camera is under the tailgate
handle. . The back of the vehicle is in an
accident. The position and
The area displayed by the camera is mounting angle of the camera
limited. It does not display objects can change or the camera can
that are close to either corner or be affected. Be sure to have the
under the bumper and can vary camera, its position, and
depending on vehicle orientation or mounting angle checked at your
road conditions. Displayed images dealer.
may be further or closer than they
appear. Disconnecting the Rear Vision
The following illustrations show the 1. View displayed by the Camera (RVC)
field of view that the camera camera. The RVC must be disconnected if
provides. 2. Corner of the rear bumper. the tailgate needs to be removed.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
FCA detects vehicles within a Detecting the Vehicle Ahead

distance of approximately 60 m
(197 ft) and operates at speeds
above 40 km/h (25 mph).
{ Warning
FCA is a warning system and
does not apply the brakes. When FCA warnings will not occur unless
approaching a slower-moving or the FCA system detects a vehicle
stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly, ahead. When a vehicle is detected,
or when following a vehicle too the vehicle ahead indicator will
The RVC is disconnected by closely, FCA may not provide a display green. Vehicles may not be
disconnecting the connector behind warning with enough time to help detected on curves, highway exit
the rear license plate. avoid a crash. It also may not ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility;
provide any warning at all. FCA or if a vehicle ahead is partially
Forward Collision Alert does not warn of pedestrians, blocked by pedestrians or other
animals, signs, guardrails, objects. FCA will not detect another
(FCA) System bridges, construction barrels, vehicle ahead until it is completely
If equipped, the FCA system may or other objects. Be ready to take in the driving lane.
help to avoid or reduce the harm action and apply the brakes. See
caused by front-end crashes. When
approaching a vehicle ahead too
Defensive Driving 0 215. { Warning
quickly, FCA provides a red flashing FCA does not provide a warning
alert on the windshield, and rapidly FCA can be disabled with the FCA to help avoid a crash, unless it
beeps. FCA also lights an amber steering wheel control. detects a vehicle. FCA may not
visual alert if following another detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA
vehicle much too closely. sensor is blocked by dirt, snow,
(Continued)
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
more rapidly which can cause a alerts will vary based on vehicle
Warning (Continued) brief, mild deceleration. Continue to speed. The faster the vehicle speed,
apply the brake pedal as needed. the farther away the alert will occur.
or ice, or if the windshield is Cruise control may be disengaged Consider traffic and weather
damaged. It may also not detect a when the Collision Alert occurs. conditions when selecting the alert
vehicle on winding or hilly roads, timing. The range of selectable alert
or in conditions that can limit Tailgating Alert timing may not be appropriate for all
visibility such as fog, rain, drivers and driving conditions.
or snow, or if the headlamps or
windshield are not cleaned or in Unnecessary Alerts
proper condition. Keep the FCA may provide unnecessary
windshield, headlamps, and FCA alerts for turning vehicles, vehicles
sensors clean and in good repair. in other lanes, objects that are not
vehicles, or shadows. These alerts
The vehicle ahead indicator will
Collision Alert are normal operation and the
display amber when you are
vehicle does not need service.
following a detected vehicle ahead
much too closely. Cleaning the System
Selecting the Alert Timing If the FCA system does not seem to
operate properly, cleaning the
The Collision Alert control is on the
outside of the windshield in front of
steering wheel. Press [ to set the the rearview mirror, and cleaning the
FCA timing to Far, Medium, Near, headlamps, may correct the issue.
When your vehicle approaches or Off. The first button press shows
another detected vehicle too rapidly, the current setting on the DIC. Lane Departure
the red lights will flash on the Additional button presses will
windshield. Also, eight rapid change this setting. The chosen Warning (LDW)
high-pitched beeps will sound from setting will remain until it is changed If equipped, LDW may help avoid
the front. When this Collision Alert and will affect the timing of both the crashes due to unintentional lane
occurs, the brake system may Collision Alert and the Tailgating departures. It may provide an alert if
prepare for driver braking to occur Alert features. The timing of both
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
the vehicle is crossing a lane

marking without using a turn signal Warning (Continued)
in that direction. LDW uses a
camera sensor to detect the lane If LDW only detects lane
markings at speeds of 56 km/h markings on one side of the road,
(35 mph) or greater. it will only warn you when
departing the lane on the side
When LDW is on, @ is green if
{ Warning where it has detected a lane
marking. Always keep your LDW is available to warn of a lane
attention on the road and departure. If the vehicle crosses a
The LDW system does not steer
maintain proper vehicle position detected lane marking without using
the vehicle. The LDW system
may not: within the lane, or vehicle the turn signal in that direction, @
damage, injury, or death could changes to amber and flashes.
. Provide enough time to Additionally, there will be three
occur. Always keep the
avoid a crash. beeps on the right or left, depending
windshield, headlamps, and
. Detect lane markings under camera sensors clean and in on the lane departure direction.
poor weather or visibility good repair. Do not use LDW in
conditions. This can occur if
When the System Does Not
bad weather conditions. Seem to Work Properly
the windshield or
headlamps are blocked by The system may not detect lanes as
dirt, snow, or ice; if they are How the System Works well when there are:
not in proper condition; or if The LDW camera sensor is on the . Close vehicles ahead.
the sun shines directly into windshield ahead of the rearview
the camera. mirror. . Sudden lighting changes, such
. as when driving through tunnels.
Detect road edges.
To turn LDW on and off, press @ on . Banked roads.
. Detect lanes on winding or the center stack. The control
hilly roads. indicator will light when LDW is on. If the LDW system is not functioning
(Continued) properly when lane markings are
clearly visible, cleaning the
windshield may help.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
LDW alerts may occur due to tar

marks, shadows, cracks in the road,
Fuel Use regular unleaded gasoline
meeting ASTM specification D4814
temporary or construction lane For diesel engine vehicles, see with a posted octane rating of 87 or
markings, or other road “Fuel for Diesel Engines” in the higher. Do not use gasoline with a
imperfections. This is normal system Duramax diesel supplement. posted octane rating of less than 87,
operation; the vehicle does not need GM recommends the use of TOP as this may cause engine knock and
service. Turn LDW off if these TIER® detergent gasoline to keep will lower fuel economy.
conditions continue. the engine cleaner and reduce Prohibited Fuels
engine deposits. See
www.toptiergas.com for a list of TOP
Caution
TIER detergent gasoline marketers
and applicable countries. Do not use fuels with any of the
following conditions; doing so
may damage the vehicle and void
its warranty:
. For vehicles which are not
FlexFuel, fuel labeled
greater than 15% ethanol by
volume, such as mid-level
ethanol blends (16 – 50%
ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel.
. Fuel with any amount of
methanol, methylal, and
aniline. These fuels can
Do not use any fuel labeled E85 or corrode metal fuel system
FlexFuel. Do not use gasoline with parts or damage plastic and
ethanol levels greater than 15% by rubber parts.
volume. (Continued)
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
control system performance may be change, can help. GM Fuel System

Caution (Continued) affected. The malfunction indicator Treatment Cleaner is the only
lamp could turn on and the vehicle gasoline additive recommended by
. Fuel containing metals such may not pass a smog-check test. General Motors. It is available at
as methylcyclopentadienyl See Malfunction Indicator Lamp your dealer.
manganese tricarbonyl (Check Engine Light) 0 118. If this
(MMT), which can damage
the emissions control
occurs, return to your authorized Filling the Tank
dealer for diagnosis. If it is
system and spark plugs. determined that the condition is If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
. Fuel with a posted octane caused by the type of fuel used, see “Filling the Tank” in the
rating of less than the repairs may not be covered by the Duramax diesel supplement.
recommended fuel. Using vehicle warranty.
this fuel will lower fuel { Warning
economy and performance, Fuels in Foreign
and may decrease the life of Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn
the emissions catalyst.
Countries violently and can cause injury or
The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post death.
fuel octane ratings in anti-knock . To help avoid injuries to you
California Fuel index (AKI). For fuel not to use in a and others, read and follow
Requirements foreign country, see “Prohibited all the instructions on the
Fuels” in Fuel 0 266. fuel pump island.
If the vehicle is certified to meet
California Emissions Standards, it is . Turn off the engine when
designed to operate on fuels that Fuel Additives
refueling.
meet California specifications. See To keep fuel systems clean, TOP . Keep sparks, flames, and
the underhood emission control TIER® detergent gasoline is
label. If this fuel is not available in smoking materials away
recommended. See Fuel 0 266.
states adopting California Emissions from fuel.
If TOP TIER detergent gasoline is (Continued)
Standards, the vehicle will operate
not available, one bottle of GM Fuel
satisfactorily on fuels meeting
System Treatment Cleaner added to
federal specifications, but emission
the fuel tank at every engine oil
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)

. Do not leave the fuel pump . Vehicle performance issues,
unattended. including engine stalling and
. Do not use a cell phone damage to the fuel system.
while refueling. . Fuel spills.
. Do not reenter the vehicle . Potential fuel fires.
while pumping fuel.
. Keep children away from Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait a
the fuel pump and never let few seconds after you have finished
children pump fuel. pumping before removing the
The hinged fuel door is on the driver nozzle. Clean fuel from painted
. Fuel can spray out if the side of the vehicle. To open the fuel
refueling nozzle is inserted surfaces as soon as possible. See
door, push and release the rearward Exterior Care 0 356.
too quickly. This spray can center edge of the door.
happen if the tank is nearly
full, and is more likely in hot The vehicle has a capless refueling
system and does not have a fuel
{ Warning
weather. Insert the refueling
nozzle slowly and wait for cap. The filling nozzle must be fully If a fire starts while you are
any hiss noise to stop prior inserted and latched prior to starting refueling, do not remove the
to beginning to flow fuel. fuel flow. nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by
shutting off the pump or by
{ Warning notifying the station attendant.
Leave the area immediately.
Overfilling the fuel tank by more
than three clicks of a standard fill
nozzle may cause:
(Continued)
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Filling the Tank with a Portable 3. Remove and clean the funnel
Gas Can adapter and return to the Warning (Continued)
If the vehicle runs out of fuel and storage location.
operating the nozzle.
must be filled from a portable Contact should be
gas can: Filling a Portable Fuel maintained until the filling is
Container complete.
. Do not smoke while
{ Warning pumping fuel.
Never fill a portable fuel container . Do not use a cellular phone
while it is in the vehicle. Static while pumping fuel.
electricity discharge from the
1. Locate the capless funnel container can ignite the fuel
adapter from inside the vehicle. vapor. You can be badly burned
2. Insert and latch the funnel into and the vehicle damaged if this
the capless fuel system. occurs. To help avoid injury to you
and others:
{ Warning . Dispense fuel only into
approved containers.
Attempting to refuel without using
. Do not fill a container while
the funnel adapter may cause fuel
it is inside a vehicle, in a
spillage and damage the capless vehicle's trunk, pickup bed,
fuel system. This could cause a or on any surface other than
fire and you or others could be the ground.
badly burned and the vehicle
could be damaged. . Bring the fill nozzle in
contact with the inside of
the fill opening before
(Continued)
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Trailer Towing . Do not tow a trailer during the

first 800 km (500 mi) to prevent Warning (Continued)
damage to the engine, axle,
General Towing or other parts.
. Do not drive with the
Information liftgate, trunk/hatch,
. Then during the first 800 km or rear-most window open.
Only use towing equipment that has (500 mi) of trailer towing, do not
. Fully open the air outlets on
been designed for the vehicle. drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and
do not make starts at full throttle. or under the instrument
Contact your dealer or trailering
panel.
dealer for assistance with preparing . Vehicles can tow in D (Drive).
the vehicle for towing a trailer. Read . Also adjust the climate
Shift the transmission to a lower
the entire section before towing a gear if the transmission shifts control system to a setting
trailer. too often under heavy loads and/ that brings in only outside
or hilly conditions. air. See “Climate Control
For towing a disabled vehicle, see
Systems” in the Index.
Towing the Vehicle 0 351. For . If equipped with 4WD, see
towing the vehicle behind another Four-Wheel Drive 0 247 before For more information about
vehicle such as a motor home, see pulling a trailer. carbon monoxide, see Engine
Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 351. Exhaust 0 240.
Driving Characteristics { Warning

Towing a trailer requires a certain
and Towing Tips When towing a trailer, exhaust amount of experience. The
gases may collect at the rear of combination you are driving is
Driving with a Trailer the vehicle and enter if the longer and not as responsive as the
When towing a trailer: liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most vehicle itself. Get acquainted with
. Become familiar with the state window is open. the handling and braking of the rig
before setting out for the open road.
and local laws that apply to When towing a trailer:
trailer towing. Before starting, check all trailer hitch
(Continued)
parts and attachments, safety
chains, electrical connectors, lamps,
tires, and mirrors. If the trailer has
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
electric brakes, start the right, move your hand to the right. Driving on Grades
combination moving and then apply Always back up slowly and,
Reduce speed and shift to a lower
the trailer brake controller by hand if possible, have someone
gear before starting down a long or
to be sure the brakes work. guide you.
steep downgrade. If the
During the trip, check occasionally Making Turns transmission is not shifted down, the
to be sure that the load is secure brakes might get hot and no longer
and the lamps and any trailer work well.
brakes still work.
Caution
Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Shift
Following Distance Making very sharp turns while the transmission to a lower gear if
trailering could cause the trailer to the transmission shifts too often
Stay at least twice as far behind the come in contact with the vehicle. under heavy loads and/or hilly
vehicle ahead as you would when The vehicle could be damaged. conditions.
driving the vehicle without a trailer. Avoid making very sharp turns
This can help to avoid heavy The Tow/Haul Mode may be used if
while trailering. the transmission shifts too often.
braking and sudden turns.
See Tow/Haul Mode 0 245.
Passing When turning with a trailer, make When towing at high altitude on
More passing distance is needed wider turns than normal. Do this so steep uphill grades, consider the
when towing a trailer. The the trailer will not strike soft following: Engine coolant will boil at
combination will not accelerate as shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees, a lower temperature than at normal
quickly and is longer so it is or other objects. Avoid jerky or altitudes. If the engine is turned off
necessary to go much farther sudden maneuvers. Signal well in immediately after towing at high
beyond the passed vehicle before advance. altitude on steep uphill grades, the
returning to the lane. If the trailer turn signal bulbs burn vehicle may show signs similar to
out, the arrows on the instrument engine overheating. To avoid this,
Backing Up
cluster will still flash for turns. It is let the engine run while parked,
Hold the bottom of the steering important to check occasionally to preferably on level ground, with the
wheel with one hand. To move the be sure the trailer bulbs are still transmission in P (Park) for a few
trailer to the left, move that hand to working.
the left. To move the trailer to the
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
minutes before turning the engine 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then brake system. It is a good idea to
off. If the overheat warning comes apply the parking brake and inspect these before and during
on, see Engine Overheating 0 296. shift into P (Park). the trip.
Parking on Hills 5. Release the brake pedal. Check periodically to see that all
hitch nuts and bolts are tight.
Leaving After Parking on a Hill
{ Warning 1. Apply and hold the brake Trailer Towing
Parking the vehicle on a hill with pedal.
Do not tow a trailer during break-in.
the trailer attached can be 2. Start the engine. See New Vehicle Break-In 0 232.
dangerous. If something goes
3. Shift into a gear.
wrong, the rig could start to move.
People can be injured, and both 4. Release the parking brake. { Warning
the vehicle and the trailer can be 5. Let up on the brake pedal. The driver can lose control when
damaged. When possible, always pulling a trailer if the correct
6. Drive slowly until the trailer is
park the rig on a flat surface. equipment is not used or the
clear of the chocks.
vehicle is not driven properly. For
7. Stop and have someone pick example, if the trailer is too heavy
If parking the rig on a hill:
up and store the chocks. or the trailer brakes are
1. Press the brake pedal, but do inadequate for the load, the
not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn Maintenance when Trailer
Towing vehicle may not stop as expected.
the wheels into the curb if
The driver and passengers could
facing downhill or into traffic if The vehicle needs service more
facing uphill. be seriously injured. The vehicle
often when pulling a trailer. See may also be damaged; the
2. Have someone place chocks Maintenance Schedule 0 366. resulting repairs would not be
under the trailer wheels. Things that are especially important
covered by the vehicle warranty.
in trailer operation are automatic
3. When the wheel chocks are in Pull a trailer only if all the steps in
transmission fluid, engine oil, axle
place, release the regular lubricant, belts, cooling system, and this section have been followed.
brakes until the chocks absorb (Continued)
the load.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
handling, acceleration, braking, passengers, and cargo in the tow

Warning (Continued) durability, and fuel economy. vehicle must be subtracted from the
Successful, safe trailering takes trailer weight rating.
Ask your dealer for advice and correct equipment, and it has to be
information about towing a trailer Use the following chart to determine
used properly. how much the vehicle can weigh,
with the vehicle.
The following information has many based upon the vehicle model and
time-tested, important trailering tips options.
and safety rules. Many of these are
Caution important for your safety and that of
your passengers. Read this section
Pulling a trailer improperly can carefully before pulling a trailer.
damage the vehicle and result in
costly repairs not covered by the Weight of the Trailer
vehicle warranty. To pull a trailer How heavy can a trailer safely be?
correctly, follow the advice in this It depends on how the rig is used.
section and see your dealer for Speed, altitude, road grades,
important information about outside temperature, and how much
towing a trailer with the vehicle. the vehicle is used to pull a trailer
are all important. It can depend on
See Vehicle Load Limits 0 226 for any special equipment on the
more information about the vehicle's vehicle, and the amount of tongue
maximum load capacity. weight the vehicle can carry. See
“Weight of the Trailer Tongue” later
To identify the trailering capacity of in this section for more information.
the vehicle, read the information in
“Weight of the Trailer” later in this Trailer Weight Rating (TWR) is
section. calculated assuming the tow vehicle
has only the driver but all required
Trailering is different than just trailering equipment. Weight of
driving the vehicle by itself. additional optional equipment,
Trailering means changes in
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
SAE J2807 Compliant

Engine Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR (a)
2.5L L4 4.10 1 587 kg (3,500 lb) 3 856 kg (8,500 lb)
3.6L V6 3.42 3 175 kg (7,000 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb)
(a) The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle
and trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be
exceeded.
Ask your dealer for trailering the vehicle to exceed the

information or advice. GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating) or the RGAWR (Rear Gross
Weight of the Trailer Tongue Axle Weight Rating).
The tongue load (1) of any trailer is After loading the trailer, weigh the
very important because it is also trailer and then the tongue,
part of the vehicle weight. The separately, to see if the weights are
Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) proper. If they are not, adjustments
includes the curb weight of the might be made by moving some
vehicle, any cargo carried in it, and items around in the trailer.
the people who will be riding in the
vehicle as well as trailer tongue Total Weight on the Vehicle's
weight. Vehicle options, equipment, Trailer tongue weight (1) should be Tires
passengers and cargo in the vehicle 10–15% of the loaded trailer Be sure the vehicle's tires are
reduce the amount of tongue weight weight (2) up to 408 kg (900 lb). inflated to the inflation pressures
the vehicle can carry, which will also
Trailer rating may be limited by the found on the Certification/Tire label
reduce the trailer weight the vehicle
vehicle's ability to carry tongue on the center pillar or see Vehicle
can tow.
weight. Tongue weight cannot cause Load Limits 0 226. Make sure not to
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
exceed the GVWR limit for the weight-carrying hitch which simply
vehicle, or the RGAWR, with the tow features a coupler latched to the
vehicle and trailer fully loaded for hitch ball, or a tow eye latched to a
the trip including the weight of the pintle hook. Other trailers may
trailer tongue. If using a require a weight-distributing hitch
weight-distributing hitch, make sure that uses spring bars to distribute
not to exceed the RGAWR before the trailer tongue weight among the
applying the weight distribution tow vehicle and trailer axles.
spring bars. If a step-bumper hitch will be used,
Weight of the Trailering the bumper could be damaged in
Combination sharp turns. Make sure there
is ample room when turning to avoid
It is important that the combination contact between the trailer and the 1. Front of Vehicle
of the tow vehicle and trailer does bumper.
not exceed any of its weight ratings 2. Body to Ground Distance
— GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR, Trailer A step-bumper hitch is limited to When using a weight-distributing
Weight Rating, or Tongue Weight. 1 587 kg (3,500 lb) total weight. hitch, the spring bars should be
The only way to be sure it is not Consider using sway controls with adjusted so the distance (2) is the
exceeding any of these ratings is to any trailer. Ask a trailering same after coupling the trailer to the
weigh the tow vehicle and trailer professional about sway controls or tow vehicle and adjusting the hitch.
combination, fully loaded for the trip, refer to the trailer manufacturer's
getting individual weights for each of recommendations and instructions. Safety Chains
these items. Always attach chains between the
Weight-Distributing Hitch vehicle and the trailer. Cross the
Towing Equipment Adjustment safety chains under the tongue of
A weight-distributing hitch may be the trailer to help prevent the tongue
Hitches useful with some trailers. from contacting the road if it
The correct hitch equipment helps becomes separated from the hitch.
maintain combination control. Many Instructions about safety chains
trailers can be towed with a may be provided by the hitch
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
manufacturer or by the trailer . Black: Ground A four-wire harness, without

manufacturer. Always leave just . Gray: Back-up lamps connector, is secured behind the left
enough slack so the combination side kick panel. The harness
can turn. Never allow safety chains . Orange: Battery feed contains the following circuits:
to drag on the ground. . Blue: Trailer brake . Red/Green: Battery feed
Trailer Brakes To help charge a remote . Black: Ground
A loaded trailer that weighs more (non-vehicle) battery, press the Tow/
. White/Blue: Brake signal to
than 900 kg (2,000 lb) needs to have Haul Mode button on the center
stack. If the trailer is too light for controller
its own brake system that is
Tow/Haul Mode, turn on the . Blue: Trailer Brake power to
adequate for the weight of the
trailer. Be sure to read and follow headlamps to help charge the trailer connector
the instructions for the trailer brakes battery. To remove the left side kick panel,
so they are installed, adjusted, and Trailer Brake Control Wiring start at the front of the panel pulling
maintained properly. Harness toward the rear of the vehicle and lift
upward to disengage the integral
Trailer Wiring Harness clips.
For vehicles not equipped with
heavy-duty trailering, a harness is Tow/Haul Mode
secured underneath the left side of
the vehicle, next to the spare tire.
The harness requires the installation
of a trailer connector, which is
available through your dealer. The
seven-wire harness contains the
following trailer circuits:
. Yellow: Left stop/turn signal
. Green: Right stop/turn signal
. Brown: Taillamps/parking lamps
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Press this button on the center . When pulling a heavy trailer or a Trailer Sway
stack to turn on and off the Tow/ large or heavy load in
Haul Mode. stop-and-go traffic.
Control (TSC)
. When pulling a heavy trailer or a Vehicles with StabiliTrak have a
large or heavy load in busy Trailer Sway Control (TSC) feature.
parking lots where improved low Trailer sway is unintended
speed control of the vehicle is side-to-side motion of a trailer while
desired. being towed. If the vehicle is towing
a trailer and the TSC detects that
Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul sway is increasing, the vehicle
when lightly loaded or with no trailer brakes are selectively applied at
This indicator light on the instrument
at all will not cause damage. each wheel, to help reduce
cluster comes on when the Tow/
However, there is no benefit to the excessive trailer sway. If the vehicle
Haul Mode is on.
selection of Tow/Haul when the is equipped with the Integrated
Tow/Haul is a feature that assists vehicle is unloaded. Such a Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system,
when pulling a heavy trailer or a selection when unloaded may result and the trailer has the electric
large or heavy load. See Tow/Haul in unpleasant engine and actuated brake system, StabiliTrak
Mode 0 245. transmission driving characteristics may also apply the trailer brakes.
Tow/Haul is designed to be most and reduced fuel economy. Tow/
Haul is recommended only when If TSC is enabled, the Traction
effective when the vehicle and Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak
trailer combined weight is at least pulling a heavy trailer or a large or
heavy load. warning light will flash on the
75 percent of the vehicle's Gross instrument cluster. Vehicle speed
Combined Weight Rating (GCWR). If the vehicle has a diesel engine, must be reduced. If trailer sway
See “Weight of the Trailer” under the Tow/Haul button activates the continues, StabiliTrak can reduce
Trailer Towing 0 272. Tow/Haul is exhaust brake system engine torque to help slow the
most useful under the following simultaneously. See “Exhaust vehicle. See Traction Control/
driving conditions: Brake” in the Duramax diesel Electronic Stability Control 0 256.
. When pulling a heavy trailer or a supplement.
large or heavy load through
rolling terrain.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
{ Warning Conversions and Caution

Even if the vehicle is equipped
Add-Ons Some electrical equipment can
with TSC, trailer sway could result damage the vehicle or cause
in loss of control and the vehicle
Add-On Electrical components to not work and
could crash. If excessive trailer Equipment would not be covered by the
sway is detected, slow down to a vehicle warranty. Always check
safe speed. Check the trailer and { Warning with your dealer before adding
vehicle to help correct possible electrical equipment.
causes. These could include an The Data Link Connector (DLC) is
improperly or overloaded trailer, used for vehicle service and
Emission Inspection/Maintenance Add-on equipment can drain the
unrestrained cargo, improper vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the
trailer hitch configuration, testing. See Malfunction Indicator
vehicle is not operating.
excessive vehicle-trailer speed, Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 118.
or improperly inflated or incorrect A device connected to the DLC — The vehicle has an airbag system.
vehicle or trailer tires. See Towing such as an aftermarket fleet or Before attempting to add anything
driver-behavior tracking device — electrical to the vehicle, see
Equipment 0 275 for trailer ratings
may interfere with vehicle Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
and hitch setup
systems. This could affect vehicle Vehicle 0 68 and Adding Equipment
recommendations. to the Airbag-Equipped
operation and cause a crash.
Such devices may also access Vehicle 0 68.
Adding non-dealer accessories can information stored in the vehicle’s
affect the vehicle performance. See systems.
Accessories and
Modifications 0 281.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Vehicle Care 279
Vehicle Care Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

Battery - North America . . . . . . 300
Electrical System
Electrical System Overload . . . 309
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Front Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 Engine Compartment Fuse
General Information Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 280 Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 303 Instrument Panel Fuse
California Proposition Automatic Transmission Shift Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Lock Control Function
California Perchlorate Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 Wheels and Tires
Materials Requirements . . . . . 280 Ignition Transmission Lock Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Accessories and Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Park Brake and P (Park) Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Vehicle Checks Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 305 All-Terrain Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 305 Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 318
Doing Your Own
Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Headlamp Aiming Tire Terminology and
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 306 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Engine Compartment
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283 Bulb Replacement Tire Pressure Monitor
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 306 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 288 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306 Tire Pressure Monitor
Automatic Transmission Headlamps, Front Turn Signal, Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 Sidemarker, and Parking Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Manual Transmission Fluid . . . 290 Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 Taillamps, Turn Signal, When It Is Time for New
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 291 Stoplamps, and Back-Up Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 Center High-Mounted Different Size Tires and
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 296 Stoplamp (CHMSL) and Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Engine Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 Uniform Tire Quality
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 309 Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
280 Vehicle Care
Wheel Alignment and Tire

Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
General Information cause cancer and birth defects or
other reproductive harm. Engine
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 334 For service and parts needs, visit exhaust, many parts and systems,
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335 your dealer. You will receive many fluids, and some component
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 genuine GM parts and GM-trained wear by-products contain and/or
Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 and supported service people. emit these chemicals.
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 346 Genuine GM parts have one of See Battery - North America 0 300
Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 347 these marks: and Jump Starting - North
Jump Starting America 0 348.
Jump Starting - North
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 California Perchlorate
Towing the Vehicle Materials Requirements
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 351 Certain types of automotive
Recreational Vehicle applications, such as airbag
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 initiators, safety belt pretensioners,
and lithium batteries contained in
Appearance Care
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters,
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
may contain perchlorate materials.
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Special handling may be necessary.
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
For additional information, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
California Proposition perchlorate.
65 Warning
WARNING: Most motor vehicles,
including this one, as well as many
of its service parts and fluids,
contain and/or emit chemicals
known to the State of California to
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Vehicle Care 281
Accessories and Damage to vehicle components

resulting from modifications or the
Vehicle Checks
Modifications installation or use of non-GM
Adding non-dealer accessories or certified parts, including control Doing Your Own
making modifications to the vehicle module or software modifications, is Service Work
can affect vehicle performance and not covered under the terms of the
safety, including such things as
airbags, braking, stability, ride and
vehicle warranty and may affect
remaining warranty coverage for
{ Warning
handling, emissions systems, affected parts. It can be dangerous to work on
aerodynamics, durability, and GM Accessories are designed to your vehicle if you do not have
electronic systems like antilock complement and function with other the proper knowledge, service
brakes, traction control, and stability systems on the vehicle. See your manual, tools, or parts. Always
control. These accessories or dealer to accessorize the vehicle follow owner’s manual procedures
modifications could even cause using genuine GM Accessories and consult the service manual
malfunction or damage not covered installed by a dealer technician. for your vehicle before doing any
by the vehicle warranty. service work.
Also, see Adding Equipment to the
Damage to suspension components Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 68.
caused by modifying vehicle height
If doing some of your own service
outside of factory settings will not be
work, use the proper service
manual. It tells you much more
about how to service the vehicle
than this manual can. To order the
proper service manual, see Service
Publications Ordering
Information 0 392.
This vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to do your own
service work, see Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 68.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
282 Vehicle Care
Keep a record with all parts receipts To close the hood:

and list the mileage and the date of 1. Before closing the hood, be
any service work performed. See sure all the filler caps are
Maintenance Records 0 378. properly installed.
Caution 2. Lower the hood to 20 cm (8 in)

above the vehicle and release
Even small amounts of it so it fully latches. Check to
contamination can cause damage make sure the hood is firmly
to vehicle systems. Do not allow closed by lifting up on the front
contaminants to contact the fluids, edge of the hood. Repeat the
reservoir caps, or dipsticks. process if necessary.
2. Go to the front of the vehicle to
Hood find the secondary hood
release handle. The handle is
To open the hood: under the front edge of the
hood near the center. Push the
handle to the right and at the
same time raise the hood.
1. Pull the hood release lever with

this symbol on it. It is inside the
vehicle to the lower left of the
steering wheel.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Vehicle Care 283
Engine Compartment Overview
2.5L L4 Engine
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
284 Vehicle Care
1. Coolant Surge Tank and

Pressure Cap. See Engine
Coolant 0 294.
2. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 291.
3. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See
Engine Oil 0 286.
4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of
View). See Cooling
System 0 292.
5. Engine Oil Dipstick. See
Engine Oil 0 286.
6. Engine Compartment Fuse
Block 0 310.
7. Brake/Clutch Fluid Reservoir.
See Brake Fluid 0 299 or
Hydraulic Clutch 0 290 (If
Equipped).
8. Windshield Washer Fluid
Reservoir. See Washer
Fluid 0 298.
9. Battery - North America 0 300.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Vehicle Care 285
3.6L V6 Engine
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
286 Vehicle Care
1. Coolant Surge Tank and Engine Oil Checking Engine Oil

Pressure Cap. See Engine
For diesel engine vehicles, see Check the engine oil level regularly,
Coolant 0 294.
“Engine Oil” in the Duramax diesel every 650 km (400 mi), especially
2. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 291. supplement. prior to a long trip. The engine oil
3. Engine Oil Dipstick. See dipstick handle is a loop. See
To ensure proper engine Engine Compartment Overview
Engine Oil 0 286. performance and long life, careful 0 283 for the location.
4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of attention must be paid to engine oil.
View). See Cooling
System 0 292.
Following these simple, but
important steps will help protect { Warning
your investment:
5. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See The engine oil dipstick handle
Engine Oil 0 286. . Use engine oil approved to the may be hot; it could burn you.
proper specification and of the Use a towel or glove to touch the
6. Engine Compartment Fuse
proper viscosity grade. See dipstick handle.
Block 0 310.
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”
7. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See in this section.
Brake Fluid 0 299. If a low oil Driver Information Center
. Check the engine oil level (DIC) message displays, check the
8. Windshield Washer Fluid regularly and maintain the oil level.
Reservoir. See Washer proper oil level. See “Checking
Fluid 0 298. Engine Oil” and “When to Add Follow these guidelines:
9. Battery - North America 0 300. Engine Oil” in this section. . To get an accurate reading, park
. Change the engine oil at the the vehicle on level ground.
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, Check the engine oil level after
see the Duramax diesel appropriate time. See Engine Oil
Life System 0 288. the engine has been off for at
supplement. least two hours. Checking the
. Always dispose of engine oil engine oil level on steep grades
properly. See “What to Do with or too soon after engine shutoff
Used Oil” in this section. can result in incorrect readings.
Accuracy improves when
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Vehicle Care 287
checking a cold engine prior to

starting. Remove the dipstick Caution (Continued)
and check the level.
has so much oil that the oil level
. If unable to wait two hours, the gets above the cross-hatched
engine must be off for at least area that shows the proper
15 minutes if the engine is operating range, the engine could
warm, or at least 30 minutes if 3.6L V6 Engine be damaged. You should drain
the engine is not warm. Pull out If the oil is below the cross-hatched out the excess oil or limit driving
the dipstick, wipe it with a clean area at the tip of the dipstick and of the vehicle and seek a service
paper towel or cloth, then push it the engine has been off for at least professional to remove the
back in all the way. Remove it 15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of the
again, keeping the tip down, and excess amount of oil.
recommended oil and then recheck
check the level. the level. See “Selecting the Right
Engine Oil” later in this section for See Engine Compartment Overview
When to Add Engine Oil 0 283 for the location of the engine
an explanation of what kind of oil to
use. For engine oil crankcase oil fill cap.
capacity, see Capacities and Add enough oil to put the level
Specifications 0 380. somewhere in the proper operating
range. Push the dipstick all the way
Caution back in when through.
2.5L L4 Engine Do not add too much oil. Oil Selecting the Right Engine Oil
levels above or below the Selecting the right engine oil
acceptable operating range depends on both the proper oil
shown on the dipstick are harmful specification and viscosity grade.
to the engine. If you find that you See Recommended Fluids and
have an oil level above the Lubricants 0 375.
operating range, i.e., the engine
(Continued)
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
288 Vehicle Care
Specification Cold Temperature Operation: In an What to Do with Used Oil

Ask for and use engine oils that area of extreme cold, where the
Used engine oil contains certain
meet the dexos1™ specification. temperature falls below ✓29 °C
elements that can be unhealthy for
Engine oils that have been (✓20 °F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be
your skin and could even cause
approved by GM as meeting the used for the 3.6L V6 engine and
cancer. Do not let used oil stay on
dexos1 specification are marked SAE 0W-20 viscosity grade engine
your skin for very long. Clean your
with the dexos1 approved logo. See oil may be used for the 2.5L L4
skin and nails with soap and water,
www.gmdexos.com. engine. An oil of this viscosity grade
or a good hand cleaner. Wash or
will provide easier cold starting for
properly dispose of clothing or rags
the engine at extremely low
containing used engine oil. See the
temperatures. When selecting an oil
manufacturer's warnings about the
of the appropriate viscosity grade, it
use and disposal of oil products.
is recommended to select an oil of
the correct specification. See Used oil can be a threat to the
“Specification” earlier in this section. environment. If you change your
own oil, be sure to drain all the oil
Engine Oil Additives/Engine from the filter before disposal. Never
Caution Oil Flushes dispose of oil by putting it in the
Do not add anything to the oil. The trash or pouring it on the ground,
Failure to use the recommended
recommended oils meeting the into sewers, or into streams or
engine oil or equivalent can result bodies of water. Recycle it by taking
in engine damage not covered by dexos1 specification are all that is
needed for good performance and it to a place that collects used oil.
the vehicle warranty.
engine protection.
Engine oil system flushes are not
Engine Oil Life System
Viscosity Grade
recommended and could cause When to Change Engine Oil
Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade engine damage not covered by the
engine oil for the 3.6L V6 engine. vehicle warranty. This vehicle has a computer system
Use SAE 5W-20 viscosity grade that indicates when to change the
engine oil for the 2.5L L4 engine. engine oil and filter. This is based
on a combination of factors which
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Vehicle Care 289
include engine revolutions, engine system. It is also important to check 2. Press and hold V on the DIC,
temperature, and miles driven. the oil regularly over the course of or SET/CLR on the turn signal
Based on driving conditions, the an oil drain interval and keep it at lever if the vehicle does not
mileage at which an oil change is the proper level. have DIC buttons, for several
indicated can vary considerably. For If the system is ever reset seconds. The oil life will
the oil life system to work properly, accidentally, the oil must be change to 100%.
the system must be reset every time changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)
the oil is changed. The oil life system can also be reset
since the last oil change. as follows:
On some vehicles, when the system Remember to reset the oil life
has calculated that oil life has been system whenever the oil is changed. 1. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING
diminished, a CHANGE ENGINE on the DIC. See Driver
OIL SOON message comes on to How to Reset the Engine Oil Information Center (DIC) (Base
indicate that an oil change is Life System Level) 0 126 or Driver
necessary. See Engine Oil Information Center (DIC)
Reset the system whenever the
Messages 0 134. Change the oil as (Uplevel) 0 129.
engine oil is changed so that the
soon as possible within the next system can calculate the next 2. Fully press the accelerator
1 000 km (600 mi). It is possible that, engine oil change. Always reset the pedal slowly three times within
if driving under the best conditions, engine oil life to 100% after every oil five seconds.
the oil life system might indicate that change. It will not reset itself. To
an oil change is not necessary for If the display shows 100%, the
reset the engine oil life system: system is reset.
up to a year. The engine oil and
filter must be changed at least once 1. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING If the vehicle has a CHANGE
a year and, at this time, the system on the DIC. See Driver ENGINE OIL SOON message and it
must be reset. For vehicles without Information Center (DIC) (Base comes back on when the vehicle is
the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON Level) 0 126 or Driver started and/or the OIL LIFE
message, an oil change is needed Information Center (DIC) REMAINING is near 0%, the engine
when the OIL LIFE REMAINING (Uplevel) 0 129. If the vehicle oil life system has not been reset.
percentage is near 0%. Your dealer does not have DIC buttons, the Repeat the procedure.
has trained service people who will vehicle must be in P (Park) to
perform this work and reset the access this display.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
290 Vehicle Care
Automatic Transmission Manual Transmission When to Check and What

Fluid Fluid to Use
How to Check Automatic How to Check Manual

Transmission Fluid Transmission Fluid
It is not necessary to check the It is not necessary to check the
transmission fluid level. manual transmission fluid level.
A transmission fluid leak is the only A transmission fluid leak is the only
reason for fluid loss. If a leak reason for fluid loss. If a leak
occurs, take the vehicle to your occurs, take the vehicle to your The brake/hydraulic clutch fluid
dealer and have it repaired as soon dealer and have it repaired as soon reservoir cap has this symbol on it.
as possible. as possible. See Recommended The common brake/clutch fluid
Fluids and Lubricants 0 375 for the reservoir is filled with DOT 3 brake
There is a special procedure for fluid as indicated on the reservoir
checking and changing the proper fluid to use.
cap. See Engine Compartment
transmission fluid. Because this Overview 0 283 for reservoir
procedure is difficult, this should be Hydraulic Clutch
location.
done at your dealer. Contact your For vehicles with a manual
dealer for additional information or transmission, it is not necessary to How to Check and Add Fluid
the procedure can be found in the regularly check brake/clutch fluid Visually check the brake/clutch fluid
service manual. To purchase a unless there is a leak suspected. reservoir to make sure the fluid level
service manual, see Service Adding fluid will not correct a leak. is at the MIN (minimum) line on the
Publications Ordering A fluid loss in this system could front of the reservoir. The brake/
Information 0 392. indicate a problem. Have the hydraulic clutch fluid system should
Change the fluid and filter at the system inspected and repaired. be closed and sealed.
intervals listed in Maintenance
Schedule 0 366, and be sure to use
the fluid listed in Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants 0 375.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Vehicle Care 291
Do not remove the cap to check the cleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shake To inspect or replace the engine air
fluid level or to top-off the fluid level. the engine air cleaner/filter (away cleaner/filter:
Remove the cap only when from the vehicle), to release loose 1. Remove the screws (1) on top
necessary to add the proper fluid dust and dirt. Inspect the engine air of the engine air cleaner/filter
until the level reaches the MIN line. cleaner/filter for damage, and housing.
replace if damaged. Do not clean
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter the engine air cleaner/filter or 2. Disconnect the electrical
components with water or connector (2).
The engine air cleaner/filter is in the compressed air.
engine compartment on the 3. Disconnect the outlet duct by
passenger side of the vehicle. See To inspect or replace the air cleaner/ loosening the air duct
Engine Compartment filter: clamp (3).
Overview 0 283. 4. Lift the filter cover housing
away from the engine air
When to Inspect the Engine Air cleaner/filter housing.
Cleaner/Filter
5. Pull out the filter.
For intervals on changing and
inspecting the engine air cleaner/ 6. Inspect or replace the engine
filter, see Maintenance air cleaner/filter.
Schedule 0 366. 7. Reverse Steps 2–5 to reinstall
the filter cover housing.
How to Inspect the Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter
Do not start the engine or have the
engine running with the engine air 2.5L L4 Gas Engine Shown, 2.8L
cleaner/filter housing open. Before L4 Diesel Engine Similar
removing the engine air cleaner/
filter, make sure that the engine air 1. Screws
cleaner/filter housing and nearby 2. Electrical Connector
components are free of dirt and 3. Air Duct Clamp
debris. Remove the engine air
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
292 Vehicle Care
4. Lift the filter cover housing

away from the engine air Caution
cleaner/filter housing.
If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt
5. Pull out the filter. can easily get into the engine,
6. Inspect or replace the engine which could damage it. Always
air cleaner/filter. have the air cleaner/filter in place
when you are driving.
7. Reverse Steps 2–5 to reinstall
the filter cover housing.
Cooling System
{ Warning The cooling system allows the
3.6L V6 Engine Operating the engine with the air engine to maintain the correct
cleaner/filter off can cause you or working temperature.
1. Screws others to be burned. The air
2. Electrical Connector cleaner not only cleans the air; it
3. Air Duct Clamp helps to stop flames if the engine
To inspect or replace the engine air backfires. Use caution when
cleaner/filter: working on the engine and do not
drive with the air cleaner/filter off.
1. Remove the screws (1) on top
of the engine air cleaner/filter
housing.
2. Disconnect the electrical
connector (2).
3. Disconnect the outlet duct by
loosening the air duct
clamp (3).
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Vehicle Care 293
{ Warning
Heater and radiator hoses, and
other engine parts, can be very
hot. Do not touch them. If you do,
you can be burned.
Do not run the engine if there is a
leak. If you run the engine, it
could lose all coolant. That could
cause an engine fire, and you
could be burned. Get any leak
2.5L L4 Gas Engine Shown, 2.8L 3.6L V6 Engine fixed before you drive the vehicle.
L4 Diesel Engine Similar
1. Coolant Surge Tank and
1. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap
Pressure Cap 2. Engine Cooling Fan (Out Caution
2. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View)
of View) Using coolant other than
{ Warning DEX-COOL® can cause
premature engine, heater core,
An electric engine cooling fan or radiator corrosion. In addition,
under the hood can start up even the engine coolant could require
when the engine is not running changing sooner. Any repairs
and can cause injury. Keep would not be covered by the
hands, clothing, and tools away vehicle warranty. Always use
from any underhood electric fan. DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant
in the vehicle.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
294 Vehicle Care
Engine Coolant Warning (Continued) Caution

The cooling system in the vehicle is
filled with DEX-COOL® engine could catch fire and you or others If improper coolant mixture,
coolant mixture. See Recommended could be burned. Use a 50/ inhibitors, or additives are used in
Fluids and Lubricants 0 375 and 50 mixture of clean, drinkable the vehicle cooling system, the
Maintenance Schedule 0 366. water and DEX-COOL coolant. engine could overheat and be
The following explains the cooling damaged. Too much water in the
system and how to check and add Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, mixture can freeze and crack
coolant when it is low. If there is a drinkable water and DEX-COOL engine cooling parts. The repairs
problem with engine overheating, coolant. If using this mixture, would not be covered by the
see Engine Overheating 0 296. nothing else needs to be added. vehicle warranty. Use only the
proper mixture of engine coolant
What to Use This mixture: for the cooling system. See
. Gives freezing protection down Recommended Fluids and
{ Warning to ✓37 °C (✓34 °F) outside Lubricants 0 375.
temperature.
Adding only plain water or some
. Gives boiling protection up to Never dispose of engine coolant by
other liquid to the cooling system
129 °C (265 °F) engine putting it in the trash, or by pouring
can be dangerous. Plain water
temperature. it on the ground, or into sewers,
and other liquids, can boil before
the proper coolant mixture will. . Protects against rust and streams or, bodies of water. Have
corrosion. the coolant changed by an
The coolant warning system is set
authorized service center, familiar
for the proper coolant mixture. . Will not damage aluminum parts. with legal requirements regarding
With plain water or the wrong . used coolant disposal. This will help
Helps keep the proper engine
mixture, the engine could get too protect the environment and your
temperature.
hot but you would not get the health.
overheat warning. The engine
(Continued)
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Vehicle Care 295
Checking Coolant
Warning (Continued)
The vehicle must be on a level
surface when checking the coolant and it will burn if the engine parts
level. are hot enough. Do not spill
Check to see if coolant is visible in coolant on a hot engine.
the coolant surge tank. If the coolant The coolant surge tank pressure
inside the coolant surge tank is cap can be removed when the
boiling, do not do anything else until cooling system, including the surge
it cools down.
Caution
tank pressure cap and upper
If coolant is visible but the coolant This vehicle has a specific radiator hose, is no longer hot.
level is not at or above the mark coolant fill procedure. Failure to 1. Turn the pressure cap slowly
pointed to, add a 50/50 mixture of follow this procedure could cause counterclockwise. If a hiss is
clean, drinkable water and the engine to overheat and be heard, wait for that to stop.
DEX-COOL coolant. severely damaged. A hiss means there is still
Be sure the cooling system is cool some pressure left.
before this is done. 2. Keep turning the cap and
If no coolant is visible in the coolant { Warning remove it.
surge tank, add coolant as follows:
Steam and scalding liquids from a
How to Add Coolant to the hot cooling system can blow out
Coolant Surge Tank and burn you badly. Never turn
the cap when the cooling system,
{ Warning including the surge tank pressure
cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling
You can be burned if you spill system and surge tank pressure
coolant on hot engine parts. cap to cool.
Coolant contains ethylene glycol
(Continued)
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
296 Vehicle Care
5. Replace the cap tightly. If the decision is made not to lift the
hood when this warning appears,
Caution get service help right away. See
Roadside Assistance
If the pressure cap is not tightly Program 0 387.
installed, coolant loss and If the decision is made to lift the
possible engine damage may hood, make sure the vehicle is
occur. Be sure the cap is properly parked on a level surface.
and tightly secured.
Then check to see if the engine
cooling fan is running. If the engine
Engine Overheating is overheating, the fan should be
running. If it is not, do not continue
3. Fill the coolant surge tank with The vehicle has an engine coolant to run the engine and have the
the proper mixture to the mark temperature gauge on the vehicle serviced.
pointed to on the front of the instrument cluster to warn of engine
coolant surge tank. overheating. See Engine Coolant If Steam Is Coming from the
Temperature Gauge 0 115. Engine Compartment
4. With the coolant surge tank
cap off, start the engine and let
it run until the upper radiator Caution { Warning
hose starts getting hot. Watch
out for the engine cooling fan. Running the engine without Steam from an overheated engine
By this time, the coolant level coolant may cause damage or a can burn you badly, even if you
inside the coolant surge tank fire. Vehicle damage would not be just open the hood. Stay away
may be lower. If the level is covered by the vehicle warranty. from the engine if you see or hear
lower, add more of the proper steam coming from it. Just turn it
mixture to the coolant surge off and get everyone away from
tank until the level reaches the the vehicle until it cools down.
mark pointed to on the front of (Continued)
the coolant surge tank.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Vehicle Care 297
Warning (Continued)
1. Turn the air conditioning off. Engine Fan
2. Turn the heater on to the If the vehicle has a clutched engine
Wait until there is no sign of highest temperature and to the cooling fan, when the clutch is
steam or coolant before you open highest fan speed. Open the engaged, the fan spins faster to
the hood. windows as necessary. provide more air to cool the engine.
If you keep driving when the 3. When it is safe to do so, pull off In most everyday driving conditions,
the road, shift to P (Park) or the fan is spinning slower and the
engine is overheated, the liquids
N (Neutral), and let the clutch is not fully engaged. This
in it can catch fire. You or others improves fuel economy and reduces
engine idle.
could be badly burned. Stop the fan noise. Under heavy vehicle
engine if it overheats, and get out If the engine coolant temperature
loading, trailer towing, and/or high
of the vehicle until the engine gauge is no longer in the overheat outside temperatures, the fan speed
is cool. zone, the vehicle can be driven. increases as the clutch more fully
Continue to drive the vehicle slowly
engages, so an increase in fan
for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe noise may be heard. This is normal
If No Steam Is Coming from distance from the vehicle in front.
the Engine Compartment and should not be mistaken as the
If the warning does not come back transmission slipping or making
If an engine overheat warning is on, continue to drive normally and
extra shifts. It is merely the cooling
displayed but no steam can be seen have the cooling system checked system functioning properly. The fan
or heard, the problem may not be for proper fill and function. will slow down when additional
too serious. Sometimes the engine If the warning continues, pull over, cooling is not required and the
can get a little too hot when the stop, and park the vehicle clutch disengages.
vehicle: right away. This fan noise may also be heard
. Climbs a long hill on a hot day. If there is no sign of steam, idle the when starting the engine. It will go
. Stops after high-speed driving. engine for three minutes while away as the fan clutch partially
parked. If the warning is still disengages.
. Idles for long periods in traffic. displayed, turn off the engine until it If the vehicle has electric cooling
If the overheat warning is displayed cools down. fan(s), the fans may be heard
with no sign of steam: spinning at low speed during most
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
298 Vehicle Care
everyday driving. The fans may turn Adding Washer Fluid

off if no cooling is required. Under Caution (Continued)
heavy vehicle loading, trailer towing,
. Do not mix water with
high outside temperatures,
or operation of the air conditioning ready-to-use washer fluid.
system, the fans may change to Water can cause the
high speed and an increase in fan solution to freeze and
noise may be heard. This is normal damage the washer fluid
and indicates that the cooling tank and other parts of the
Open the cap with the washer washer system.
system is functioning properly. The
symbol on it. Add washer fluid until .
fans will change to low speed when When using concentrated
the tank is full. See Engine
additional cooling is no longer washer fluid, follow the
Compartment Overview 0 283 for
required. manufacturer instructions for
reservoir location.
The electric engine cooling fans adding water.
may run after the engine has been Caution . Fill the washer fluid tank
turned. off. This is normal and no only three-quarters full when
service is required. . Do not use washer fluid that it is very cold. This allows
contains any type of water for fluid expansion if
Washer Fluid repellent coating. This can freezing occurs, which could
cause the wiper blades to damage the tank if it is
What to Use chatter or skip. completely full.
When windshield washer fluid needs . Do not use engine coolant
to be added, be sure to read the (antifreeze) in the Brakes
manufacturer's instructions before windshield washer. It can
use. Use a fluid that has sufficient damage the windshield Disc brake pads have built-in wear
protection against freezing in an washer system and paint. indicators that make a high-pitched
area where the temperature may fall warning sound when the brake pads
(Continued) are worn and new pads are needed.
below freezing.
The sound can come and go or be
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Vehicle Care 299
heard all the time the vehicle is Properly torqued wheel nuts are Brake Fluid
moving, except when applying the necessary to help prevent brake
brake pedal firmly. pulsation. When tires are rotated,
inspect brake pads for wear and
{ Warning evenly tighten wheel nuts in the
proper sequence to torque
The brake wear warning sound specifications in Capacities and
means that soon the brakes will Specifications 0 380.
not work well. That could lead to Brake linings should always be The brake/clutch master cylinder
a crash. When the brake wear replaced as complete axle sets. reservoir is filled with GM approved
warning sound is heard, have the DOT 3 brake fluid as indicated on
vehicle serviced. Brake Pedal Travel
the reservoir cap. See Engine
See your dealer if the brake pedal Compartment Overview 0 283 for
does not return to normal height, the location of the reservoir.
or if there is a rapid increase in
Caution pedal travel. This could be a sign Checking Brake Fluid
Continuing to drive with worn-out that brake service may be required. Place the vehicle in P (Park) or
brake pads could result in costly Neutral with the parking brake
Replacing Brake System Parts applied if equipped with a manual
brake repair.
Always replace brake system parts transmission. On a level surface,
with new, approved replacement the brake fluid level should be
Some driving conditions or climates parts. If this is not done, the brakes between the minimum and
can cause a brake squeal when the may not work properly. The braking maximum marks on the brake fluid
brakes are first applied or lightly performance expected can change reservoir.
applied. This does not mean in many other ways if the wrong
something is wrong with the brakes. replacement brake parts are
installed or parts are improperly
installed.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
300 Vehicle Care
There are only two reasons why the

brake fluid level in the reservoir may { Warning { Warning
go down:
If too much brake fluid is added, it The wrong or contaminated brake
. Normal brake lining wear. When can spill on the engine and burn, fluid could result in damage to the
new linings are installed, the if the engine is hot enough. You brake system. This could result in
fluid level goes back up. or others could be burned, and the loss of braking leading to a
. A fluid leak in the brake/clutch the vehicle could be damaged. possible injury. Always use the
hydraulic system. Have the Add brake fluid only when work is proper GM approved brake fluid.
brake/clutch hydraulic system done on the brake/clutch
fixed. With a leak, the brakes will hydraulic system.
not work well.
Caution
Always clean the brake fluid When the brake/clutch fluid falls to a
reservoir cap and the area around low level, the brake warning light If brake fluid is spilled on the
the cap before removing it. comes on. See Brake System vehicle's painted surfaces, the
Do not top off the brake/clutch fluid. Warning Light 0 120. paint finish can be damaged.
Adding fluid does not correct a leak. Brake fluid absorbs water over time Immediately wash off any painted
If fluid is added when the linings are which degrades the effectiveness of surface.
worn, there will be too much fluid the brake fluid. Replace brake fluid
when new brake linings are at the specified intervals to prevent
installed. Add or remove fluid, as increased stopping distance. See
Battery - North America
necessary, only when work is done Maintenance Schedule 0 366. For diesel engine vehicles, see
on the brake/clutch hydraulic “Battery” in the Duramax diesel
system. What to Add
supplement.
Use only GM approved DOT 3
The original equipment battery is
brake fluid from a clean, sealed
maintenance free. Do not remove
container. See Recommended
the cap and do not add fluid.
Fluids and Lubricants 0 375.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Vehicle Care 301
Refer to the replacement number Vehicle Storage How to Check Lubricant

shown on the original battery label
when a new battery is needed. See
Engine Compartment Overview
{ Warning
0 283 for battery location. Batteries have acid that can burn
you and gas that can explode.
{ Warning You can be badly hurt if you are
not careful. See Jump Starting -
WARNING: Battery posts, North America 0 348 for tips on
terminals, and related working around a battery without
accessories contain lead and lead getting hurt.
compounds, chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer and birth defects or other Infrequent Usage: Remove the
black, negative (✓) cable from the Automatic Transfer Case
reproductive harm. Batteries also
contain other chemicals known to battery to keep the battery from
running down. 1. Drain Plug
the State of California to cause 2. Fill Plug
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER Extended Storage: Remove the
HANDLING. black, negative (✓) cable from the
battery or use a battery trickle
See California Proposition charger.
65 Warning 0 280.
Four-Wheel Drive
Transfer Case
When to Check Lubricant
Refer to Maintenance Schedule
0 366 to determine when to check
the lubricant.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
302 Vehicle Care
When to Change Lubricant How to Check Lubricant

Refer to Maintenance Schedule
0 366 to determine how often to
change the lubricant.
What to Use
Refer to Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 375 to determine what
kind of lubricant to use.
Front Axle
Electronic Transfer Case When to Check and Change
Lubricant
Front Axle for 2.5L Shown, Front
1. Drain Plug It is not necessary to regularly Axle for 3.6L Similar
2. Fill Plug check front axle fluid unless a leak
To get an accurate reading, the is suspected, or an unusual noise is 1. Drain Plug
vehicle should be on a level heard. A fluid loss could indicate a 2. Fill Plug
surface. problem. Have it inspected and
repaired. To get an accurate reading, the
If the level is below the bottom of vehicle should be on a level
the fill plug (2) hole, located on the surface.
transfer case, some lubricant will If the level is below the bottom of
need to be added. Add enough the fill plug (2) hole, located on the
lubricant to raise the level to the front axle, some lubricant will need
bottom of the fill plug (2) hole. Use to be added. Add enough lubricant
care not to overtighten the plug. to raise the level to the bottom of
the fill plug (2) hole. Use care not to
overtighten the plug.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Vehicle Care 303
What to Use five minutes after the vehicle has If the level is below the bottom of
Refer to Recommended Fluids and been driven will appear to have a the fill plug (2) hole, located on the
Lubricants 0 375 to determine what lower fluid level than a vehicle that rear axle, some lubricant will need
kind of lubricant to use. has been stationary for an hour or to be added. Add enough lubricant
two. The rear axle assembly must to raise the level to the bottom of
be supported on a flat, level surface the fill plug (2) hole. Use care not to
Rear Axle to get a true reading. overtighten the plug.
When to Check and Change How to Check Lubricant What to Use
Lubricant
Refer to Recommended Fluids and
It is not necessary to regularly Lubricants 0 375 to determine what
check rear axle fluid unless a leak is kind of lubricant to use.
suspected, or an unusual noise is
heard. A fluid loss could indicate a
problem. Have it inspected and
Starter Switch Check
repaired.
All axle assemblies are filled by
{ Warning
volume of fluid during production. When you are doing this
They are not filled to reach a certain inspection, the vehicle could
level. When checking the fluid level move suddenly. If the vehicle
on any axle, variations in the moves, you or others could be
readings can be caused by factory Rear Axle for 2.5L Shown, Rear injured.
fill differences between the minimum Axle for 3.6L Similar
and the maximum fluid volume.
Also, if a vehicle has just been 1. Drain Plug 1. Before starting this check, be
driven before checking the fluid 2. Fill Plug sure there is enough room
level, it may appear lower than around the vehicle.
normal because fluid has traveled To get an accurate reading, the
vehicle should be on a level 2. Apply both the parking brake
out along the axle tubes and has and the regular brake.
not drained back to the sump area. surface.
Therefore, a reading taken
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
304 Vehicle Care
Do not use the accelerator Automatic Transmission Ignition Transmission

pedal, and be ready to turn off
the engine immediately if it
Shift Lock Control Lock Check
starts. Function Check While parked, and with the parking
3. For automatic transmission brake set, try to turn the ignition to
vehicles, try to start the engine { Warning LOCK/OFF in each shift lever
position.
in each gear. The vehicle
should start only in P (Park) or When you are doing this . For automatic transmission
N (Neutral). If the vehicle starts inspection, the vehicle could vehicles, the ignition should turn
in any other position, contact move suddenly. If the vehicle to LOCK/OFF only when the
your dealer for service. moves, you or others could be shift lever is in P (Park).
injured.
For manual transmission . For manual transmission
vehicles, put the shift lever in vehicles, the ignition should turn
Neutral, push the clutch pedal 1. Before starting this check, be to LOCK/OFF only when you
down halfway, and try to start sure there is enough room press the key release button.
the engine. The vehicle should around the vehicle. It should be
parked on a level surface. On all vehicles, the ignition key
start only when the clutch
should come out only in LOCK/OFF.
pedal is pushed down all the 2. Apply the parking brake. Be
way to the floor. If the vehicle ready to apply the regular Contact your dealer if service is
starts when the clutch pedal is brake immediately if the vehicle required.
not pushed all the way down, begins to move.
contact your dealer for service.
3. With the engine off, turn the
ignition on, but do not start the
engine. Without applying the
regular brake, try to move the
shift lever out of P (Park) with
normal effort. If the shift lever
moves out of P (Park), contact
your dealer for service.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Vehicle Care 305
Park Brake and P (Park) . To check the P (Park)

Caution (Continued)
mechanism's holding ability:
Mechanism Check With the engine running, shift to
P (Park). Then release the the vehicle warranty. Do not allow
{ Warning parking brake followed by the the wiper arm to touch the
windshield.
regular brake.
When you are doing this check,
the vehicle could begin to move. Contact your dealer if service is
required. To replace the windshield wiper
You or others could be injured blade:
and property could be damaged.
Make sure there is room in front Wiper Blade Replacement 1. Pull the windshield wiper
of the vehicle in case it begins to Windshield wiper blades should be assembly away from the
roll. Be ready to apply the regular inspected for wear or cracking. windshield.
brake at once should the vehicle Replacement blades come in
begin to move. different types and are removed in
different ways. For proper
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the windshield wiper blade length and
vehicle facing downhill. Keeping type, see Maintenance
your foot on the regular brake, set Replacement Parts 0 377.
the parking brake.
. To check the parking brake's Caution
holding ability: With the engine
Allowing the wiper arm to touch
running and the transmission in
N (Neutral), slowly remove foot the windshield when no wiper
pressure from the regular brake blade is installed could damage
pedal. Do this until the vehicle is the windshield. Any damage that
held by the parking brake only. occurs would not be covered by
(Continued)
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
306 Vehicle Care
2. Press the button (2) in the

middle of the wiper arm
Headlamp Aiming Bulb Replacement
connector, and pull the wiper Headlamp aim has been preset and For the proper type of replacement
blade away from the arm should need no further adjustment. bulbs, see Replacement
connector (1). If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, Bulbs 0 309.
3. Remove the wiper blade. the headlamp aim may be affected. For any bulb-changing procedure
If adjustment to the headlamps is not listed in this section, contact
4. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper
necessary, see your dealer. your dealer.
blade replacement.
Halogen Bulbs
{ Warning
Halogen bulbs have pressurized
gas inside and can burst if you
drop or scratch the bulb. You or
others could be injured. Be sure
to read and follow the instructions
on the bulb package.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Vehicle Care 307
Headlamps, Front Turn Headlamp Taillamps, Turn Signal,

Signal, Sidemarker, and 1. Open the hood. Stoplamps, and Back-Up
Parking Lamps 2. Remove the headlamp bulb Lamps
cover by turning it 1. Open the tailgate.
counterclockwise.
3. Turn the bulb socket
counterclockwise to remove it
from the headlamp assembly
and pull it straight out.
4. Unplug the electrical connector
from the old bulb by releasing
the clip on the bulb socket.
Turn Signal/Sidemarker/
Parking Lamp
Driver Side 1. Open the hood.
1. Low-Beam Headlamp 2. Turn the bulb socket
counterclockwise to remove it 2. Remove the two rear lamp
2. High-Beam Headlamp assembly screws.
3. Front Turn Signal/ from the headlamp assembly
Sidemarker/Parking Lamp and pull it straight out. 3. Pull the rear lamp assembly
3. Remove the bulb by pulling it outboard away from the box
See your dealer for passenger side side until the retainers release.
replacement. straight out of the bulb socket.
There will be a noise when the
retainers release.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
308 Vehicle Care
Center High-Mounted
Stoplamp (CHMSL) and
Cargo Lamp
4. Pull the rear lamp assembly 9. Verify the retainer ring is in the
straight back to remove it from proper position. If the retainer
the vehicle. ring is out of position, it will not
5. Turn the bulb socket engage. Reset the retainer by
counterclockwise. pulling it forward with a tool.
10. Push the rear lamp assembly 1. Cargo Lamp Bulbs
6. Pull the bulb straight out from
the socket. straight in until it is seated 2. Center High-Mounted
against the vehicle. Stoplamp (CHMSL) Bulb
7. Replace the bulb, then insert
the bulb socket into the rear 11. Make sure the rear lamp
lamp assembly and turn assembly is flush with the
clockwise. box side.
12. Reinstall the two rear lamp
assembly screws.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Vehicle Care 309
To replace one of these bulbs: Exterior Lamp Bulb Electrical System

Number
Cargo Lamp 921 (W16W) Electrical System
Center 921LL Overload
High-Mounted The vehicle has fuses to protect
Stoplamp against an electrical system
(CHMSL) overload. Fuses also protect power
Front Turn Signal 7444NA-T devices in the vehicle.
Lamp and Replace a bad fuse with a new one
Parking Lamp of the identical size and rating.
Sidemarker Lamp W5W LL If there is a problem on the road and
a fuse needs to be replaced, there
High-Beam 9005 LL
1. Remove the two screws and lift is a fuse puller in the Engine
Headlamp
off the lamp assembly. Compartment Fuse Block. Replace
Low-Beam H11 LL the fuse as soon as possible with
2. Turn the bulb socket Headlamp one of the same amperage rating.
counterclockwise and pull it
straight out. Stoplamp/Taillamp/ 7443 W21/ Headlamp Wiring
Turn Signal Lamp 5W LL-T
3. Pull the bulb straight out from An electrical overload may cause
the socket. Stoplamp/Turn 1157 the lamps to go on and off, or in
Signal Lamp/ some cases to remain off. Have the
Replacement Bulbs Taillamp* headlamp wiring checked right away
* Chassis Cab Models if the lamps go on and off or
Exterior Lamp Bulb remain off.
Number
For replacement bulbs not listed
Back-up Lamp 921 (W16W) here, contact your dealer.
Back-up Lamp* 1156
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
310 Vehicle Care
Windshield Wipers If a fuse goes out, replace the fuse

as soon as you can. Caution
If the wiper motor overheats due to
heavy snow or ice, the windshield Spilling liquid on any electrical
wipers will stop until the motor cools Engine Compartment component on the vehicle may
and will then restart. Fuse Block damage it. Always keep the
Although the circuit is protected If the vehicle has a diesel engine, covers on any electrical
from electrical overload, overload see the Duramax diesel component.
due to heavy snow or ice may supplement.
cause wiper linkage damage. The engine compartment fuse block A fuse puller is available inside this
Always clear ice and heavy snow is in the engine compartment, on fuse block.
from the windshield before using the the driver side of the vehicle.
windshield wipers.
If the overload is caused by an
electrical problem and not snow or
ice, be sure to get it fixed.
Fuses
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are
protected from short circuits by
fuses. This greatly reduces the
chance of fires caused by electrical
problems.
Look at the silver-colored band
inside the fuse. If the band is broken
or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure Lift the cover to access the fuse
you replace a bad fuse with a new block.
one of the identical size and rating.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Vehicle Care 311

10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
312 Vehicle Care
The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage Fuses Usage

with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown. F11 Miscellaneous 1/ F27 Trailer brake
Ignition control module
Fuses Usage
F12 Starter F28 Rear window
F1 Traction control
F13 Traction control defogger
module power
module F29 –
F2 Engine control
module power F14 – F30 Driver heated seat
F3 A/C clutch F15 – F31 –
F4 – F16 – F32 Passenger
F17 Front axle actuator heated seat
F5 Engine control
module/Integrated F18 – F33 Body control
chassis control module 3
module/Fuel pump F19 Aeroshutters
F34 Fuel system control
power module F20 – module
F6 Wipers F21 Front blower F35 Integrated chassis
F7 Cargo lamp/Bed F22 Antilock brake control module (if
lighting (if system valves equipped)
equipped) F36 Center
F23 –
F8 Fuel injectors high-mounted
- even F24 Trailer stoplamp
F9 Fuel injectors - odd F25 Transfer case F37 Right high-beam
electronic control headlamp
F10 Engine control
module 1 F26 Antilock brake F38 Left high-beam
system pump headlamp
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Vehicle Care 313
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage

F39 – F56 Washer pump F71 –
F40 – F57 – F72 –
F41 – F58 – F73 –
F42 – F59 Trailer wiring F74 Generator
F43 Cooling fan F60 Mirrors defogger F75 –
F44 Vacuum pump F61 –
Relays Usage
F45 – F62 Canister vent
solenoid K1 A/C clutch
F46 Engine control
module 2 F63 – K2 Starter
F47 Miscellaneous 2/ F64 Trailer K3 –
Ignition reverse lamp K4 Wipers speed
F48 Fog lamps (if F65 Left trailer K5 Wipers control
equipped) stoplamp/Turn
signal lamps K6 Cargo lamp/Bed
F49 – lighting (if
F50 Trailer parking F66 Right trailer equipped)
lamps stoplamp/Turn
signal lamps K7 Powertrain
F51 Horn K8 –
F67 Electric power
F52 – steering K9 –
F53 – F68 – K10 –
F54 – F69 Battery regulated K11 Center
F55 – voltage control high-mounted
F70 – stoplamp
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
314 Vehicle Care
Relays Usage Instrument Panel Fuse

K12 Vacuum pump Block
K13 Vacuum pump
K14 Trailer parking
lamps
K15 Run/Crank
K16 –
K17 Rear window
defogger
The instrument panel fuse block is

behind the passenger side cowl side
trim panel. Remove the plastic nut
at the front of the cover, then pull
the cover away from the trim panel
to access the fuse block.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Vehicle Care 315
Fuses Usage
F3 –
F4 Steering wheel
controls
F5 Body control module 2
F6 –
F7 –
F8 Mirror window module
F9 Instrument cluster
F10 –
F12 –
F13 OnStar/HVAC
F14 Radio/HMI
F16 Communication
gateway module
F18 Airbag
The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage
with all of the fuses, relays, and F19 –
features shown. F1 Body control module 1 F20 Amplifier (if equipped)
F2 – F21 –
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
316 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Wheels and Tires

F22 – F37 –
F23 Data link F38 –
Tires
connector/USB F39 Auxiliary power Every new GM vehicle has
F24 HVAC ignition outlet 2 high-quality tires made by a
leading tire manufacturer. See
F25 Body control module 7 F40 Auxiliary power outlet
the warranty manual for
F26 – F41 Auxiliary power information regarding the tire
F27 – outlet 1/Lighter warranty and where to get
F42 Left power window service. For additional
F28 Instrument panel/
Sensing and F43 Driver power seat information refer to the tire
diagnostic module/ manufacturer.
F44 –
Ignition
F29 Miscellaneous/Ignition
F45 Right power window { Warning
F46 Passenger power seat
F30 – . Poorly maintained and
F31 Front camera improperly used tires are
Relays Usage
dangerous.
F32 Steering wheel K1 Retained accessory
controls backlighting power
. Overloading the tires can
F33 Heated steering wheel cause overheating as a
K2 Run/Crank result of too much
F34 Front ventilated seats flexing. There could be a
F35 Park/Reverse/Neutral/ blowout and a serious
Drive/Low/Wireless crash. See Vehicle Load
charging module Limits 0 226.
F36 Discrete logic ignition (Continued)
sensor
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Vehicle Care 317
and weather conditions. Original

Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) equipment tires designed to GM's
specific tire performance criteria
. Underinflated tires pose . Replace any tires that have a TPC specification code
the same danger as have been damaged by molded onto the sidewall. Original
overloaded tires. The impacts with potholes, equipment all-season tires can be
resulting crash could curbs, etc. identified by the last two characters
cause serious injury. . Improperly repaired tires of this TPC code, which will
Check all tires frequently be “MS.”
can cause a crash. Only
to maintain the the dealer or an Consider installing winter tires on
recommended pressure. authorized tire service the vehicle if frequent driving on
Tire pressure should be center should repair, snow or ice-covered roads is
checked when the tires expected. All-season tires provide
replace, dismount, and adequate performance for most
are cold. mount the tires. winter driving conditions, but they
. Overinflated tires are . Do not spin the tires in may not offer the same level of
more likely to be cut, excess of 56 km/h traction or performance as winter
punctured, or broken by (35 mph) on slippery tires on snow or ice-covered roads.
a sudden impact — such See Winter Tires 0 317.
surfaces such as snow,
as when hitting a pothole. mud, ice, etc. Excessive
Keep tires at the Winter Tires
spinning may cause the
recommended pressure. tires to explode. This vehicle was not originally
. Worn or old tires can equipped with winter tires. Winter
cause a crash. If the tires are designed for increased
tread is badly worn,
All-Season Tires traction on snow and ice-covered
roads. Consider installing winter
replace them. This vehicle may come with
tires on the vehicle if frequent
all-season tires. These tires are
(Continued) driving on ice or snow covered
designed to provide good overall
roads is expected. See your dealer
performance on most road surfaces
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
318 Vehicle Care
for details regarding winter tire All-Terrain Tires

availability and proper tire selection.
Also, see Buying New Tires 0 331. This vehicle may have all-terrain
tires. These tires provide good
With winter tires, there may be performance on most road surfaces,
decreased dry road traction, weather conditions, and for off-road
increased road noise, and shorter driving. See Off-Road Driving 0 218.
tread life. After changing to winter
tires, be alert for changes in vehicle The tread pattern on these tires may
handling and braking. wear more quickly than other tires.
Consider rotating the tires more
If using winter tires: frequently than at 12 000 km
. Use tires of the same brand and (7,500 mi) intervals if irregular wear
tread type on all four wheel is noted when the tires are Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example
positions. inspected. See Tire
Inspection 0 329. (1) Tire Size : The tire size is a
. Use only radial ply tires of the combination of letters and
same size, load range, and numbers used to define a
speed rating as the original Tire Sidewall Labeling
particular tire's width, height,
equipment tires. Useful information about a tire is aspect ratio, construction type,
Winter tires with the same speed molded into its sidewall. The and service description. See the
rating as the original equipment tires examples show a typical “Tire Size” illustration later in this
may not be available for H, V, W, Y, passenger vehicle tire and a section.
and ZR speed rated tires. If winter compact spare tire sidewall.
tires with a lower speed rating are (2) TPC Spec (Tire
chosen, never exceed the tire's Performance Criteria
maximum speed capability. Specification) : Original
equipment tires designed to
GM's specific tire performance
criteria have a TPC specification
code molded onto the sidewall.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Vehicle Care 319
GM's TPC specifications meet or manufacturer and plant code, replaced. This spare tire should
exceed all federal safety tire size, and date the tire was not be driven on over 112 km/h
guidelines. manufactured. The TIN is (70 mph), or 88 km/h (55 mph)
(3) DOT (Department of molded onto both sides of the when pulling a trailer, with the
Transportation) : The tire, although only one side may proper inflation pressure. See
Department of Transportation have the date of manufacture. Full-Size Spare Tire 0 347.
(DOT) code indicates that the (5) Tire Ply Material : The type
tire is in compliance with the of cord and number of plies in
U.S. Department of the sidewall and under the tread.
Transportation Motor Vehicle (6) Uniform Tire Quality
Safety Standards. Grading (UTQG) : Tire
DOT Tire Date of manufacturers are required to
Manufacture : The last four grade tires based on three
digits of the TIN indicate the tire performance factors: treadwear,
manufactured date. The first two traction, and temperature
digits represent the week (01– resistance. For more information
52) and the last two digits, the see Uniform Tire Quality
year. For example, the third Grading 0 333. Compact Spare Tire Example
week of the year 2010 would (7) Maximum Cold Inflation (1) Tire Ply Material : The type
have a four-digit DOT date Load Limit : Maximum load that of cord and number of plies in
of 0310. can be carried and the the sidewall and under the tread.
(4) Tire Identification Number maximum pressure needed to (2) Temporary Use Only : The
(TIN) : The letters and numbers support that load. compact spare tire or temporary
following the DOT (Department (8) Temporary Use Only : Only use tire should not be driven at
of Transportation) code are the use a temporary spare tire until speeds over 80 km/h (50 mph).
Tire Identification Number (TIN). the road tire is repaired and The compact spare tire is for
The TIN shows the
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
320 Vehicle Care
emergency use when a regular (5) Tire Inflation : The Tire Designations
road tire has lost air and gone temporary use tire or compact
flat. If the vehicle has a compact spare tire should be inflated to Tire Size
spare tire, see Compact Spare 420 kPa (60 psi). For more The following is an example of a
Tire 0 346 and If a Tire Goes information on tire pressure and typical passenger vehicle
Flat 0 336. inflation see Tire tire size.
(3) Tire Identification Number Pressure 0 323.
(TIN) : The letters and numbers (6) Tire Size : A combination of
following the DOT (Department letters and numbers define a
of Transportation) code are the tire's width, height, aspect ratio,
Tire Identification Number (TIN). construction type, and service
The TIN shows the description. The letter T as the
manufacturer and plant code, first character in the tire size (1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire :
tire size, and date the tire was means the tire is for temporary The United States version of a
manufactured. The TIN is use only. metric tire sizing system. The
molded onto both sides of the (7) TPC Spec (Tire letter P as the first character in
tire, although only one side may Performance Criteria the tire size means a passenger
have the date of manufacture. Specification) : Original vehicle tire engineered to
(4) Maximum Cold Inflation equipment tires designed to standards set by the U.S. Tire
Load Limit : Maximum load that GM's specific tire performance and Rim Association.
can be carried and the criteria have a TPC specification (2) Tire Width : The three-digit
maximum pressure needed to code molded onto the sidewall. number indicates the tire section
support that load. GM's TPC specifications meet or width in millimeters from
exceed all federal safety sidewall to sidewall.
guidelines.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Vehicle Care 321
(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digit Tire Terminology and Bead : The tire bead contains
number that indicates the tire Definitions steel wires wrapped by steel
height-to-width measurements. cords that hold the tire onto
For example, if the tire size Air Pressure : The amount of the rim.
aspect ratio is 60, as shown in air inside the tire pressing
outward on each square inch of Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire
item 3 of the illustration, it would in which the plies are laid at
mean that the tire's sidewall is the tire. Air pressure is
expressed in kPa (kilopascal) alternate angles less than
60 percent as high as it is wide. 90 degrees to the centerline of
or psi (pounds per square inch).
(4) Construction Code : A letter the tread.
code is used to indicate the type Accessory Weight : The
combined weight of optional Cold Tire Pressure : The
of ply construction in the tire. amount of air pressure in a tire,
The letter R means radial ply accessories. Some examples of
optional accessories are measured in kPa (kilopascal)
construction; the letter D means or psi (pounds per square inch)
diagonal or bias ply automatic transmission, power
windows, power seats, and air before a tire has built up heat
construction; and the letter B from driving. See Tire
means belted-bias ply conditioning.
Pressure 0 323.
construction. Aspect Ratio : The relationship
of a tire's height to its width. Curb Weight : The weight of a
(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of motor vehicle with standard and
the wheel in inches. Belt : A rubber coated layer of optional equipment including the
(6) Service Description : These cords between the plies and the maximum capacity of fuel, oil,
characters represent the load tread. Cords may be made from and coolant, but without
index and speed rating of the steel or other reinforcing passengers and cargo.
tire. The load index represents materials.
DOT Markings : A code molded
the load carrying capacity a tire into the sidewall of a tire
is certified to carry. The speed signifying that the tire is in
rating is the maximum speed a compliance with the U.S.
tire is certified to carry a load.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
322 Vehicle Care
Department of Transportation Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A Normal Occupant Weight : The
(DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety tire used on light duty trucks and number of occupants a vehicle
Standards. The DOT code some multipurpose passenger is designed to seat multiplied by
includes the Tire Identification vehicles. 68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric Load Index : An assigned Limits 0 226.
designator which can also number ranging from 1 to 279 Occupant Distribution :
identify the tire manufacturer, that corresponds to the load Designated seating positions.
production plant, brand, and carrying capacity of a tire.
date of production. Outward Facing Sidewall : The
Maximum Inflation Pressure : side of an asymmetrical tire that
GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight The maximum air pressure to has a particular side that faces
Rating. See Vehicle Load which a cold tire can be inflated. outward when mounted on a
Limits 0 226. The maximum air pressure is vehicle. The side of the tire that
GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight molded onto the sidewall. contains a whitewall, bears
Rating for the front axle. See Maximum Load Rating : The white lettering, or bears
Vehicle Load Limits 0 226. load rating for a tire at the manufacturer, brand, and/or
GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight maximum permissible inflation model name molding that is
Rating for the rear axle. See pressure for that tire. higher or deeper than the same
Vehicle Load Limits 0 226. moldings on the other sidewall
Maximum Loaded Vehicle of the tire.
Intended Outboard Sidewall : Weight : The sum of curb
The side of an asymmetrical tire weight, accessory weight, Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A
that must always face outward vehicle capacity weight, and tire used on passenger cars and
when mounted on a vehicle. production options weight. some light duty trucks and
multipurpose vehicles.
Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric
unit for air pressure. Recommended Inflation
Pressure : Vehicle
manufacturer's recommended
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Vehicle Care 323
tire inflation pressure as shown Treadwear Indicators : Narrow Vehicle Maximum Load on the
on the tire placard. See Tire bands, sometimes called wear Tire : Load on an individual tire
Pressure 0 323 and Vehicle bars, that show across the tread due to curb weight, accessory
Load Limits 0 226. of a tire when only 1.6 mm weight, occupant weight, and
Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic (1/16 in) of tread remains. See cargo weight.
tire in which the ply cords that When It Is Time for New Vehicle Placard : A label
extend to the beads are laid at Tires 0 330. permanently attached to a
90 degrees to the centerline of UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality vehicle showing the vehicle
the tread. Grading Standards) : A tire capacity weight and the original
Rim : A metal support for a tire information system that equipment tire size and
and upon which the tire beads provides consumers with recommended inflation pressure.
are seated. ratings for a tire's traction, See “Tire and Loading
temperature, and treadwear. Information Label” under Vehicle
Sidewall : The portion of a tire Ratings are determined by tire Load Limits 0 226.
between the tread and the bead. manufacturers using
Speed Rating : An government testing procedures. Tire Pressure
alphanumeric code assigned to The ratings are molded into the Tires need the correct amount of
a tire indicating the maximum sidewall of the tire. See Uniform air pressure to operate
speed at which a tire can Tire Quality Grading 0 333. effectively.
operate. Vehicle Capacity Weight : The
Traction : The friction between number of designated seating
the tire and the road surface. positions multiplied by
The amount of grip provided. 68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated
cargo load. See Vehicle Load
Tread : The portion of a tire that Limits 0 226.
comes into contact with
the road.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
324 Vehicle Care
The Tire and Loading How to Check

Caution Information label on the vehicle Use a good quality pocket-type
Neither tire underinflation nor indicates the original equipment gauge to check tire pressure.
overinflation is good. tires and the correct cold tire Proper tire inflation cannot be
Underinflated tires, or tires inflation pressures. The determined by looking at the tire.
that do not have enough air, recommended pressure is the Check the tire inflation pressure
can result in: minimum air pressure needed to when the tires are cold, meaning
support the vehicle's maximum the vehicle has not been driven
. Tire overloading and load carrying capacity. See
overheating which could for at least three hours or no
Vehicle Load Limits 0 226. more than 1.6 km (1 mi).
lead to a blowout.
How the vehicle is loaded Remove the valve cap from the
. Premature or affects vehicle handling and ride
irregular wear. tire valve stem. Press the tire
comfort. Never load the vehicle gauge firmly onto the valve to
. Poor handling. with more weight than it was get a pressure measurement.
designed to carry. If the cold tire inflation pressure
. Reduced fuel economy.
When to Check matches the recommended
Overinflated tires, or tires that
pressure on the Tire and
have too much air, can Check the tires once a month or
Loading Information label, no
result in: more. Do not forget to check the
further adjustment is necessary.
. Unusual wear. spare tire. If the vehicle has a
If the inflation pressure is low,
compact spare tire, it should be
. Poor handling. add air until the recommended
at 420 kPa (60 psi). See
pressure is reached. If the
. Rough ride. Compact Spare Tire 0 346 and
inflation pressure is high, press
Full-Size Spare Tire 0 347 for
. Needless damage from on the metal stem in the center
additional information.
road hazards. of the tire valve to release air.
Re-check the tire pressure with
the tire gauge.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Vehicle Care 325
Return the valve caps on the (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire combined with the low tire pressure
valve stems to prevent leaks pressure telltale when one or more telltale. When the system detects a
and keep out dirt and moisture. of your tires is significantly malfunction, the telltale will flash for
under-inflated. approximately one minute and then
Tire Pressure Monitor Accordingly, when the low tire remain continuously illuminated.
pressure telltale illuminates, you This sequence will continue upon
System subsequent vehicle start-ups as
should stop and check your tires as
The Tire Pressure Monitor System soon as possible, and inflate them long as the malfunction exists.
(TPMS) uses radio and sensor to the proper pressure. Driving on a When the malfunction indicator is
technology to check tire pressure significantly under-inflated tire illuminated, the system may not be
levels. The TPMS sensors monitor causes the tire to overheat and can able to detect or signal low tire
the air pressure in your tires and lead to tire failure. Under-inflation pressure as intended. TPMS
transmit tire pressure readings to a also reduces fuel efficiency and tire malfunctions may occur for a variety
receiver located in the vehicle. tread life, and may affect the of reasons, including the installation
Each tire, including the spare (if vehicle's handling and stopping of replacement or alternate tires or
provided), should be checked ability. wheels on the vehicle that prevent
monthly when cold and inflated to Please note that the TPMS is not a the TPMS from functioning properly.
the inflation pressure recommended substitute for proper tire Always check the TPMS malfunction
by the vehicle manufacturer on the maintenance, and it is the driver's telltale after replacing one or more
vehicle placard or tire inflation responsibility to maintain correct tire tires or wheels on your vehicle to
pressure label. (If your vehicle has pressure, even if under-inflation has ensure that the replacement or
tires of a different size than the size not reached the level to trigger alternate tires and wheels allow the
indicated on the vehicle placard or illumination of the TPMS low tire TPMS to continue to function
tire inflation pressure label, you pressure telltale. properly.
should determine the proper tire See Tire Pressure Monitor
inflation pressure for those tires.) Your vehicle has also been
equipped with a TPMS malfunction Operation 0 326.
As an added safety feature, your indicator to indicate when the See Radio Frequency
vehicle has been equipped with a system is not operating properly. Statement 0 393.
tire pressure monitoring system The TPMS malfunction indicator is
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
326 Vehicle Care
Tire Pressure Monitor shown on the Tire and Loading A Tire and Loading Information label
Information label. See Vehicle Load shows the size of the original
Operation Limits 0 226. equipment tires and the correct
This vehicle may have a Tire A message to check the pressure in inflation pressure for the tires when
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). a specific tire displays in the Driver they are cold. See Vehicle Load
The TPMS is designed to warn the Information Center (DIC). The low Limits 0 226, for an example of the
driver when a low tire pressure tire pressure warning light and the Tire and Loading Information label
condition exists. TPMS sensors are DIC warning message come on at and its location. Also see Tire
mounted onto each tire and wheel each ignition cycle until the tires are Pressure 0 323.
assembly, excluding the spare tire inflated to the correct inflation The TPMS can warn about a low
and wheel assembly. The TPMS pressure. Using the DIC, tire tire pressure condition but it does
sensors monitor the air pressure in pressure levels can be viewed. For not replace normal tire
the tires and transmit the tire additional information and details maintenance. See Tire Inspection
pressure readings to a receiver about the DIC operation and 0 329, Tire Rotation 0 329, and
located in the vehicle. displays, see Driver Information Tires 0 316.
Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 126
or Driver Information Center (DIC) Caution
(Uplevel) 0 129
and Tire Messages 0 137. Tire sealant materials are not all
The low tire pressure warning light the same. A non-approved tire
may come on in cool weather when sealant could damage the TPMS
the vehicle is first started, and then sensors. TPMS sensor damage
When a low tire pressure condition turn off as the vehicle is driven. This caused by using an incorrect tire
is detected, the TPMS illuminates could be an early indicator that the sealant is not covered by the
the low tire pressure warning light air pressure is getting low and vehicle warranty. Always use only
located on the instrument cluster. needs to be inflated to the proper the GM approved tire sealant
If the warning light comes on, stop pressure. available through your dealer or
as soon as possible and inflate the
tires to the recommended pressure included in the vehicle.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Vehicle Care 327
TPMS Malfunction Light and . The TPMS sensor matching . Operating electronic devices or
Message process was not done or not being near facilities using radio
completed successfully after wave frequencies similar to the
The TPMS will not function properly rotating the tires. The TPMS could cause the TPMS
if one or more of the TPMS sensors malfunction light and the DIC sensors to malfunction.
are missing or inoperable. When the message should go off after
system detects a malfunction, the If the TPMS is not functioning
successfully completing the properly, it cannot detect or signal a
low tire pressure warning light sensor matching process. See
flashes for about one minute and low tire condition. See your dealer
“TPMS Sensor Matching for service if the TPMS malfunction
then stays on for the remainder of Process” later in this section.
the ignition cycle. A DIC warning light and DIC message come on
message also displays. The . One or more TPMS sensors are and stay on.
malfunction light and DIC warning missing or damaged. The
malfunction light and the DIC TPMS Sensor Matching
message come on at each ignition
cycle until the problem is corrected. message should go off when the Process
Some of the conditions that can TPMS sensors are installed and Each TPMS sensor has a unique
cause these to come on are: the sensor matching process is identification code. The identification
performed successfully. See code needs to be matched to a new
. One of the road tires has been
your dealer for service. tire/wheel position after rotating the
replaced with the spare tire. The
spare tire does not have a . Replacement tires or wheels do vehicle’s tires or replacing one or
TPMS sensor. The malfunction not match the original equipment more of the TPMS sensors. Also,
light and the DIC message tires or wheels. Tires and wheels the TPMS sensor matching process
should go off after the road tire other than those recommended should be performed after replacing
is replaced and the sensor could prevent the TPMS from a spare tire with a road tire
matching process is performed functioning properly. See Buying containing the TPMS sensor. The
successfully. See “TPMS Sensor New Tires 0 331. malfunction light and the DIC
Matching Process” later in this message should go off at the next
section. ignition cycle. The sensors are
matched to the tire/wheel positions,
using a TPMS relearn tool, in the
following order: driver side front tire,
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
328 Vehicle Care
passenger side front tire, passenger See Driver Information Center The horn sounds twice to
side rear tire, and driver side rear. (DIC) (Base Level) 0 126 or signal the receiver is in relearn
See your dealer for service or to Driver Information Center (DIC) mode and the TIRE
purchase a relearn tool. A TPMS (Uplevel) 0 129. LEARNING ACTIVE message
relearn tool can also be purchased. 4. If the vehicle has an uplevel displays on the DIC screen.
See Tire Pressure Monitor Sensor DIC, use the DIC controls on 6. Start with the driver side
Activation Tool at the right side of the steering front tire.
www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or wheel to scroll to the Tire
call 1-800-GM TOOLS 7. Place the relearn tool against
Pressure screen under the DIC the tire sidewall, near the valve
(1-800-468-6657). info page. stem. Then press the button to
There are two minutes to match the If the vehicle has a base level activate the TPMS sensor.
first tire/wheel position, and DIC, use the MENU button to A horn chirp confirms that the
five minutes overall to match all four select the Vehicle Information sensor identification code has
tire/wheel positions. If it takes menu in the DIC. Use the been matched to this tire and
longer, the matching process stops thumbwheel to scroll to the Tire wheel position.
and must be restarted. Pressure Menu item screen. 8. Proceed to the passenger side
The TPMS sensor matching 5. If the vehicle has an uplevel front tire, and repeat the
process is: procedure in Step 7.
DIC, press and hold V in the
1. Set the parking brake. center of the DIC controls. 9. Proceed to the passenger side
2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN If the vehicle has a base level rear tire, and repeat the
with the engine off. DIC, press SET/CLR on the procedure in Step 7.
3. If the vehicle has an uplevel turn signal lever to begin the 10. Proceed to the driver side rear
DIC, make sure the Tire sensor matching process. tire, and repeat the procedure
Pressure info page option is A message asking if the in Step 7. The horn sounds two
turned on. The info pages on process should begin should times to indicate the sensor
the DIC can be turned on and appear. Press SET/CLR again identification code has been
off through the Settings menu. to confirm the selection. matched to the driver side rear
tire, and the TPMS sensor
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Vehicle Care 329
matching process is no longer . The tread or sidewall is rotation, check the wheel
active. The TIRE LEARNING cracked, cut, or snagged alignment. See When It Is Time
ACTIVE message on the DIC deep enough to show cord or for New Tires 0 330 and Wheel
display screen goes off. fabric. Replacement 0 334.
11. Turn the ignition switch to . The tire has a bump, bulge,
LOCK/OFF.
or split.
12. Set all four tires to the
recommended air pressure . The tire has a puncture, cut,
level as indicated on the Tire or other damage that cannot
and Loading Information label. be repaired well because of
the size or location of the
Tire Inspection damage.
We recommend that the tires,
including the spare tire, if the
Tire Rotation
vehicle has one, be inspected Tires should be rotated every
for signs of wear or damage at 12 000 km (7,500 mi). See
least once a month. Maintenance Schedule 0 366. Use this rotation pattern when
Replace the tire if: Tires are rotated to achieve a rotating the tires.
. The indicators at three or uniform wear for all tires. The Do not include the spare tire in
more places around the tire first rotation is the most the tire rotation.
can be seen. important.
Adjust the front and rear tires to
. There is cord or fabric Anytime unusual wear is the recommended inflation
noticed, rotate the tires as soon pressure on the Tire and
showing through the tire's
as possible, check for proper tire Loading Information label after
rubber.
inflation pressure, and check for the tires have been rotated. See
damaged tires or wheels. If the Tire Pressure 0 323 and Vehicle
unusual wear continues after the Load Limits 0 226.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
330 Vehicle Care
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor grease on the flat wheel commercial truck tires may not have
System. See Tire Pressure mounting surface or on the treadwear indicators. See Tire
Monitor Operation 0 326. wheel nuts or bolts. Inspection 0 329 and Tire Rotation
0 329 for additional information.
Check that all wheel nuts are
properly tightened. See “Wheel When It Is Time for New The rubber in tires ages over time.
Tires This also applies to the spare tire,
Nut Torque” under Capacities if the vehicle has one, even if it is
and Specifications 0 380. Factors, such as maintenance, never used. Multiple factors
temperatures, driving speeds, including temperatures, loading
{ Warning vehicle loading, and road conditions conditions, and inflation pressure
affect the wear rate of the tires. maintenance affect how fast aging
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the takes place. GM recommends that
parts to which it is fastened, can tires, including the spare if
make wheel nuts become loose equipped, be replaced after six
after time. The wheel could come years, regardless of tread wear. The
off and cause an accident. When tire manufacture date is the last four
changing a wheel, remove any digits of the DOT Tire Identification
rust or dirt from places where the Number (TIN) which is molded into
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In one side of the tire sidewall. The
an emergency, a cloth or a paper first two digits represent the week
towel can be used; however, use (01-52) and the last two digits, the
a scraper or wire brush later to year. For example, the third week of
remove all rust or dirt. the year 2010 would have a
four-digit DOT date of 0310.
Treadwear indicators are one way to Vehicle Storage
Lightly coat the center of the
tell when it is time for new tires.
wheel hub with wheel bearing Treadwear indicators appear when Tires age when stored normally
grease after a wheel change or the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) mounted on a parked vehicle. Park
tire rotation to prevent corrosion or less of tread remaining. Some a vehicle that will be stored for at
or rust build-up. Do not get least a month in a cool, dry, clean
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Vehicle Care 331
area away from direct sunlight to the overall performance of the Rotation 0 329 for information
slow aging. This area should be free vehicle, including brake system on proper tire rotation. However,
of grease, gasoline, or other performance, ride and handling, if it is necessary to replace only
substances that can deteriorate traction control, and tire one axle set of worn tires, place
rubber.
pressure monitoring the new tires on the rear axle.
Parking for an extended period can performance. GM's TPC Spec
cause flat spots on the tires that
may result in vibrations while
number is molded onto the tire's { Warning
sidewall near the tire size. If the
driving. When storing a vehicle for tires have an all-season tread Tires could explode during
at least a month, remove the tires or improper service. Attempting
raise the vehicle to reduce the
design, the TPC Spec number
will be followed by MS for mud to mount or dismount a tire
weight from the tires.
and snow. See Tire Sidewall could cause injury or death.
Labeling 0 318 for additional Only your dealer or authorized
Buying New Tires tire service center should
information.
GM has developed and matched mount or dismount the tires.
specific tires for the vehicle. The GM recommends replacing worn
original equipment tires installed tires in complete sets of four.
Uniform tread depth on all tires
were designed to meet General
Motors Tire Performance Criteria will help to maintain the { Warning
Specification (TPC Spec) performance of the vehicle.
Mixing tires of different sizes,
system rating. When Braking and handling
brands, or types may cause
replacement tires are needed, performance may be adversely
loss of control of the vehicle,
GM strongly recommends affected if all the tires are not
resulting in a crash or other
buying tires with the same TPC replaced at the same time.
vehicle damage. Use the
Spec rating. If proper rotation and
correct size, brand, and type
maintenance have been done,
GM's exclusive TPC Spec of tires on all wheels.
all four tires should wear out at
system considers over a dozen about the same time. See Tire (Continued)
critical specifications that impact
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
332 Vehicle Care
Winter tires with the same speed 0 226 for the label location and
Warning (Continued) rating as the original equipment more information about the Tire
This vehicle may have a tires may not be available for H, and Loading Information label.
different size spare than the V, W, Y and ZR speed rated
road tires originally installed tires. Never exceed the winter Different Size Tires and
on the vehicle. When new, the tires’ maximum speed capability Wheels
vehicle included a spare tire when using winter tires with a
If wheels or tires are installed that
and wheel assembly with a lower speed rating. are a different size than the original
similar overall diameter as the If the vehicle tires must be equipment wheels and tires, vehicle
road tires and wheels, so it is replaced with a tire that does not performance, including its braking,
all right to drive on it. The have a TPC Spec number, make ride and handling characteristics,
spare tire was developed for sure they are the same size, stability, and resistance to rollover
use on this vehicle and will not load range, speed rating, and may be affected. If the vehicle has
electronic systems such as antilock
affect vehicle handling. construction (radial) as the brakes, rollover airbags, traction
original tires. control, electronic stability control,
Vehicles that have a tire or All-Wheel Drive, the performance
{ Warning pressure monitoring system of these systems can also be
affected.
could give an inaccurate
Using bias-ply tires on the low-pressure warning if non-TPC
vehicle may cause the wheel Spec rated tires are installed. { Warning
rim flanges to develop cracks See Tire Pressure Monitor
after many miles of driving. If different sized wheels are used,
System 0 325. there may not be an acceptable
A tire and/or wheel could fail
suddenly and cause a crash. The Tire and Loading level of performance and safety if
Information label indicates the tires not recommended for those
Use only radial-ply tires with
original equipment tires on the wheels are selected. This
the wheels on the vehicle.
vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits (Continued)
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Vehicle Care 333
(UTQG) system does not apply Treadwear 200 Traction AA

Warning (Continued) to deep tread, winter tires, Temperature A
increases the chance of a crash compact spare tires, tires with All Passenger Car Tires Must
and serious injury. Only use GM nominal rim diameters of Conform to Federal Safety
specific wheel and tire systems 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), Requirements In Addition To
developed for the vehicle, and or to some limited-production These Grades.
have them properly installed by a tires.
GM certified technician. Treadwear
While the tires available on
General Motors passenger cars The treadwear grade is a
See Buying New Tires 0 331 and and light trucks may vary with comparative rating based on the
Accessories and respect to these grades, they wear rate of the tire when tested
Modifications 0 281. must also conform to federal under controlled conditions on a
safety requirements and specified government test
Uniform Tire Quality additional General Motors Tire course. For example, a tire
Grading Performance Criteria (TPC) graded 150 would wear one and
standards. one-half (1Ω) times as well on
The following information relates the government course as a tire
to the system developed by the Quality grades can be found graded 100. The relative
United States National Highway where applicable on the tire performance of tires depends
Traffic Safety Administration sidewall between tread shoulder upon the actual conditions of
(NHTSA), which grades tires by and maximum section width. For their use, however, and may
treadwear, traction, and example: depart significantly from the
temperature performance. This norm due to variations in driving
applies only to vehicles sold in habits, service practices and
the United States. The grades differences in road
are molded on the sidewalls of characteristics and climate.
most passenger car tires. The
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
334 Vehicle Care
Traction laboratory test wheel. Sustained Wheel Alignment and Tire

The traction grades, from high temperature can cause the Balance
highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, material of the tire to degenerate
and reduce tire life, and The tires and wheels were aligned
and C. Those grades represent and balanced at the factory to
the tire's ability to stop on wet excessive temperature can lead
provide the longest tire life and best
pavement as measured under to sudden tire failure. The grade overall performance. Adjustments to
controlled conditions on C corresponds to a level of wheel alignment and tire balancing
specified government test performance which all are not necessary on a regular
surfaces of asphalt and passenger car tires must meet basis. Consider an alignment check
concrete. A tire marked C may under the Federal Motor Safety if there is unusual tire wear or the
have poor traction performance. Standard No. 109. Grades B and vehicle is significantly pulling to one
A represent higher levels of side or the other. Some slight pull to
Warning: The traction grade the left or right, depending on the
assigned to this tire is based on performance on the laboratory
test wheel than the minimum crown of the road and/or other road
straight-ahead braking traction surface variations such as troughs
tests, and does not include required by law. Warning: The
or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is
acceleration, cornering, temperature grade for this tire is vibrating when driving on a smooth
hydroplaning, or peak traction established for a tire that is road, the tires and wheels may need
characteristics. properly inflated and not to be rebalanced. See your dealer
overloaded. Excessive speed, for proper diagnosis.
Temperature underinflation, or excessive
The temperature grades are A loading, either separately or in Wheel Replacement
(the highest), B, and C, combination, can cause heat
Replace any wheel that is bent,
representing the tire's resistance buildup and possible tire failure. cracked, or badly rusted or
to the generation of heat and its corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming
ability to dissipate heat when loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and
tested under controlled wheel nuts should be replaced.
conditions on a specified indoor If the wheel leaks air, replace it.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Vehicle Care 335
Some aluminum wheels can be

Caution
Tire Chains
repaired. See your dealer if any of
these conditions exist.
Your dealer will know the kind of
The wrong wheel can also cause { Warning
problems with bearing life, brake
wheel that is needed. cooling, speedometer or If the vehicle has 255/65R17 AT,
Each new wheel should have the odometer calibration, headlamp 265/60R18, 265/65R17 or 265/
same load-carrying capacity, aim, bumper height, vehicle 70R16 size tires, do not use tire
diameter, width, offset, and be ground clearance, and tire or tire chains. They can damage the
mounted the same way as the one it chain clearance to the body and vehicle because there is not
replaces. chassis. enough clearance. Tire chains
used on a vehicle without the
Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel
proper amount of clearance can
nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor Used Replacement Wheels cause damage to the brakes,
System (TPMS) sensors with new
suspension, or other vehicle
GM original equipment parts.
{ Warning parts. The area damaged by the
{ Warning Replacing a wheel with a used
tire chains could cause you to
lose control of the vehicle and
one is dangerous. How it has you or others may be injured in a
Using the wrong replacement been used or how far it has been
wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel crash.
driven may be unknown. It could
nuts can be dangerous. It could fail suddenly and cause a crash. Use another type of traction
affect the braking and handling of When replacing wheels, use a device only if its manufacturer
the vehicle. Tires can lose air, new GM original equipment recommends it for use on the
and cause loss of control, causing wheel. vehicle and tire size combination
a crash. Always use the correct and road conditions. Follow that
wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel manufacturer's instructions. To
nuts for replacement. help avoid damage to the vehicle,
drive slowly, readjust, or remove
(Continued)
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
336 Vehicle Care
A rear blowout, particularly on a

Warning (Continued) Caution (Continued) curve, acts much like a skid and
may require the same correction as
the device if it is contacting the the vehicle, stop and retighten used in a skid. Stop pressing the
vehicle, and do not spin the them. If the contact continues, accelerator pedal and steer to
vehicle's wheels. slow down until it stops. Driving straighten the vehicle. It may be
If you do find traction devices that too fast or spinning the wheels very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake
will fit, install them on the rear with chains on will damage the to a stop, well off the road,
tires. vehicle. if possible.
If a Tire Goes Flat { Warning

Caution It is unusual for a tire to blowout Driving on a flat tire will cause
while driving, especially if the tires permanent damage to the tire.
If the vehicle has a tire size other are maintained properly. If air goes Re-inflating a tire after it has been
than 255/65R17 AT, 265/60R18, out of a tire, it is much more likely to driven on while severely
265/65R17 or 265/70R16, use tire leak out slowly. But if there ever is a underinflated or flat may cause a
chains only where legal and only blowout, here are a few tips about blowout and a serious crash.
when you must. Use chains that what to expect and what to do: Never attempt to re-inflate a tire
are the proper size for the tires. If a front tire fails, the flat tire that has been driven on while
Install them on the tires of the creates a drag that pulls the vehicle severely underinflated or flat.
rear axle. Do not use chains on toward that side. Take your foot off Have your dealer or an authorized
the tires of the front axle. Tighten the accelerator pedal and grip the tire service center repair or
them as tightly as possible with steering wheel firmly. Steer to replace the flat tire as soon as
the ends securely fastened. Drive maintain lane position, and then possible.
slowly and follow the chain gently brake to a stop, well off the
manufacturer's instructions. If you road, if possible.
can hear the chains contacting
(Continued)
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Vehicle Care 337
{ Warning { Warning Warning (Continued)

Lifting a vehicle and getting under Changing a tire can be 6. Place wheel blocks,
it to do maintenance or repairs is dangerous. The vehicle can slip if equipped, on both sides of
dangerous without the off the jack and roll over or fall the tire at the opposite
appropriate safety equipment and causing injury or death. Find a corner of the tire being
training. If a jack is provided with level place to change the tire. To changed.
the vehicle, it is designed only for help prevent the vehicle from
changing a flat tire. If it is used for moving: When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),
anything else, you or others could 1. Set the parking brake firmly. use the following example as a
be badly injured or killed if the guide to assist in the placement of
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack 2. Put an automatic the wheel blocks (1), if equipped.
is provided with the vehicle, only transmission in P (Park) or a
use it for changing a flat tire. manual transmission in
1 (First) or R (Reverse).
3. For four-wheel-drive
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
vehicles, be sure the
and wheel damage by driving slowly
transfer case is in a drive
to a level place, well off the road,
gear– not in N (Neutral).
if possible. Turn on the hazard
warning flashers. See Hazard 4. Turn off the engine and do
Warning Flashers 0 149. not restart while the vehicle
is raised.
1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)
5. Do not allow passengers to
2. Flat Tire
remain in the vehicle.
(Continued) The following information explains
how to use the jack and change
a tire.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
338 Vehicle Care
Tire Changing Extended Cab
Removing the Spare Tire and

Tools
Crew Cab
To access and remove the jack and
tools:
4. Turn the knob on the jack (2)

counterclockwise to lower the
jack head to release the jack 1. Jack Cover
from its holder. 2. Tool Bag Cover
5. Turn the wing nut (1) To access and remove the jack and
counterclockwise to remove the tools:
jack and wheel blocks.
1. Pull the bottom of the jack
cover (1) forward to remove it.
1. Lift the rear seat to access the 2. Pull the lower access pocket
tool bag.
forward and then upward to
2. Remove the straps to remove remove the tool bag cover (2).
the tool bag.
3. Fold the rear seat to access
the jack.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Vehicle Care 339
Insert the ignition key, turn, and

pull straight out to remove the
spare tire lock (8), if equipped.
3. Turn the knob on the jack (1) 1. Spare Tire (Valve Stem
counterclockwise to lower the 2. Assemble the wheel wrench (7)
Pointed Down)
jack head to release the jack and the two jack handle
2. Tire/Wheel Retainer extensions (6), as shown.
from its holder. 3. Hoist Cable
4. Turn the wing nut (2) 4. Hoist Assembly
counterclockwise to remove the 5. Hoist Shaft
jack and wheel blocks. 6. Jack Handle Extensions
5. Turn the wing nut (3) 7. Wheel Wrench
counterclockwise to remove the 8. Spare Tire Lock (If
tool bag. Equipped)
9. Hoist Shaft Access Hole
Use the jack handle extensions and
the wheel wrench to remove the 10. Hoist End of Extension Tool
underbody-mounted spare tire. 1. Open the spare tire lock cover
3. Insert the hoist end (open
on the bumper.
end) (10) of the extension
through the hole (9) in the rear
bumper.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
340 Vehicle Care
Do not use the chiseled end of Tilt the retainer and pull it 5. Wheel Wrench
the wheel wrench. through the center of the wheel 1. Do a safety check before
Be sure the hoist end of the along with the cable and proceeding. See If a Tire Goes
extension (10) connects to the spring. Flat 0 336.
hoist shaft. The ribbed square 7. Put the spare tire near the
end of the extension is used to flat tire.
lower the spare tire.
Removing the Flat Tire and
4. Turn the wheel wrench Installing the Spare Tire
counterclockwise to lower the
spare tire to the ground. Use the following pictures and
Continue to turn the wheel instructions to remove the flat tire
wrench until the spare tire can and raise the vehicle.
be pulled out from under the
vehicle.
2. If the wheel has a center cap
5. Pull the spare tire out from that covers the lug nuts, place
under the vehicle. the chisel end of the wheel
wrench in each of the slots in
the cap, and gently pry it out.
1. Jack
6. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle 2. Wheel Blocks
with some slack in the cable to 3. Jack Handle
access the tire/wheel retainer. 4. Jack Handle Extensions
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Vehicle Care 341
3. Use the wheel wrench and turn Front Position Rear Position
it counterclockwise to loosen 4. Position the jack under the 5. If the flat tire is on the rear,
the wheel nuts. Do not remove vehicle, as shown. If the flat position the jack under the rear
the wheel nuts yet. tire is on the front of the axle about 5 cm (2 in) inboard
vehicle, position the jack on the of the shock absorber bracket.
depression in the vehicle's Make sure that the jack head is
frame, behind the flat tire. positioned so that the rear axle
is resting securely between the
grooves that are on the
jack head.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
342 Vehicle Care
{ Warning
Getting under a vehicle when it is
lifted on a jack is dangerous.
If the vehicle slips off the jack,
you could be badly injured or
killed. Never get under a vehicle
when it is supported only by
a jack.
{ Warning 7. Remove all the wheel nuts and 8. Remove any rust or dirt from
take off the flat tire. the wheel bolts, mounting
Raising the vehicle with the jack surfaces, and spare wheel.
improperly positioned can
damage the vehicle and even
{ Warning 9. Install the spare tire.
make the vehicle fall. To help
avoid personal injury and vehicle
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can { Warning
damage, be sure to fit the jack lift make wheel nuts become loose Never use oil or grease on bolts
head into the proper location after time. The wheel could come or nuts because the nuts might
before raising the vehicle. off and cause an accident. When come loose. The vehicle's wheel
changing a wheel, remove any could fall off, causing a crash.
6. Turn the wheel wrench rust or dirt from places where the
clockwise to raise the vehicle. wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
an emergency, a cloth or a paper 10. Put the wheel nuts back on
Raise the vehicle far enough with the rounded end of the
off the ground so there is towel can be used; however, use
a scraper or wire brush later to nuts toward the wheel.
enough room for the spare tire
to fit under the wheel well. remove all rust or dirt.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Vehicle Care 343
11. Tighten each wheel nut by

hand. Then use the wheel Warning (Continued) Caution
wrench to tighten the nuts until
the wheel is held against running wheels, piloting pad Improperly tightened wheel nuts
the hub. damage may occur and require can lead to brake pulsation and
replacement of the entire hub, for rotor damage. To avoid expensive
12. Turn the wheel wrench proper centering of the wheels. brake repairs, evenly tighten the
counterclockwise to lower the When replacing studs, hubs, wheel nuts in the proper
vehicle. Lower the jack wheel nuts or wheels, be sure to sequence and to the proper
completely.
use GM original equipment parts. torque specification. See
Capacities and Specifications
{ Warning 0 380 for the wheel nut torque
If wheel studs are damaged, they { Warning specification.
can break. If all the studs on a
wheel broke, the wheel could Wheel nuts that are improperly or
come off and cause a crash. incorrectly tightened can cause
If any stud is damaged because the wheels to become loose or
of a loose-running wheel, it could come off. The wheel nuts should
be that all of the studs are be tightened with a torque wrench
damaged. To be sure, replace all to the proper torque specification
studs on the wheel. If the stud after replacing. Follow the torque
holes in a wheel have become specification supplied by the
larger, the wheel could collapse in aftermarket manufacturer when
operation. Replace any wheel if using accessory locking wheel
its stud holes have become larger nuts. See Capacities and
or distorted in any way. Inspect Specifications 0 380 for original
hubs and hub⇣piloted wheels for equipment wheel nut torque
damage. Because of loose specifications.
(Continued)
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
344 Vehicle Care
13. Tighten the nuts firmly in a

crisscross sequence, as Caution
shown, by turning the wheel
wrench clockwise. Storing an aluminum wheel with a
flat tire under your vehicle for an
When reinstalling the regular wheel extended period of time or with
and tire, also reinstall the center the valve stem pointing up can
cap. Place the cap on the wheel damage the wheel. Always stow
and push it into place until it seats. the wheel with the valve stem
The cap may only go on one way.
pointing down and have the
Be sure to line up any tabs on the
wheel/tire repaired as soon as
center cap with corresponding
indentations on the wheel. possible.
Storing a Flat or Spare Tire 1. Spare Tire (Valve Stem

and Tools Pointed Down)
Caution 2. Tire/Wheel Retainer
{ Warning The tire hoist can be damaged if
3. Hoist Cable
4. Hoist Assembly
there is no tension on the cable 5. Hoist Shaft
Storing a jack, a tire, or other when using it. To have the
equipment in the passenger 6. Jack Handle Extensions
necessary tension, the spare or
compartment of the vehicle could 7. Wheel Wrench
road tire and wheel assembly
cause injury. In a sudden stop or 8. Spare Tire Lock (If
must be installed on the tire hoist
collision, loose equipment could Equipped)
to use it.
strike someone. Store all these in 9. Hoist Shaft Access Hole
the proper place. 10. Hoist End of Extension Tool
Store the tire under the rear of the
1. Put the tire on the ground at
vehicle in the spare tire carrier.
the rear of the vehicle with the
valve stem pointed down, and
to the rear.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Vehicle Care 345
2. Pull the cable and spring

through the center of the
wheel. Tilt the wheel retainer
plate down and through the
center of the wheel.
Make sure the retainer is fully
seated across the underside of
the wheel.
4. Insert the hoist end (10)
through the hole (9) in the rear
bumper and onto the hoist
shaft.
Do not use the chiseled end of
the wheel wrench.
5. Raise the tire part way upward.
Make sure the retainer is
seated in the wheel opening.
3. Attach the wheel wrench (7)
and extensions (6) together, as 6. Raise the tire fully against the
shown. underside of the vehicle by
turning the wheel wrench
clockwise until you hear two
clicks or feel it skip twice. You
cannot overtighten the cable.
7. Make sure the tire is stored
securely and flush in the
radius (2) of the spare tire
support bracket (1). Push, pull,
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
346 Vehicle Care
and then try to turn the tire. Be sure to fully tighten the wing recommended that the vehicle
If the tire moves, use the wheel nut (4) so the tool bag cover can be speed be limited to 80 km/h
wrench to tighten the cable. properly and securely closed. (50 mph). To conserve the tread of
8. Reinstall the spare tire lock, the spare tire, have the standard tire
if the vehicle has one. Compact Spare Tire repaired or replaced as soon as
convenient and return the spare tire
To store the jack and tools, reverse
the steps for removing them. { Warning to the storage area.
When using a compact spare tire,
Driving with more than one the AWD (if equipped), ABS, and
compact spare tire at a time could Traction Control systems may
result in loss of braking and engage until the spare tire is
handling. This could lead to a recognized by the vehicle,
crash and you or others could be especially on slippery roads. Adjust
injured. Use only one compact driving to reduce possible
spare tire at a time. wheel slip.
If this vehicle has a compact spare Caution

1. Wheel Wrench tire, it was fully inflated when new; When the compact spare is
2. Jack Handle however, it can lose air over time.
installed, do not take the vehicle
3. Jack Handle Extensions Check the inflation pressure
through an automatic car wash
4. Wing Nut regularly. It should be 420 kPa
(60 psi). with guide rails. The compact
For extended cab models, be sure spare can get caught on the rails
to replace the wheel wrench (1), Stop as soon as possible and check which can damage the tire, wheel,
jack handle (2), and two jack handle that the spare tire is correctly and other parts of the vehicle.
extensions (3) in the bag, as shown, inflated after being installed on the
so it can be properly stored in the vehicle. The compact spare tire is
designed for temporary use only. Do not use the compact spare on
storage compartment. other vehicles.
The vehicle will perform differently
with the spare tire installed and it is
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Vehicle Care 347
Do not mix the compact spare tire or Full-Size Spare Tire Caution (Continued)
wheel with other wheels or tires.
They will not fit. Keep the spare tire If this vehicle came with a full-size
and its wheel together. spare tire, it was fully inflated when four-wheel drive until the flat tire
new, however, it can lose air over is repaired and/or replaced. The
time. Check the inflation pressure vehicle could be damaged and
Caution regularly. See Tire Pressure 0 323 the repairs would not be covered
Tire chains will not fit the compact and Vehicle Load Limits 0 226. For by the warranty. Never use
spare. Using them can damage instructions on how to remove, four-wheel drive when a different
install, or store a spare tire, see Tire size spare tire is installed on the
the vehicle and the chains. Do not
Changing 0 338. vehicle.
use tire chains on the compact
spare. If equipped with a temporary use
full-size spare tire, it is indicated on The vehicle may have a different
the tire sidewall. See Tire Sidewall size spare tire than the road tires
Labeling 0 318. This spare tire originally installed on the vehicle.
Caution should not be driven on over This spare tire was developed for
112 km/h (70 mph), or 88 km/h use on this vehicle, so it is all right
If the vehicle has four-wheel drive (55 mph) when pulling a trailer, at to drive on it. If the vehicle has
and a different size spare tire is the proper inflation pressure. Repair four-wheel drive and a different size
installed, do not drive in and replace the road tire as soon as spare tire is installed, drive only in
four-wheel drive until the flat tire it is convenient, and stow the spare two-wheel drive.
is repaired and/or replaced. The tire for future use.
vehicle could be damaged and After installing the spare tire on the
the repairs would not be covered vehicle, stop as soon as possible
Caution and check that the spare tire is
by the warranty. Never use
four-wheel drive when a different If the vehicle has four-wheel drive correctly inflated.
size spare tire is installed on the and a different size spare tire is
vehicle. installed, do not drive in
(Continued)
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
348 Vehicle Care
Have the damaged or flat road tire

repaired or replaced and installed
Jump Starting Warning (Continued)
back onto the vehicle as soon as
possible so the spare tire will be Jump Starting - North See California Proposition
available in case it is needed again. America 65 Warning 0 280.
Do not mix tires and wheels of For more information about the
different sizes, because they will not vehicle battery, see Battery - North
fit. Keep your spare tire and its America 0 300. { Warning
wheel together. If the vehicle has a
If the battery has run down, try to Batteries can hurt you. They can
spare tire that does not match the
use another vehicle and some be dangerous because:
original road tires and wheels in size
jumper cables to start your vehicle.
and type, do not include the spare in . They contain acid that can
Be sure to use the following steps to
the tire rotation. burn you.
do it safely.
. They contain gas that can
{ Warning explode or ignite.
. They contain enough
WARNING: Battery posts,
electricity to burn you.
terminals, and related
accessories contain lead and lead If you do not follow these steps
compounds, chemicals known to exactly, some or all of these
the State of California to cause things can hurt you.
cancer and birth defects or other
reproductive harm. Batteries also
contain other chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
(Continued)
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Vehicle Care 349
4. Good Battery Positive

Caution Terminal Caution (Continued)
Ignoring these steps could result The jump start negative grounding damaged. Only use a vehicle that
in costly damage to the vehicle stud (1) for the discharged battery is has a 12-volt system with a
that would not be covered by the to the left of the windshield washer negative ground for jump starting.
vehicle warranty. Trying to start fluid reservoir.
the vehicle by pushing or pulling it The jump start positive terminal on 2. Position the two vehicles so
will not work, and it could damage the discharged battery (2) is located that they are not touching.
the vehicle. in the engine compartment on the
driver side of the vehicle. 3. Set the parking brake firmly
and put the shift lever in
The jump start positive terminal (3) P (Park) with an automatic
and negative terminal (4) are on the transmission, or N (Neutral)
battery of the vehicle providing the with a manual transmission.
jump start.
The positive jump start connection Caution
for the discharged battery is under a
trim cover. Open the cover to If any accessories are left on or
expose the terminal. plugged in during the jump
1. Check the other vehicle. starting procedure, they could be
It must have a 12-volt battery damaged. The repairs would not
with a negative ground system. be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Whenever possible, turn
Caution off or unplug all accessories on
1. Discharged Battery either vehicle when jump starting.
Negative Grounding Stud
If the other vehicle does not have
2. Discharged Battery Positive
a 12-volt system with a negative
Terminal
ground, both vehicles can be
3. Good Battery Negative
Terminal (Continued)
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
350 Vehicle Care
4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. 8. Connect the other end of the

Turn off all lights and Warning (Continued) black negative (–) cable to the
accessories in both vehicles, negative (–) grounding stud for
except the hazard warning your eyes or on your skin, flush the discharged battery.
flashers if needed. the place with water and get
medical help immediately. 9. Start the engine in the vehicle
with the good battery and run
{ Warning the engine at idle speed for at
least four minutes.
An electric fan can start up even
when the engine is not running
{ Warning 10. Try to start the vehicle that had
and can injure you. Keep hands, Fans or other moving engine the dead battery. If it will not
clothing, and tools away from any start after a few tries, it
parts can injure you badly. Keep
underhood electric fan. probably needs service.
your hands away from moving
parts once the engine is running.
Caution
{ Warning 5. Connect one end of the red If the jumper cables are
positive (+) cable to the connected or removed in the
Using a match near a battery can positive (+) terminal on the wrong order, electrical shorting
cause battery gas to explode. discharged battery. may occur and damage the
People have been hurt doing this, 6. Connect the other end of the vehicle. The repairs would not be
and some have been blinded. red positive (+) cable to the covered by the vehicle warranty.
Use a flashlight if you need more positive (+) terminal of the good Always connect and remove the
light. battery. jumper cables in the correct order,
Battery fluid contains acid that making sure that the cables do
7. Connect one end of the black
can burn you. Do not get it on negative (–) cable to the not touch each other or other
you. If you accidentally get it in negative (–) terminal of the metal.
(Continued) good battery.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Vehicle Care 351
Jumper Cable Removal Towing the Vehicle Recreational Vehicle

Reverse the sequence exactly when Towing
removing the jumper cables. Caution Recreational vehicle towing means
After starting the disabled vehicle towing the vehicle behind another
and removing the jumper cables, Incorrectly towing a disabled vehicle, such as a motor home. The
allow it to idle for several minutes. vehicle may cause damage. The two most common types of
damage would not be covered by recreational vehicle towing are
the vehicle warranty. dinghy and dolly towing. Dinghy
Do not lash or hook to towing is towing the vehicle with all
suspension components. Use the four wheels on the ground. Dolly
proper straps around the tires to towing is towing the vehicle with two
secure the vehicle. wheels on the ground and two
wheels on a dolly.
Use only a flatbed tow truck for Follow the tow vehicle
towing a disabled vehicle. Never manufacturer’s instructions. See
use a sling type lift or damage will your dealer or trailering professional
occur. Use ramps to help reduce for additional advice and equipment
approach angles if necessary. recommendations.
A towed vehicle should have its
drive wheels off the ground. Caution
Consult a professional towing Use of a shield mounted in front
service if the disabled vehicle must of the vehicle grille could restrict
be towed. airflow and cause damage to the
transmission. The repairs would
not be covered by the vehicle
(Continued)
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
352 Vehicle Care
Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued) { Warning

warranty. If using a shield, only components could be damaged. Shifting a four-wheel-drive
use one that attaches to the The repairs would not be covered vehicle's transfer case into
towing vehicle. by the vehicle warranty. N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle
in P (Park). You or others could
Dinghy Towing Two-wheel-drive vehicles should not
be towed with all four wheels on the be injured. Set the parking brake
Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles ground. before shifting the transfer case
to N (Neutral).
Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles
To dinghy tow:
1. Position the vehicle being
towed behind the tow vehicle,
facing forward and on a level
surface.
2. Securely attach the vehicle
being towed to the tow vehicle.
3. Apply the parking brake and
start the engine.
4. Shift the transfer case to
Caution N (Neutral). See “Shifting into
Only dinghy tow four-wheel-drive N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel
If the two-wheel-drive vehicle is vehicles that have an N (Neutral) Drive 0 247. Check that the
towed with all four wheels on the and a Four-Wheel Drive Low (4 (n) vehicle is in N (Neutral) by
ground, the drivetrain setting. shifting the transmission to
(Continued) R (Reverse) and then to D
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Vehicle Care 353
(Drive). There should be no 9. Shift the transmission to 5. Shift the transfer case out of
movement of the vehicle while P (Park). N (Neutral) to Two-Wheel Drive
shifting. High. See “Shifting out of
5. Shift the transmission into D Caution N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel
(Drive). Turn the engine off. Drive 0 247. See your dealer if
Then shift the transmission into If the steering column is locked, the transfer case cannot be
P (Park). vehicle damage may occur. shifted out of N (Neutral).
6. Wait for at least 10 seconds, 6. Check that the vehicle is in

then restart the engine. 10. Move the steering wheel to Two-Wheel Drive High by
make sure the steering column shifting the transmission to
7. Shift the transmission to D is unlocked. R (Reverse) and then to D
(Drive), then turn the engine off (Drive). There should be
again. 11. With a foot on the brake pedal, movement of the vehicle while
release the parking brake. shifting.
Keep the ignition key in the
Caution 7. Shift the transmission to
towed vehicle in ACC/
ACCESSORY to prevent the P (Park) and turn off the
Failure to disconnect the negative
steering column from locking. ignition.
battery cable or to have it contact
the terminals can cause damage Disconnecting the Towed Vehicle 8. Disconnect the vehicle from the
to the vehicle. tow vehicle.
Before disconnecting the towed
vehicle: 9. Release the parking brake.
8. Disconnect the negative 10. Reset any lost presets.
1. Park on a level surface.
battery cable at the battery and
2. Set the parking brake, then The outside temperature
secure the nut and bolt. Cover
shift the transmission to display will default to 0 °C
the negative battery post with a
P (Park), and move the ignition (32 °F) but will reset with
non-conductive material to
key to OFF. normal usage.
prevent any contact with the
negative battery terminal. 3. Connect the battery.
4. Apply the brake pedal.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
354 Vehicle Care
Dolly Towing Two-wheel-drive vehicles should not To dolly tow a four-wheel-drive

be towed with the rear wheels on vehicle from the front:
Front Towing (Front Wheels Off the ground. Two-wheel-drive
the Ground) – Two-Wheel-Drive 1. Attach the dolly to the tow
transmissions have no provisions vehicle following the dolly
Vehicles for internal lubrication while being manufacturer's instructions.
towed.
2. Drive the front wheels onto the
To dolly tow a two-wheel-drive dolly.
vehicle, the vehicle must be towed
with the rear wheels on the dolly. 3. Shift the transmission to
See “Rear Towing (Rear Wheels Off P (Park).
the Ground)” later in this section. 4. Set the parking brake.
Front Towing (Front Wheels Off
the Ground) – Four-Wheel-Drive { Warning
Vehicles
Shifting a four-wheel-drive
vehicle's transfer case into
N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle
Caution in P (Park). You or others could
be injured. Set the parking brake
If a two-wheel-drive vehicle is
before shifting the transfer case
towed with the rear wheels on the
to N (Neutral).
ground, the transmission could be
damaged. The repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle 5. Use a clamping device
warranty. Never tow the vehicle designed for towing to ensure
with the rear wheels on the that the front wheels are locked
ground. into the straight position.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Vehicle Care 355
6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly Rear Towing (Rear Wheels Off 5. Use a clamping device
following the manufacturer's the Ground) designed for towing to ensure
instructions. that the front wheels are locked
Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles into the straight position.
7. Shift the transfer case to
N (Neutral). See “Shifting into 6. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel
Drive 0 247 for the proper Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles
procedure.
8. Release the parking brake only
{ Warning
after the vehicle being towed is Shifting a four-wheel-drive
firmly attached to the tow vehicle's transfer case into
vehicle. N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle
9. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. to roll even if the transmission is
in P (Park). You or others could
be injured. Set the parking brake
before shifting the transfer case
To dolly tow a two-wheel-drive to N (Neutral).
vehicle from the rear:
1. Drive the rear wheels onto the To dolly tow a four-wheel-drive
dolly. vehicle from the rear:
2. Set the parking brake. See 1. Drive the rear wheels onto the
Parking Brake 0 254. dolly.
3. Put the transmission in 2. Set the parking brake. See
P (Park). Parking Brake 0 254.
4. Secure the vehicle to the dolly 3. Put the transmission in
following the manufacturer's P (Park).
instructions.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
356 Vehicle Care
4. Secure the vehicle to the dolly

following the manufacturer's
Appearance Care Caution (Continued)
instructions.
Exterior Care your dealer. Follow all
5. Use a clamping device manufacturer directions regarding
designed for towing to ensure Locks correct product usage, necessary
that the front wheels are locked Locks are lubricated at the factory. safety precautions, and
into the straight position. Use a de-icing agent only when appropriate disposal of any
6. Shift the transfer case to absolutely necessary, and have the vehicle care product.
N (Neutral). See “Shifting into locks greased after using. See
N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel Recommended Fluids and
Drive 0 247 for the proper Lubricants 0 375.
procedure. Caution
Washing the Vehicle
7. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. Avoid using high-pressure
To preserve the vehicle's finish,
wash it often and out of direct washes closer than 30 cm (12 in)
sunlight. to the surface of the vehicle. Use
of power washers exceeding
8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result
Caution
in damage or removal of paint
Do not use petroleum-based, and decals.
acidic, or abrasive cleaning
agents as they can damage the
vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic
parts. If damage occurs, it would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Approved cleaning
products can be obtained from
(Continued)
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Vehicle Care 357
Finish Care
Caution Caution
Application of aftermarket clearcoat
Do not power wash any sealant/wax materials is not Machine compounding or
component under the hood that recommended. If painted surfaces aggressive polishing on a
has this e symbol. are damaged, see your dealer to basecoat/clearcoat paint finish
have the damage assessed and may damage it. Use only
This could cause damage that repaired. Foreign materials such as non-abrasive waxes and polishes
would not be covered by the calcium chloride and other salts, ice that are made for a basecoat/
vehicle warranty. melting agents, road oil and tar, tree clearcoat paint finish on the
sap, bird droppings, chemicals from vehicle.
industrial chimneys, etc., can
If using an automatic car wash, damage the vehicle's finish if they
follow with the car wash remain on painted surfaces. Wash To keep the paint finish looking new,
instructions. The windshield wiper the vehicle as soon as possible. keep the vehicle garaged or
and rear window wiper, if equipped, If necessary, use non-abrasive covered whenever possible.
must be off. Remove any cleaners that are marked safe for
accessories that may be damaged Protecting Exterior Bright Metal
painted surfaces to remove foreign
or interfere with the car wash Moldings
matter.
equipment.
Occasional hand waxing or mild Caution
Rinse the vehicle well, before polishing should be done to remove
washing and after, to remove all residue from the paint finish. See
cleaning agents completely. If they Failure to clean and protect the
your dealer for approved cleaning bright metal moldings can result
are allowed to dry on the surface, products.
they could stain. in a hazy white finish or pitting.
Do not apply waxes or polishes to This damage would not be
Dry the finish with a soft, clean uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber, covered by the vehicle warranty.
chamois or an all-cotton towel to decals, simulated wood, or flat paint
avoid surface scratches and water as damage can occur.
spotting.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
358 Vehicle Care
The bright metal moldings on the rinse the bedliner surface following Follow instructions under "Washing
vehicle are aluminum, chrome or a chemical spill to avoid permanent the Vehicle" previously in this
stainless steel. To prevent damage damage. section.
always follow these cleaning Spray-in bedliners can fade from Lamp covers are made of plastic,
instructions: oxidation, road dirt, heavy-duty and some have a UV protective
. Be sure the molding is cool to hauling, and hard water stains. coating. Do not clean or wipe them
the touch before applying any Clean it periodically by washing off while they are dry.
cleaning solution. the loose dirt and using a mild Do not use any of the following on
. Use only approved cleaning detergent. To restore the original lamp covers:
solutions for aluminum, chrome appearance, apply the bedliner
conditioner available through your . Abrasive or caustic agents.
or stainless steel. Some
cleaners are highly acidic or dealer. . Washer fluids and other cleaning
contain alkaline substances and agents in higher concentrations
can damage the moldings. Caution than suggested by the
manufacturer.
. Always dilute a concentrated Using silicone-based products
cleaner according to the . Solvents, alcohols, fuels,
may damage the bedliner, reduce
manufacturer’s instructions. or other harsh cleaners.
the slip-resistant texture, and
. Do not use cleaners that are not attract dirt. . Ice scrapers or other hard items.
intended for automotive use. . Aftermarket appearance caps or
. Use a nonabrasive wax on the Cleaning Exterior Lamps/ covers while the lamps are
vehicle after washing to protect Lenses, Emblems, Decals, and illuminated, due to excessive
and extend the molding finish. heat generated.
Stripes
Spray-In Bedliner Care Use only lukewarm or cold water, a
A spray-in bedliner is a permanent soft cloth, and a car washing soap
coating that bonds to the truck bed to clean exterior lamps, lenses and
and cannot be removed. Promptly emblems, decals, and stripes.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Vehicle Care 359
Clean rubber blades using a lint-free Tires

Caution cloth or paper towel soaked with
Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to
windshield washer fluid or a mild
Failure to clean lamps properly clean the tires.
detergent. Wash the windshield
can cause damage to the lamp thoroughly when cleaning the
cover that would not be covered blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and Caution
by the vehicle warranty. a buildup of vehicle wash/wax
treatments may cause wiper Using petroleum-based tire
streaking. dressing products on the vehicle
may damage the paint finish and/
Caution Replace the wiper blades if they are or tires. When applying a tire
worn or damaged. Damage can be dressing, always wipe off any
Using wax on low gloss black caused by extreme dusty overspray from all painted
finish stripes can increase the conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,
surfaces on the vehicle.
gloss level and create a snow, and ice.
non-uniform finish. Clean low
gloss stripes with soap and
Weatherstrips Wheels and Trim — Aluminum
water only. Apply Dielectric silicone grease on or Chrome
weatherstrips to make them last
Use a soft, clean cloth with mild
longer, seal better, and not stick or
Air Intakes soap and water to clean the wheels.
squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips
After rinsing thoroughly with clean
Clear debris from the air intakes, once a year. Hot, dry climates may
water, dry with a soft, clean towel.
between the hood and windshield, require more frequent application.
A wax may then be applied.
when washing the vehicle. Black marks from rubber material on
painted surfaces can be removed by
Windshield and Wiper Blades rubbing with a clean cloth. See Caution
Clean the outside of the windshield Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 375. Chrome wheels and other chrome
with glass cleaner.
trim may be damaged if the
vehicle is not washed after driving
(Continued)
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
360 Vehicle Care
Brake System on weatherstrips with a clean cloth

Caution (Continued) will make them last longer, seal
Visually inspect brake lines and
better, and not stick or squeak
on roads that have been sprayed hoses for proper hook-up, binding,
with magnesium, calcium, leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect Underbody Maintenance
or sodium chloride. These disc brake pads for wear and rotors
for surface condition. Inspect drum At least twice a year, spring and fall,
chlorides are used on roads for use plain water to flush any
conditions such as ice and dust. brake linings/shoes for wear or
cracks. Inspect all other brake parts. corrosive materials from the
Always wash the chrome with underbody. Take care to thoroughly
soap and water after exposure. Steering, Suspension, and clean any areas where mud and
Chassis Components other debris can collect.
Visually inspect steering, Do not directly power wash the
Caution suspension, and chassis transfer case and/or front/rear axle
components for damaged, loose, output seals. High pressure water
To avoid surface damage, do not or missing parts or signs of wear at can overcome the seals and
use strong soaps, chemicals, least once a year. contaminate the fluid. Contaminated
abrasive polishes, cleaners, fluid will decrease the life of the
Inspect power steering for proper transfer case and/or axles and
brushes, or cleaners that contain
attachment, connections, binding, should be replaced.
acid on aluminum or
leaks, cracks, chafing, etc.
chrome-plated wheels. Use only Sheet Metal Damage
approved cleaners. Also, never Visually check constant velocity joint
drive a vehicle with aluminum or boots and axle seals for leaks. If the vehicle is damaged and
chrome-plated wheels through an requires sheet metal repair or
Body Component Lubrication replacement, make sure the body
automatic car wash that uses
silicone carbide tire cleaning Lubricate all key lock cylinders, repair shop applies anti-corrosion
brushes. Damage could occur hood hinges, liftgate hinges, steel material to parts repaired or
fuel door hinge, and power assist replaced to restore corrosion
and the repairs would not be
step hinges, unless the components protection.
are plastic. Applying silicone grease
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Vehicle Care 361
Original manufacturer replacement Use a soft bristle brush to remove . Never rub any surface
parts will provide the corrosion dust from knobs and crevices on the aggressively or with too much
protection while maintaining the instrument cluster. Using a mild pressure.
vehicle warranty. soap solution, immediately remove . Do not use laundry detergents or
hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect dishwashing soaps with
Finish Damage repellent from all interior surfaces or degreasers. For liquid cleaners,
Quickly repair minor chips and permanent damage may result. use approximately 20 drops per
scratches with touch-up materials Use cleaners specifically designed 3.8 L (1 gal) of water.
available from your dealer to avoid for the surfaces being cleaned to A concentrated soap solution will
corrosion. Larger areas of finish prevent permanent damage. Apply create streaks and attract dirt.
damage can be corrected in your cleaners directly to the cleaning Do not use solutions that contain
dealer's body and paint shop. cloth. Do not spray cleaners on any strong or caustic soap.
Chemical Paint Spotting switches or controls. Remove . Do not heavily saturate the
cleaners quickly. upholstery when cleaning.
Airborne pollutants can fall upon
and attack painted vehicle surfaces Before using cleaners, read and . Do not use solvents or cleaners
causing blotchy, ring-shaped follow to all safety instructions on containing solvents.
discolorations, and small, irregular the label. While cleaning the interior,
dark spots etched into the paint open the doors and windows to get Interior Glass
surface. Refer to “Finish Care” proper ventilation.
To clean, use a terry cloth fabric
previously in this section. To prevent damage, do not clean dampened with water. Wipe droplets
the interior using the following left behind with a clean dry cloth.
Interior Care cleaners or techniques: If necessary, use a commercial
. Never use a razor or any other glass cleaner after cleaning with
To prevent dirt particle abrasions,
sharp object to remove a soil plain water.
regularly clean the vehicle's interior.
Immediately remove any soils. from any interior surface.
Newspapers or dark garments can . Never use a brush with stiff
transfer color to the vehicle’s bristles.
interior.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
362 Vehicle Care
Fabric/Carpet/Suede cloth to a clean area frequently

Caution to prevent forcing the soil in to
Start by vacuuming the surface
the fabric.
To prevent scratching, never use using a soft brush attachment. If a
abrasive cleaners on automotive rotating vacuum brush attachment is 4. Continue gently rubbing the
glass. Abrasive cleaners or being used, only use it on the floor soiled area until there is no
aggressive cleaning may damage carpet. Before cleaning, gently longer any color transfer from
the rear window defogger. remove as much of the soil as the soil to the cleaning cloth.
possible: 5. If the soil is not completely
. Gently blot liquids with a paper removed, use a mild soap
Cleaning the windshield with water
during the first three to six months towel. Continue blotting until no solution followed only by plain
of ownership will reduce tendency more soil can be removed. water.
to fog. . For solid soils, remove as much If the soil is not completely
as possible prior to vacuuming. removed, it may be necessary to
Speaker Covers use a commercial upholstery
To clean:
Vacuum around a speaker cover cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small
gently, so that the speaker will not 1. Saturate a clean, lint-free hidden area for colorfastness before
be damaged. Clean spots with water colorfast cloth with water. using a commercial upholstery
and mild soap. Microfiber cloth is cleaner or spot lifter. If ring
recommended to prevent lint formation occurs, clean the entire
Coated Moldings transfer to the fabric or carpet. fabric or carpet.
Coated moldings should be cleaned. 2. Remove excess moisture by After cleaning use a paper towel to
. When lightly soiled, wipe with a gently wringing until water does blot excess moisture.
sponge or soft, lint-free cloth not drip from the cleaning cloth.
Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces
dampened with water. 3. Start on the outside edge of the and Vehicle Information and
. When heavily soiled, use warm soil and gently rub toward the
Radio Displays
soapy water. center. Rotate the cleaning
Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss
surfaces or vehicle displays. First,
use a soft bristle brush to remove
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Vehicle Care 363
dirt that can scratch the surface.

Then gently clean by rubbing with a Caution Caution
microfiber cloth. Never use window
cleaners or solvents. Periodically Soaking or saturating leather, Use of air fresheners may cause
hand wash the microfiber cloth especially perforated leather, as permanent damage to plastics
separately, using mild soap. Do not well as other interior surfaces, and painted surfaces. If an air
use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse may cause permanent damage. freshener comes in contact with
thoroughly and air dry before Wipe excess moisture from these any plastic or painted surface in
next use. surfaces after cleaning and allow the vehicle, blot immediately and
them to dry naturally. Never use clean with a soft cloth dampened
Caution heat, steam, or spot removers. Do with a mild soap solution.
not use cleaners that contain Damage caused by air fresheners
Do not attach a device with a silicone or wax-based products. would not be covered by the
suction cup to the display. This Cleaners containing these vehicle warranty.
may cause damage and would solvents can permanently change
not be covered by the vehicle the appearance and feel of
Care of Safety Belts
warranty. leather or soft trim, and are not
recommended. Keep belts clean and dry.
Instrument Panel, Leather,
Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces, Do not use cleaners that increase { Warning
Low Gloss Paint Surfaces and gloss, especially on the instrument Do not bleach or dye safety belt
Natural Open Pore Wood panel. Reflected glare can decrease
webbing. It may severely weaken
visibility through the windshield
Surfaces the webbing. In a crash, they
under certain conditions.
Use a soft microfiber cloth might not be able to provide
dampened with water to remove adequate protection. Clean and
dust and loose dirt. For a more rinse safety belt webbing only
thorough cleaning, use a soft with mild soap and lukewarm
microfiber cloth dampened with a water. Allow the webbing to dry.
mild soap solution.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
364 Vehicle Care
Floor Mats . Do not use a floor mat if the

vehicle is not equipped with a
{ Warning floor mat retainer on the driver
side floor.
If a floor mat is the wrong size or . Use the floor mat with the
is not properly installed, it can correct side up. Do not turn
interfere with the pedals. it over.
Interference with the pedals can . Do not place anything on top of
cause unintended acceleration the driver side floor mat.
and/or increased stopping
. Use only a single floor mat on
distance which can cause a crash
the driver side.
and injury. Make sure the floor
mat does not interfere with the . Do not place one floor mat on Reinstall by lining up the floor mat
pedals. top of another. retainer openings over the carpet
retainers and snapping into position.
Removing and Replacing the
Use the following guidelines for Floor Mats Make sure the floor mat is properly
proper floor mat usage: secured in place.
Pull up on the rear of the floor mat
. The original equipment floor Verify the floor mat does not
to unlock each retainer and remove.
mats were designed for your interfere with the pedals.
vehicle. If the floor mats need
replacing, it is recommended
that GM certified floor mats be
purchased. Non-GM floor mats
may not fit properly and may
interfere with the pedals. Always
check that the floor mats do not
interfere with the pedals.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Service and Maintenance 365
Service and General Information Your dealer recognizes the

importance of providing
Maintenance This maintenance section applies to
vehicles with a gasoline engine. For
competitively priced maintenance
and repair services. With trained
diesel engine vehicles, see technicians, the dealer is the place
General Information "Maintenance Schedule" in the for routine maintenance such as oil
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 365 Duramax diesel supplement. changes and tire rotations and
Your vehicle is an important additional maintenance items like
Maintenance Schedule investment. This section describes tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 366 the required maintenance for the blades.
Special Application Services vehicle. Follow this schedule to help
Special Application protect against major repair Caution
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372 expenses resulting from neglect or
inadequate maintenance. It may Damage caused by improper
Additional Maintenance also help to maintain the value of maintenance can lead to costly
and Care the vehicle if it is sold. It is the repairs and may not be covered
Additional Maintenance responsibility of the owner to have by the vehicle warranty.
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372 all required maintenance performed. Maintenance intervals, checks,
Your dealer has trained technicians inspections, recommended fluids,
Recommended Fluids, and lubricants are important to
Lubricants, and Parts who can perform required
maintenance using genuine keep the vehicle in good working
Recommended Fluids and condition.
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375 replacement parts. They have
Maintenance Replacement up-to-date tools and equipment for
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377 fast and accurate diagnostics. Many The Tire Rotation and Required
dealers have extended evening and Services are the responsibility of the
Maintenance Records Saturday hours, courtesy vehicle owner. It is recommended to
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 378 transportation, and online have your dealer perform these
scheduling to assist with service services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
needs. Proper vehicle maintenance helps to
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
366 Service and Maintenance
keep the vehicle in good working

condition, improves fuel economy,
Severe Service Maintenance
In addition to the normal service
and reduces vehicle emissions. schedule, some vehicles require
Schedule
Because of the way people use service more often. Severe service Owner Checks and Services
vehicles, maintenance needs vary. is for vehicles that are:
There may need to be more At Each Fuel Stop
. Mainly driven in heavy city traffic
frequent checks and services. in hot weather. . Check the engine oil level. See
Normal Service Engine Oil 0 286.
. Mainly driven in hilly or
All maintenance services, including mountainous terrain. Once a Month
those listed under Additional . Frequently towing a trailer. . Check the tire inflation
Required Services, are for pressures. See Tire
vehicles that: . Used for high-speed or
competitive driving. Pressure 0 323.
. Carry passengers and cargo . Inspect the tires for wear. See
within recommended limits on . Used for taxi, police, or delivery
service. Tire Inspection 0 329.
the Tire and Loading Information
label. See Vehicle Load . Check the windshield washer
Limits 0 226. { Warning fluid level. See Washer
Fluid 0 298.
. Are driven on reasonable road
Performing maintenance work can
surfaces within legal driving Engine Oil Change
be dangerous and can cause
limits. When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
serious injury. Perform
. Use the recommended fuel. See maintenance work only if the SOON message displays, have the
Fuel 0 266. required information, proper tools, engine oil and filter changed within
and equipment are available. the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven
If they are not, see your dealer to under the best conditions, the
have a trained technician do the engine oil life system may not
work. See Doing Your Own indicate the need for vehicle service
for up to a year. The engine oil and
Service Work 0 281.
filter must be changed at least once
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
a year and the oil life system must Tire Rotation and Required . Inspect tire wear. See Tire
be reset. Your trained dealer Services Every 12 000 km/ Inspection 0 329.
technician can perform this work. 7,500 mi . Visually check for fluid leaks.
If the engine oil life system is reset
accidentally, service the vehicle Rotate the tires, if recommended for . Inspect engine air cleaner filter.
within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the the vehicle, and perform the See Engine Air Cleaner/
last service. Reset the oil life following services. See Tire Filter 0 291.
system when the oil is changed. Rotation 0 329.
. Inspect brake system. See
See Engine Oil Life System 0 288. . Check engine oil level and oil Exterior Care 0 356.
life percentage. If needed,
Passenger Compartment Air . Visually inspect steering,
change engine oil and filter, and
Filter reset oil life system. See Engine
suspension, and chassis
Oil 0 286 and Engine Oil Life components for damaged, loose,
The passenger compartment air
System 0 288. or missing parts or signs of
filter removes dust, pollen, and
wear. See Exterior Care 0 356.
other airborne irritants from outside . Check engine coolant level. See
air that is pulled into the vehicle. . Check restraint system
Engine Coolant 0 294.
The filter should be replaced as part components. See Safety System
of routine scheduled maintenance. . Check windshield washer fluid Check 0 57.
Inspect the passenger compartment level. See Washer Fluid 0 298.
. Visually inspect fuel system for
air filter every 36 000 km . Visually inspect windshield wiper damage or leaks.
(22,500 mi) or two years, whichever blades for wear, cracking,
comes first. Replace if necessary. . Visually inspect exhaust system
or contamination. See Exterior
More frequent replacement may be and nearby heat shields for
Care 0 356. Replace worn or
needed if the vehicle is driven in loose or damaged parts.
damaged wiper blades. See
areas with heavy traffic, areas with Wiper Blade . Lubricate body components. See
poor air quality, or areas with high Replacement 0 305. Exterior Care 0 356.
dust levels. Replacement may also
be needed if there is a reduction in . Check tire inflation pressures. . Check starter switch. See Starter
air flow, excessive window fogging, See Tire Pressure 0 323. Switch Check 0 303.
or odors.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

. Check automatic transmission . Check accelerator pedal for
shift lock control function. See damage, high effort, or binding.
Automatic Transmission Shift Replace if needed.
Lock Control Function . Visually inspect gas strut for
Check 0 304. signs of wear, cracks, or other
. Check ignition transmission lock. damage. Check the hold open
See Ignition Transmission Lock ability of the strut. See your
Check 0 304. dealer if service is required.
. Check parking brake and . Verify spare tire key lock
automatic transmission park operation and lubricate as
mechanism. See Park Brake and needed. See Tire
P (Park) Mechanism Changing 0 338.
Check 0 305.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Normal
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (2) @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @
Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with
4WD. (4)
@
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @
Replace brake/clutch fluid. (7)
Footnotes — Maintenance or environmental allergens. (2) Or every four years, whichever

Schedule Additional Required Passenger compartment air filter comes first. If driving in dusty
Services - Normal replacement may also be needed if conditions, inspect the filter at each
(1) Or every two years, whichever there is reduced airflow, window oil change or more often as needed.
comes first. More frequent fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer (3) Visually check all fuel and vapor
passenger compartment air filter can help determine when to replace lines and hoses for proper
replacement may be needed if the filter. attachment, connection, routing, and
driving in areas with heavy traffic, condition.
poor air quality, high dust levels,
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
(4) Do not directly power wash the (5) Or every five years, whichever (7) Replace brake/clutch fluid every
transfer case and/or front/rear axle comes first. See Cooling five years. See Brake Fluid 0 299.
output seals. High pressure water System 0 292.
can overcome the seals and (6) Or every 10 years, whichever
contaminate the transfer case fluid. comes first. Inspect for fraying,
Contaminated fluid will decrease the excessive cracking, or damage;
life of the transfer case and/or axles replace, if needed.
and should be replaced.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Severe
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (2) @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @
Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. @ @ @
Change manual transmission fluid. @ @ @
Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with
4WD. (4)
@ @ @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @
Replace brake/clutch fluid. (7)
Footnotes — Maintenance driving in areas with heavy traffic, fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer
Schedule Additional Required poor air quality, high dust levels, can help determine when to replace
Services - Severe or environmental allergens. the filter.
(1) Or every two years, whichever Passenger compartment air filter (2) Or every four years, whichever
comes first. More frequent replacement may also be needed if comes first. If driving in dusty
passenger compartment air filter there is reduced airflow, window conditions, inspect the filter at each
replacement may be needed if oil change or more often as needed.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
(3) Visually check all fuel and vapor

lines and hoses for proper
Special Application Additional
attachment, connection, routing, and Services Maintenance and Care
condition. . Severe Commercial Use Your vehicle is an important
(4) Do not directly power wash the Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis investment and caring for it properly
transfer case and/or front/rear axle components every oil change. may help to avoid future costly
output seals. High pressure water . repairs. To maintain vehicle
Have underbody flushing service
can overcome the seals and performance, additional
performed. See "Underbody
contaminate the transfer case fluid. maintenance services may be
Maintenance" in Exterior
Contaminated fluid will decrease the required.
Care 0 356.
life of the transfer case and/or axles
It is recommended that your dealer
and should be replaced.
perform these services — their
(5) Or every five years, whichever trained dealer technicians know
comes first. See Cooling your vehicle best. Your dealer can
System 0 292. also perform a thorough
(6) Or every 10 years, whichever assessment with a multi-point
comes first. Inspect for fraying, inspection to recommend when your
excessive cracking, or damage; vehicle may need attention.
replace, if needed. The following list is intended to
(7) Replace brake/clutch fluid every explain the services and conditions
five years. See Brake Fluid 0 299. to look for that may indicate
services are required.
Battery
The 12-volt battery supplies power
to start the engine and operate any
additional electrical accessories.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

. To avoid break-down or failure to . Trained dealer technicians have Lamps
start the vehicle, maintain a access to tools and equipment Properly working headlamps,
battery with full cranking power. to inspect the brakes and taillamps, and brake lamps are
. Trained dealer technicians have recommend quality parts important to see and be seen on
the diagnostic equipment to test engineered for the vehicle. the road.
the battery and ensure that the Fluids . Signs that the headlamps need
connections and cables are attention include dimming, failure
corrosion-free. Proper fluid levels and approved
fluids protect the vehicle’s systems to light, cracking, or damage.
Belts and components. See The brake lamps need to be
Recommended Fluids and checked periodically to ensure
. Belts may need replacing if they
Lubricants 0 375 for GM approved that they light when braking.
squeak or show signs of
cracking or splitting. fluids. . With a multi-point inspection,
. Engine oil and windshield your dealer can check the lamps
. Trained dealer technicians have
washer fluid levels should be and note any concerns.
access to tools and equipment
to inspect the belts and checked at every fuel fill. Shocks and Struts
recommend adjustment or . Instrument cluster lights may
Shocks and struts help aid in control
replacement when necessary. come on to indicate that fluids for a smoother ride.
may be low and need to be
Brakes filled. . Signs of wear may include
Brakes stop the vehicle and are steering wheel vibration, bounce/
crucial to safe driving. Hoses sway while braking, longer
Hoses transport fluids and should stopping distance, or uneven
. Signs of brake wear may include
be regularly inspected to ensure tire wear.
chirping, grinding, or squealing
noises, or difficulty stopping. that there are no cracks or leaks. . As part of the multi-point
With a multi-point inspection, your inspection, trained dealer
dealer can inspect the hoses and technicians can visually inspect
advise if replacement is needed. the shocks and struts for signs
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
of leaking, blown seals, information on how to clean and Wiper Blades

or damage, and can advise protect the vehicle’s interior and Wiper blades need to be cleaned
when service is needed. exterior, see Interior Care 0 361 and and kept in good condition to
Exterior Care 0 356. provide a clear view.
Tires
Tires need to be properly inflated, Wheel Alignment . Signs of wear include streaking,
rotated, and balanced. Maintaining Wheel alignment is critical for skipping across the windshield,
the tires can save money and fuel, ensuring that the tires deliver and worn or split rubber.
and can reduce the risk of tire optimal wear and performance. . Trained dealer technicians can
failure. . Signs that the alignment may check the wiper blades and
. Signs that the tires need to be need to be adjusted include replace them when needed.
replaced include three or more pulling, improper vehicle
visible treadwear indicators; cord handling, or unusual tire wear.
or fabric showing through the . Your dealer has the required
rubber; cracks or cuts in the equipment to ensure proper
tread or sidewall; or a bulge or wheel alignment.
split in the tire.
. Trained dealer technicians can Windshield
inspect and recommend the right For safety, appearance, and the
tires. Your dealer can also best viewing, keep the windshield
provide tire/wheel balancing clean and clear.
services to ensure smooth . Signs of damage include
vehicle operation at all speeds. scratches, cracks, and chips.
Your dealer sells and services
name brand tires. . Trained dealer technicians can
inspect the windshield and
Vehicle Care recommend proper replacement
To help keep the vehicle looking like if needed.
new, vehicle care products are
available from your dealer. For
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
This maintenance section applies to vehicles with a gasoline engine. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the
recommended fluids and lubricants section in the Duramax diesel supplement.
Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
®
Automatic Transmission DEXRON -VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Chassis Lubrication Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or
lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL ® coolant.
See Engine Coolant 0 294.
Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1™ specification of the proper SAE viscosity
grade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended. See Engine
Oil 0 286.
Floor Shift Linkage Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in Canada 89021674)
or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2 Category LB or GC-LB.
Front (If Equipped With Four-Wheel SAE 75W-90 Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 88863089, in
Drive) and Rear Axle Canada 88863090).
Hydraulic Brake/Clutch System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, in
Canada 19299819).
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Key Lock Cylinders, Hood Hinges, Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Body Door Hinge Pins, Tailgate Canada 10953474).
Hinge and Linkage, Tailgate Handle
Pivot Points, Hinges, Latch Bolt
Linkage, and Fuel Door Hinge
Manual Transmission DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Transfer Case (If Equipped With DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Four-Wheel Drive)
Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).
Weatherstrip Squeaks Synthetic Grease with Teflon, Superlube (GM Part No. 12371287, in
Canada 10953437).
Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection
requirements.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Maintenance Replacement Parts

Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 94775933 A3195C
Oil Filter
2.5L L4 12640445 PF64
3.6L V6 55594651 PF2257G
Passenger Compartment Air Filter 23135671 CF196
Spark Plugs
2.5L L4 12627160 41-115
3.6L V6 12646780 41-130
Wiper Blades
Driver Side – 55 cm (21.7 in) 23117447 —
Passenger Side – 45 cm (17.7 in) 23117448 —
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Odometer
Date Serviced By Services Performed
Reading
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Technical Data 379
Technical Data Vehicle Identification Service Parts

Identification Label
Vehicle Identification This label, on the inside of the glove
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) box, has the following information:
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379 . Vehicle Identification
Service Parts Identification Number (VIN).
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379 . Model designation.
Vehicle Data . Paint information.
Capacities and
. Production options and special
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 382 equipment.
This legal identifier is in the front
Do not remove this label from the
corner of the instrument panel, on
vehicle.
the driver side of the vehicle. It can
be seen through the windshield from
outside. The Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) also appears on the
Vehicle Certification and Service
Parts labels and certificates of title
and registration.
Engine Identification
The eighth character in the VIN is
the engine code. This code
identifies the vehicle's engine,
specifications, and replacement
parts. See “Engine Specifications”
under Capacities and Specifications
0 380 for the vehicle's engine code.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
380 Technical Data
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 375.
Capacities
Application
Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and
charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.
Cooling System
2.5L L4 9.1 L 9.6 qt
3.6L V6 12.4 L 13.1 qt
Engine Oil with Filter
2.5L L4 4.7 L 5.0 qt
3.6L V6 5.7 L 6.0 qt
Fuel Tank 80 L 21 gal
Transfer Case Fluid 1.9 L 2.0 qt
Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Technical Data 381
Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Spark Plug Gap
2.5L L4 A 0.95–1.10mm (0.037–
0.043 in)
3.6L V6 N 0.80–0.90mm (0.031–
0.035 in)
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
382 Technical Data
Engine Drive Belt Routing
V6 Engines
L4 Engines If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
see the Duramax diesel
supplement.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Customer Information 383
Customer Reporting Safety Defects to

the Canadian
Customer Information
Information Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
Reporting Safety Defects to Customer Satisfaction
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 Procedure
Customer Information Vehicle Data Recording and Your satisfaction and goodwill are
Customer Satisfaction Privacy important to your dealer and to
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383 Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns
Vehicle Data Recording and
Customer Assistance with the sales transaction or the
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385 operation of the vehicle will be
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 395
Customer Assistance for Text resolved by your dealer's sales or
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 386 service departments. Sometimes,
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 386 however, despite the best intentions
GM Mobility Reimbursement of all concerned, misunderstandings
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387 can occur. If your concern has not
Roadside Assistance been resolved to your satisfaction,
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387 the following steps should be taken:
Scheduling Service
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389 STEP ONE : Discuss your concern
Courtesy Transportation with a member of dealership
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389 management. Normally, concerns
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 390 can be quickly resolved at that level.
Service Publications Ordering If the matter has already been
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392 reviewed with the sales, service,
Radio Frequency or parts manager, contact the owner
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393 of your dealership or the general
manager.
Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects to STEP TWO : If after contacting a
the United States member of dealership management,
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393 it appears your concern cannot be
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
384 Customer Information
resolved by your dealership without STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : You may contact the BBB Auto Line
further help, in the U.S., call the Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free
Chevrolet Customer Assistance dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at
Center at 1-800-222-1020. In sure you are completely satisfied the following address:
Canada, call General Motors of with your new vehicle. However, BBB Auto Line Program
Canada Customer Care Centre at if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business Bureaus,
1-800-263-3777 (English), after following the procedure Inc.
or 1-800-263-7854 (French). outlined in Steps One and Two, you 3033 Wilson Boulevard
We encourage you to call the can file with the Better Business Suite 600
toll-free number in order to give your Bureau (BBB) Auto Line® Program Arlington, VA 22201
inquiry prompt attention. Have the to enforce your rights.
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
following information available to The BBB Auto Line Program is an http://www.bbb.org/council/
give the Customer Assistance out-of-court program administered programs-services/
representative: by the Council of Better Business dispute-handling-and-resolution/
. Vehicle Identification Bureaus to settle automotive bbb-auto-line
Number (VIN). This is available disputes regarding vehicle repairs or
the interpretation of the New Vehicle This program is available in all
from the vehicle registration or 50 states and the District of
title, or the plate at the top left of Limited Warranty. Although you may
be required to resort to this informal Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
the instrument panel and visible vehicle age, mileage, and other
through the windshield. dispute resolution program prior to
filing a court action, use of the factors. General Motors reserves
. Dealership name and location. program is free of charge and your the right to change eligibility
. Vehicle delivery date and case will generally be heard within limitations and/or discontinue its
present mileage. 40 days. If you do not agree with the participation in this program.
decision given in your case, you STEP THREE — Canadian
When contacting Chevrolet, may reject it and proceed with any
remember that your concern will Owners : In the event that you do
other venue for relief available not feel your concerns have been
likely be resolved at a dealer's to you.
facility. That is why we suggest addressed after following the
following Step One first. procedure outlined in Steps One
and Two, General Motors of Canada
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Company wants you to be aware of call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call United States and Puerto Rico
its participation in a no-charge the General Motors Customer Care
Chevrolet Motor Division
Mediation/Arbitration Program. Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
General Motors of Canada 1-800-263-7854 (French),
Center
Company has committed to binding or write to:
P.O. Box 33170
arbitration of owner disputes The Mediation/Arbitration Program Detroit, MI 48232-5170
involving factory-related vehicle c/o Customer Care Centre www.Chevrolet.com
service claims. The program General Motors of Canada
provides for the review of the facts 1-800-222-1020
Company
involved by an impartial third party 1-800-833-2438 (For Text
Mail Code: CA1-163-005
arbiter, and may include an informal Telephone Devices (TTYs))
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
hearing before the arbiter. The Roadside Assistance:
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
program is designed so that the 1-800-243-8872
entire dispute settlement process, Your inquiry should be accompanied
From U.S. Virgin Islands:
from the time you file your complaint by the Vehicle Identification
to the final decision, should be Number (VIN). 1-800-496-9994
completed in about 70 days. We
Canada
believe our impartial program offers Customer Assistance
advantages over courts in most Offices General Motors of Canada
jurisdictions because it is informal, Company
quick, and free of charge. Chevrolet encourages customers to Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
call the toll-free number for CA1-163-005
For further information concerning assistance. However, if a customer 1908 Colonel Sam Drive
eligibility in the Canadian Motor wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet, Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP), the letter should be addressed to: www.gm.ca
1-800-263-3777 (English)
1-800-263-7854 (French)
1-800-263-3830 (For Text
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Telephone devices (TTYs)) Online Owner Center J : View active recalls by Vehicle
Roadside Assistance: Identification Number (VIN). See
1-800-268-6800 Online Owner Experience Vehicle Identification Number
(U.S.) my.chevrolet.com (VIN) 0 379.
Overseas
Please contact the local General
The Chevrolet online owner H : View GM Card, SiriusXM
experience allows interaction with Satellite radio (if equipped), and
Motors Business Unit. Chevrolet and keeps important OnStar account information (if
vehicle-specific information in one equipped).
Customer Assistance for place.
Text Telephone (TTY) F : Chat with online help
Membership Benefits representatives.
Users
E : Download owner manuals and See my.chevrolet.com to register
To assist customers who are deaf, view vehicle-specific how-to videos. your vehicle.
hard of hearing, or speech-impaired
and who use Text Telephones
G : View maintenance schedules, Chevrolet Owner Centre
alerts, and OnStar Vehicle (Canada) chevroletowner.ca
(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY
Diagnostic Information. Schedule
equipment available at its Customer Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre:
service appointments.
Assistance Center. Any TTY user in
the U.S. can communicate with I : View and print dealer-recorded . Chat live with online help
Chevrolet by dialing: service records and self-recorded representatives.
1-800-833-2438. TTY users in service records. . Locate owner resources such as
Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. D : Select a preferred dealer and lease-end, financing, and
view locations, maps, phone warranty information.
numbers, and hours. . Retrieve your favorite articles,
r : Track your vehicle’s warranty quizzes, tips, and multimedia
information. galleries organized into the
Featured Articles and Auto Care
Sections.
. Download owner manuals.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

. Find the General Motors of Canada also has . Odometer reading, Vehicle
Chevrolet-recommended a Mobility Program. Visit www.gm.ca Identification Number (VIN), and
maintenance services. or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) delivery date of the vehicle.
for details. TTY users call . Description of the problem.
GM Mobility 1-800-263-3830.
Reimbursement Program Coverage
Roadside Assistance Services are provided for the
Program duration of the vehicle’s powertrain
For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call warranty.
1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone In the U.S., anyone driving the
(TTY): 1-888-889-2438.) vehicle is covered. In Canada, a
For Canadian-purchased vehicles, person driving the vehicle without
call 1-800-268-6800. permission from the owner is not
This program is available to covered.
qualified applicants for cost Service is available 24 hours a day,
365 days a year. Roadside Assistance is not a part of
reimbursement of eligible the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
aftermarket adaptive equipment Calling for Assistance General Motors North America and
required for the vehicle, such as Chevrolet reserve the right to make
hand controls or a wheelchair/ When calling Roadside Assistance,
any changes or discontinue the
scooter lift for the vehicle. have the following information
Roadside Assistance program at
ready:
For more information on the limited any time without notification.
offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or . Your name, home address, and
General Motors North America and
call the GM Mobility Assistance home telephone number.
Chevrolet reserve the right to limit
Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text . Telephone number of your services or payment to an owner or
Telephone (TTY) users, call location. driver if they decide the claims are
1-800-833-9935. made too often, or the same type of
. Location of the vehicle.
claim is made many times.
. Model, year, color, and license
plate number of the vehicle.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Services Provided . Battery Jump Start: Service to Services Specific to

. jump start a dead battery. Canadian-Purchased Vehicles
Emergency Fuel Delivery:
Delivery of enough fuel for the . Trip Interruption Benefits and . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement
vehicle to get to the nearest Assistance: If your trip is is up to 7 liters. If available,
service station. interrupted due to a warranty diesel fuel delivery may be
. event, incidental expenses may restricted. Propane and other
Lock-Out Service: Service to
be reimbursed within the fuels are not provided through
unlock the vehicle if you are
Powertrain warranty period. this service.
locked out. A remote unlock may
Items considered are reasonable
be available if you have OnStar. . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle
and customary hotel, meals,
For security reasons, the driver registration is required.
rental car, or a vehicle being
must present identification
delivered back to the customer, . Trip Interruption Benefits and
before this service is given.
up to 805 km (500 mi). Assistance: Must be over
. Emergency Tow from a Public 150 km from where your trip was
Road or Highway: Tow to the Services Not Included in started to qualify.
nearest Chevrolet dealer for Roadside Assistance Pre-authorization, original
warranty service, or if the vehicle . Impound towing caused by detailed receipts, and a copy of
was in a crash and cannot be violation of any laws. the repair orders are required.
driven. Assistance is not given Once authorization has been
when the vehicle is stuck in the . Legal fines. received, the Roadside
sand, mud, or snow. . Mounting, dismounting, Assistance advisor will help to
. Flat Tire Change: Service to or changing of snow tires, make arrangements and explain
change a flat tire with the spare chains, or other traction devices. how to receive payment.
tire. The spare tire, if equipped, Service is not provided if a vehicle . Alternative Service: If
must be in good condition and is in an area that is not accessible assistance cannot be provided
properly inflated. It is the owner's to the service vehicle or is not a right away, the Roadside
responsibility for the repair or regularly traveled or maintained Assistance advisor may give
replacement of the tire if it is not public road, which includes ice and permission to get local
covered by the warranty. winter roads. Off-road use is not emergency road service. You will
covered. receive payment, up to $100,
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
after sending the original receipt If your dealer requests you to bring furnished with each new vehicle
to Roadside Assistance. the vehicle for service, you are provides detailed warranty coverage
Mechanical failures may be urged to do so as early in the work information.
covered, however any cost for day as possible to allow for
parts and labor for repairs not same-day repair. Transportation Options
covered by the warranty are the Warranty service can generally be
owner responsibility. Courtesy Transportation completed while you wait. However,
Program if you are unable to do so, your
Scheduling Service dealer may offer the following
To enhance your ownership transportation options:
Appointments experience, we and our participating
When the vehicle requires warranty dealers are proud to offer Courtesy Shuttle Service
service, contact your dealer and Transportation, a customer support This includes one-way or round-trip
request an appointment. By program for vehicles with the shuttle service within reasonable
scheduling a service appointment Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty time and distance parameters of
and advising the service consultant Coverage period in Canada), your dealer's area.
of your transportation needs, your extended powertrain, and/or
dealer can help minimize your hybrid-specific warranties in both Public Transportation or Fuel
inconvenience. the U.S. and Canada. Reimbursement
If the vehicle cannot be scheduled Several Courtesy Transportation If overnight warranty repairs are
into the service department options are available to assist in needed, and public transportation is
immediately, keep driving it until it reducing inconvenience when used, the expense must be
can be scheduled for service, warranty repairs are required. supported by original receipts and
unless, of course, the problem is within the maximum amount allowed
Courtesy Transportation is not a by GM for shuttle service. If U.S.
safety related. If it is, please call part of the New Vehicle Limited
your dealership, let them know this, customers arrange their own
Warranty. A separate booklet transportation, limited
and ask for instructions. entitled “Limited Warranty and reimbursement for reasonable fuel
Owner Assistance Information” expenses may be available. Claim
amounts should reflect actual costs
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
and be supported by original Additional Program Collision Parts

receipts. See your dealer for Information Genuine GM Collision parts are new
information.
All program options, such as shuttle parts made with the same materials
Courtesy Rental Vehicle service, may not be available at and construction methods as the
every dealer. Contact your dealer parts with which the vehicle was
For an overnight warranty repair, the
for specific availability. originally built. Genuine GM
dealer may provide an available
Collision parts are the best choice to
courtesy rental vehicle or provide for General Motors reserves the right to
ensure that the vehicle's designed
reimbursement of a rental vehicle. unilaterally modify, change,
appearance, durability, and safety
Reimbursement is limited and must or discontinue Courtesy
are preserved. The use of Genuine
be supported by original receipts as Transportation at any time and to
GM parts can help maintain the GM
well as a signed and completed resolve all questions of claim
New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
rental agreement and meet state/ eligibility pursuant to the terms and
provincial, local, and rental vehicle conditions described herein at its Recycled original equipment parts
provider requirements. sole discretion. may also be used for repair. These
Requirements vary and may include parts are typically removed from
minimum age requirements, Collision Damage Repair vehicles that were total losses in
insurance coverage, credit card, etc. prior crashes. In most cases, the
Additional fees such as fuel usage If the vehicle is involved in a parts being recycled are from
charges, taxes, levies, usage fees, collision and it is damaged, have the undamaged sections of the vehicle.
excessive mileage, or rental usage damage repaired by a qualified A recycled original equipment GM
beyond the completion of the repair technician using the proper part may be an acceptable choice to
are also your responsibility. equipment and quality replacement maintain the vehicle's originally
parts. Poorly performed collision designed appearance and safety
It may not be possible to provide a repairs diminish the vehicle resale performance; however, the history of
like vehicle as a courtesy rental. value, and safety performance can these parts is not known. Such parts
be compromised in subsequent are not covered by the GM New
collisions. Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
related failures are not covered by
that warranty.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Aftermarket collision parts are also Insuring the Vehicle parts. Read the lease carefully, as
available. These are made by you may be charged at the end of
Protect your investment in the GM
companies other than GM and may the lease for poor quality repairs.
vehicle with comprehensive and
not have been tested for the vehicle.
collision insurance coverage. There If a Crash Occurs
As a result, these parts may fit
are significant differences in the
poorly, exhibit premature durability/ If there has been an injury, call
quality of coverage afforded by
corrosion problems, and may not emergency services for help. Do not
various insurance policy terms.
perform properly in subsequent leave the scene of a crash until all
Many insurance policies provide
collisions. Aftermarket parts are not matters have been taken care of.
reduced protection to the GM
covered by the GM New Vehicle Move the vehicle only if its position
vehicle by limiting compensation for
Limited Warranty, and any vehicle puts you in danger, or you are
damage repairs through the use of
failure related to such parts is not instructed to move it by a police
aftermarket collision parts. Some
covered by that warranty. officer.
insurance companies will not
Repair Facility specify aftermarket collision parts. Give only the necessary information
When purchasing insurance, we to police and other parties involved
GM also recommends that you recommend that you ensure that the in the crash.
choose a collision repair facility that vehicle will be repaired with GM
meets your needs before you ever For emergency towing see
original equipment collision parts. Roadside Assistance
need collision repairs. Your dealer If such insurance coverage is not
may have a collision repair center Program 0 387.
available from your current
with GM-trained technicians and insurance carrier, consider switching Gather the following information:
state-of-the-art equipment, or be to another insurance carrier.
able to recommend a collision repair . Driver name, address, and
center that has GM-trained If the vehicle is leased, the leasing telephone number.
technicians and comparable company may require you to have . Driver license number.
equipment. insurance that ensures repairs with
Genuine GM Original Equipment . Owner name, address, and
Manufacturer (OEM) parts or telephone number.
Genuine Manufacturer replacement . Vehicle license plate number.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

. Vehicle make, model, and original GM parts. Remember, Service Publications
model year. recycled parts will not be covered by
the GM vehicle warranty.
Ordering Information
. Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN). Insurance pays the bill for the repair, Service Manuals
. Insurance company and policy but you must live with the repair. Service Manuals have the diagnosis
number. Depending on your policy limits, and repair information on the
your insurance company may engines, transmission, axle,
. General description of the initially value the repair using suspension, brakes, electrical,
damage to the other vehicle. aftermarket parts. Discuss this with steering, body, etc.
Choose a reputable repair facility the repair professional, and insist on
that uses quality replacement parts. Genuine GM parts. Remember, Owner Information
See “Collision Parts” earlier in this if the vehicle is leased, you may be Owner publications are written
section. obligated to have the vehicle specifically for owners and intended
repaired with Genuine GM parts, to provide basic operational
If the airbag has inflated, see What even if your insurance coverage
Will You See after an Airbag information about the vehicle. The
does not pay the full cost. Owner Manual includes the
Inflates? 0 62.
If another party's insurance Maintenance Schedule for all
Managing the Vehicle Damage company is paying for the repairs, models.
Repair Process you are not obligated to accept a In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,
repair valuation based on that Owner Manual, and Warranty
In the event that the vehicle requires
insurance company's collision policy Manual.
damage repairs, GM recommends
repair limits, as you have no
that you take an active role in its RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 –
contractual limits with that company.
repair. If you have a pre-determined $40.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
In such cases, you can have control
repair facility of choice, take the shipping fees.
of the repair and parts choices as
vehicle there, or have it towed there.
long as the cost stays within Without Pouch: Owner Manual only.
Specify to the facility that any
reasonable limits.
required replacement collision parts RETAIL SELL PRICE:
be original equipment parts, either $25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
new Genuine GM parts or recycled shipping fees.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Current and Past Models Radio Frequency Reporting Safety

Service and Owner publications are Statement Defects
available for many current and past
This vehicle has systems that
model year GM vehicles.
operate on a radio frequency that Reporting Safety Defects
ORDER TOLL FREE: complies with Part 15/Part 18 of the
1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday Federal Communications
to the United States
8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time Commission (FCC) rules and with Government
For Credit Card Orders Only Industry Canada Standards If you believe that your vehicle
(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see RSS-GEN/210/216/220/251/310,
has a defect which could cause
Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. ICES⇣001.
a crash or could cause injury or
Or write to: Operation is subject to the following death, you should immediately
two conditions: inform the National Highway
Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service 1. The device may not cause Traffic Safety Administration
47911 Halyard Drive harmful interference. (NHTSA) in addition to notifying
Plymouth, MI 48170 2. The device must accept any General Motors.
Prices are subject to change without interference received, including If NHTSA receives similar
notice and without incurring interference that may cause complaints, it may open an
obligation. Allow ample time for undesired operation of the
investigation, and if it finds that
delivery. device.
a safety defect exists in a group
All listed prices are quoted in U.S. Changes or modifications to any of of vehicles, it may order a recall
funds. Make checks payable in U.S. these systems by other than an and remedy campaign.
funds. authorized service facility could void
However, NHTSA cannot
authorization to use this equipment.
become involved in individual
problems between you, your
dealer, or General Motors.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
To contact NHTSA, you may call Transport Canada Vehicle Data

the Vehicle Safety Hotline Road Safety Branch
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 80 rue Noel Recording and
(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 Privacy
http://www.safercar.gov; or
The vehicle has a number of
write to: Reporting Safety Defects computers that record information
Administrator, NHTSA to General Motors about the vehicle’s performance and
1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. In addition to notifying NHTSA (or how it is driven. For example, the
Washington, D.C. 20590 Transport Canada) in a situation like vehicle uses computer modules to
this, notify General Motors. monitor and control engine and
You can also obtain other transmission performance, to
information about motor Call 1-800-222-1020, or write: monitor the conditions for airbag
vehicle safety from Chevrolet Motor Division deployment and deploy them in a
http://www.safercar.gov. Chevrolet Customer Assistance crash, and, if equipped, to provide
Center antilock braking to help the driver
Reporting Safety Defects P.O. Box 33170 control the vehicle. These modules
to the Canadian Detroit, MI 48232-5170 may store data to help the dealer
technician service the vehicle.
Government In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 Some modules may also store data
(English) or 1-800-263-7854 about how the vehicle is operated,
If you live in Canada, and you (French), or write:
believe that the vehicle has a such as rate of fuel consumption or
General Motors of Canada average speed. These modules may
safety defect, notify Transport
Company retain personal preferences, such as
Canada immediately, and notify Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: radio presets, seat positions, and
General Motors of Canada CA1-163-005 temperature settings.
Company. Call Transport 1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Canada at 1-800-333-0510 or Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
write to:
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Event Data Recorders These data can help provide a GM will not access these data or
better understanding of the share it with others except: with the
This vehicle is equipped with an circumstances in which crashes and consent of the vehicle owner or,
event data recorder (EDR). The injuries occur. if the vehicle is leased, with the
main purpose of an EDR is to consent of the lessee; in response
record, in certain crash or near Note
to an official request by police or
crash-like situations, such as an air EDR data are recorded by your similar government office; as part of
bag deployment or hitting a road vehicle only if a non-trivial crash GM's defense of litigation through
obstacle, data that will assist in situation occurs; no data are the discovery process; or, as
understanding how a vehicle’s recorded by the EDR under normal required by law. Data that GM
systems performed. The EDR is driving conditions and no personal collects or receives may also be
designed to record data related to data (e.g., name, gender, age, and used for GM research needs or may
vehicle dynamics and safety crash location) are recorded. be made available to others for
systems for a short period of time, However, other parties, such as law research purposes, where a need is
typically 30 seconds or less. The enforcement, could combine the shown and the data is not tied to a
EDR in this vehicle is designed to EDR data with the type of specific vehicle or vehicle owner.
record such data as: personally identifying data routinely
acquired during a crash
. How various systems in your
investigation. OnStar®
vehicle were operating;
To read data recorded by an EDR, If the vehicle is equipped with
. Whether or not the driver and
special equipment is required, and OnStar® and has an active
passenger safety belts were access to the vehicle or the EDR is subscription, additional data may be
buckled/fastened; needed. In addition to the vehicle collected through the OnStar
. How far (if at all) the driver was manufacturer, other parties, such as system. This includes information
depressing the accelerator and/ law enforcement, that have the about the vehicle’s operation;
or brake pedal; and, special equipment, can read the collisions involving the vehicle; the
information if they have access to use of the vehicle and its features;
. How fast the vehicle was and, in certain situations, the
traveling. the vehicle or the EDR.
location and approximate GPS
speed of the vehicle. Refer to the
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
OnStar Terms and Conditions and

Privacy Statement on the OnStar
website.
See OnStar Additional
Information 0 402.
Infotainment System
If the vehicle is equipped with a
navigation system as part of the
infotainment system, use of the
system may result in the storage of
destinations, addresses, telephone
numbers, and other trip information.
See the infotainment manual for
information on stored data and for
deletion instructions.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
OnStar 397
OnStar OnStar Overview Terms, Privacy Statement, and

Software Terms for more details
including system limitations at
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
OnStar Overview
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
The OnStar system status light is
OnStar Services next to the OnStar buttons. If the
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398 status light is:
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399 = Voice Command Button . Solid Green: System is ready.
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399 Q Blue OnStar Button . Flashing Green: On a call.
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
> Red Emergency Button . Red: Indicates a problem.
OnStar Additional Information
OnStar Additional This vehicle may be equipped with a . Off: System is active. Press Q
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402 comprehensive, in-vehicle system twice to speak with an OnStar
that can connect to an OnStar Advisor.
Advisor for Emergency, Security,
Navigation, Connections, and Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR
Diagnostics Services. OnStar (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an
services may require a paid Advisor.
subscription and data plan. OnStar Press = to:
requires the vehicle battery and
electrical system, cellular service, . Make a call, end a call,
and GPS satellite signals to be or answer an incoming call.
available and operating. OnStar acts . Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling
as a link to existing emergency voice commands.
service providers. OnStar may
collect information about you and . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn
your vehicle, including location Navigation voice commands.
information. See OnStar User
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
398 OnStar
. Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi® OnStar Services Security
hotspot name or SSID and
password, if equipped. If equipped, OnStar provides these
Emergency services:
Press Q to connect to an . With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,
Emergency Services require an
Advisor to: active, OnStar service plan OnStar Advisors can use GPS to
. Verify account information or (excludes Basic Plan). With pinpoint the vehicle and help
update contact information. Automatic Crash Response, built-in authorities quickly recover it.
. Get driving directions. sensors can automatically alert a . With Remote Ignition Block™,
specially trained OnStar Advisor if equipped, OnStar can block
. Receive a Diagnostic check of who is immediately connected in to
the vehicle's key operating the engine from being restarted.
the vehicle to help.
systems. . With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown®,
Press > for a priority connection to if equipped, OnStar can work
. Receive Roadside Assistance. an OnStar Advisor who can contact with law enforcement to
. Manage Wi-Fi Settings, emergency service providers, direct gradually slow the vehicle down.
if equipped. them to your exact location, and
relay important information. Theft Alarm Notification
Press > to get a priority connection
With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially If equipped, if the doors are locked
to an OnStar Advisor available
trained Advisors are available and the vehicle alarm sounds, a
24/7 to:
24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to notification by text, e-mail, or phone
. Get help for an emergency. provide a central point of contact, call will be sent. If the vehicle is
. Be a Good Samaritan or assistance, and information during a stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work
respond to an AMBER Alert. crisis. with authorities to recover the
vehicle.
. Get assistance in severe With Roadside Assistance, Advisors
weather or other crisis situations can locate a nearby service provider
and find evacuation routes. to help with a flat tire, a battery
jump, or an empty gas tank.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
OnStar 399
Navigation 3. Say “Yes.” System responds: Send Destination to Vehicle

“OK, request completed, thank Subscribers can have directions
OnStar navigation requires a you, goodbye.”
specific OnStar service plan. sent to the vehicle’s navigation
Route Preview screen, if equipped.
Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn
directions or have them sent to the 1. Press =. System responds: Press Q, then ask the Advisor to
vehicle’s navigation screen, “OnStar ready,” then a tone. download directions to the vehicle’s
if equipped. navigation system, if equipped. After
2. Say “Route preview.” System the call ends, the navigation screen
Turn-by-Turn Navigation responds with the next three will provide prompts to begin driving
maneuvers. directions. Routes that are sent to
1. Press Q to connect to an the navigation screen can only be
Repeat
Advisor. canceled through the navigation
2. Request directions to be 1. Press =. System responds: system.
downloaded to the vehicle. “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
3. Follow the voice-guided 2. Say “Repeat.” System www.onstar.ca (Canada).
commands. responds with the last direction
given, then responds with Connections
Using Voice Commands “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
During a Planned Route The following OnStar services help
Get My Destination with staying connected.
Cancel Route
1. Press =. System responds: For coverage maps, see
1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar ready,” then a tone. www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. www.onstar.ca (Canada).
2. Say “Get my destination.”
2. Say “Cancel route.” System System responds with the Ensuring Security
responds: “Do you want to address and distance to the . Change the default passwords
cancel directions?” destination, then responds with
for the Wi-Fi hotspot and
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
RemoteLink mobile application.
Make these passwords different
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
400 OnStar
from each other and use a 2. The Wi-Fi settings will display OnStar Subscribers can access the
combination of letters, numbers, the Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID), following services from a mobile
and symbols to increase the password, and on some device:
security. vehicles, the connection type . Remotely start/stop the vehicle,
. Change the default name of the (no Internet connection, 3G, if factory-equipped.
SSID (Service Set Identifier). 4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality
(poor, good, excellent). . Lock/unlock doors, if equipped
This is your network’s name that with automatic locks.
is visible to other wireless 3. To change the SSID or
. Activate the horn and lamps.
devices. Choose a unique name password, press Q or call
and avoid family names or 1-888-4ONSTAR to connect . Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil
vehicle descriptions. with an Advisor. life, or tire pressure,
OnStar Wi-Fi® Hotspot (If After initial set-up, your vehicle’s if factory-equipped with the Tire
Equipped) Wi-Fi hotspot will connect Pressure Monitor System.
The vehicle may have a built-in automatically to your mobile . Send directions to the vehicle.
Wi-Fi hotspot that provides access devices. Manage data usage by . Locate the vehicle on a map
to the Internet and web content at turning Wi-Fi on or off on your (U.S. market only).
4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobile mobile device, using the
RemoteLink mobile app, or by . Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot
devices can be connected. A data
plan is required. Use the in-vehicle contacting an OnStar Advisor. on/off, manage settings, and
controls only when it is safe to monitor data consumption,
OnStar RemoteLink® Mobile App if equipped.
do so. (If Equipped)
1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot For OnStar RemoteLink information
Download the OnStar RemoteLink and compatibility, see
information, press =, wait for mobile app to select Apple® iOS, www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
the prompt, then say “Wi-Fi Android™, BlackBerry®, www.onstar.ca (Canada).
settings.” On some vehicles, or Windows® mobile devices.
touch Wi-Fi Settings on the
screen.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
OnStar 401
Remote Services Calling 911 Emergency Diagnostics

Contact an OnStar Advisor to 1. Press =. System responds: Advanced Diagnostics provides a
unlock the doors or sound the horn “OnStar ready.” status of the vehicle’s key systems
and flash the lamps. with a monthly e-mail, or by
2. Say “Call.” System responds:
OnStar AtYourService “Call. Please say the name or pressing Q. If equipped, Diagnostic
number to call.” Alerts can be received in real-time
OnStar Advisors can provide offers via e-mail or text. The Proactive
from restaurants and retailers on 3. Say “911” without pausing. Alerts feature (if available) can help
your route, help locate hotels, System responds: “911.” predict and alert of potential
or book a room. These services upcoming maintenance issues with
4. Say “Call.” System responds:
vary by market. select components on the vehicle,
“OK, dialing 911.”
OnStar Hands-Free Calling before they become a problem.
Retrieve My Number
Make and receive calls with the OnStar can also monitor and report
built-in wireless calling service, 1. Press =. System responds: tire pressure, if the vehicle is
which requires available minutes. “OnStar ready.” equipped with a Tire Pressure
Monitoring System.
Make a Call 2. Say “My number.” System
responds: “Your OnStar
1. Press =. System responds: Hands-Free Calling number is,”
“OnStar ready.” then says the number.
2. Say “Call.” System responds: End a Call
“Call. Please say the name or
number to call.” Press =. System responds: “Call
ended.”
3. Say the entire number without
pausing, including a “1” and the Verify Minutes and Expiration
area code. System responds:
“OK, calling.” Press = and say “Minutes” then
“Verify” to check how many minutes
remain and their expiration date.
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
402 OnStar
OnStar Additional Reactivation for Subsequent . Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.

Owners Press Q to speak with an
Information .
Press Q and follow the prompts to Advisor.
In-Vehicle Audio Messages speak to an Advisor as soon as OnStar services cannot work unless
Audio messages may play important possible. The Advisor will update the vehicle is in a place where
information at the following times: vehicle records and explain OnStar OnStar has an agreement with a
service options. wireless service provider for service
. Prior to vehicle purchase. Press
Q to set up an account. How OnStar Service Works in that area. The wireless service
provider must also have coverage,
. With the OnStar Basic Plan, Automatic Crash Response, network capacity, reception, and
every 60 days. Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, technology compatible with OnStar
. After change in ownership and Stolen Vehicle Assistance, services. Service involving location
at 90 days. Advanced Vehicle Diagnostics, information about the vehicle cannot
Remote Services, Roadside work unless GPS signals are
Transferring Service Assistance, Turn-by-Turn available, unobstructed, and
Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling compatible with the OnStar
Press Q to request account transfer are available on most vehicles. Not hardware. OnStar services may not
eligibility information. The Advisor all OnStar services are available work if the OnStar equipment is not
can cancel or change account everywhere or on all vehicles. For properly installed or it has not been
information. more information, a full description properly maintained. If equipment or
Selling/Transferring the of OnStar services, system software is added, connected,
limitations, and OnStar User Terms, or modified, OnStar services may
Vehicle Privacy Statement, and Software not work. Other problems beyond
Call 1-888-4ONSTAR Terms: the control of OnStar — such as
(1-888-466-7827) immediately to . Call 1-888-4ONSTAR hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather,
terminate your OnStar services if (1-888-466-7827). electrical system design and
the vehicle is disposed of, sold, architecture of the vehicle, damage
transferred, or if the lease ends. . See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
. See www.onstar.ca (Canada).
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
OnStar 403
to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless access to all OnStar services, Potential Issues
phone network congestion or except Virtual Advisor and OnStar
OnStar cannot perform Remote
jamming — may prevent service. Turn-by-Turn Navigation.
Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle
See Radio Frequency OnStar Personal Identification Assistance after the vehicle has
Statement 0 393. Number (PIN) been off continuously for 10 days
without an ignition cycle. If the
Services for People with A PIN is needed to access some vehicle has not been started for
Disabilities OnStar services. The PIN will need five days, OnStar can contact
Advisors provide services to help to be changed the first time when Roadside Assistance or a locksmith
Subscribers with physical disabilities speaking with an Advisor. To to help gain access to the vehicle.
and medical conditions. change the OnStar PIN, contact an
OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or Global Positioning
Press Q to help: calling 1-888-4ONSTAR. System (GPS)
. Locate a gas station with an . Obstruction of the GPS can
Warranty
attendant to pump gas. occur in a large city with tall
OnStar equipment may be buildings; in parking garages;
. Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., warranted as part of the vehicle around airports; in tunnels and
that meets accessibility needs. warranty. underpasses; or in an area with
. Provide directions to the closest very dense trees. If GPS signals
hospital or pharmacy in urgent Languages are not available, the OnStar
situations. The vehicle can be programmed to system should still operate to
respond in multiple languages. call OnStar. However, OnStar
TTY Users
Press Q and ask for an Advisor. could have difficulty identifying
OnStar has the ability to Advisors are available in English, the exact location.
communicate to deaf, Spanish, and French. Available . In emergency situations, OnStar
hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired languages may vary by country. can use the last stored GPS
customers while in the vehicle. The location to send to emergency
available dealer-installed TTY responders.
system can provide in-vehicle
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
404 OnStar
A temporary loss of GPS can cause to function properly. These systems settings. These updates or changes
loss of the ability to send a may not operate if the battery is may also collect personal
Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The discharged or disconnected. information. Such collection is
Advisor may give a verbal route or described in the OnStar privacy
may ask for a call back after the Add-on Electrical Equipment statement or separately disclosed at
vehicle is driven into an open area. The OnStar system is integrated the time of installation. These
into the electrical architecture of the updates or changes may also cause
Cellular and GPS Antennas vehicle. Do not add any electrical a system to automatically
Cellular reception is required for equipment. See Add-On Electrical communicate with GM servers to
OnStar to send remote signals to Equipment 0 278. Added electrical collect information about vehicle
the vehicle. Do not place items over equipment may interfere with the system status, identify whether
or near the antenna to prevent operation of the OnStar system and updates or changes are available,
blocking cellular and GPS signal cause it to not operate. or deliver updates or changes. An
reception. active OnStar agreement constitutes
Vehicle Software Updates consent to these software updates
Unable to Connect to OnStar OnStar or GM may remotely deliver or changes and agreement that
Message software updates or changes to the either OnStar or GM may remotely
If there is limited cellular coverage vehicle without further notice or deliver them to the vehicle.
or the cellular network has reached consent. These updates or changes
Privacy
maximum capacity, this message may enhance or maintain safety,
may come on. Press Q to try the security, or the operation of the The complete OnStar Privacy
vehicle or the vehicle systems. Statement may be found at
call again or try again after driving a
Software updates or changes may www.onstar.com (U.S.),
few miles into another cellular area.
affect or erase data or settings that or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We
Vehicle and Power Issues are stored in the vehicle, such as recommend that you review it. If you
OnStar Hands-Free Calling name have any questions, call
OnStar services require a vehicle 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)
tags, saved navigation destinations,
electrical system, wireless service,
and GPS satellite technologies to be
or pre-set radio stations. Neither or press Q to speak with an
OnStar nor GM is responsible for Advisor. Users of wireless
available and operating for features
any affected or erased data or communications are cautioned that
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
OnStar 405
the privacy of any information sent hereby granted, provided that the or other dealings in this Software
via wireless cellular communications above copyright notice and this without prior written authorization of
cannot be assured. Third parties permission notice appear in all the copyright holder.
may unlawfully intercept or access copies.
transmissions and private unzip:
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED
communications without consent. “AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the
ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR Info-ZIP copyright and license. The
OnStar - Software definitive version of this document
Acknowledgements IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES should be available at ftp://
Certain OnStar components include OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/
libcurl and unzip software and other FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE license.html indefinitely.
third party software. Below are the AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All
notices and licenses associated with THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO rights reserved.
libcurl and unzip and for other third EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
party software please see http:// For the purposes of this copyright
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as
www.lg.com/global/support/ LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
opensource/index and https:// the following set of individuals:
DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
www.onstar.com/us/en/support/ WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,
getdocuments.html CONTRACT, TORT OR Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed
libcurl:
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris
COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,
NOTICE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,
Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel THE SOFTWARE. Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,
Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>. Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,
Except as contained in this notice, Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,
All rights reserved. the name of a copyright holder shall Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,
not be used in advertising or George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai
Permission to use, copy, modify, otherwise to promote the sale, use
and distribute this software for any Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,
purpose with or without fee is Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
406 OnStar
Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta, to this condition is redistribution of Info-ZIP. Such altered
Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren, of a standard UnZipSFX binary versions are further prohibited
Rich Wales, Mike White. (including SFXWiz) as part of a from misrepresentative use of
This software is provided “as is,” self-extracting archive; that is the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail
without warranty of any kind, permitted without inclusion of addresses or of the
express or implied. In no event shall this license, as long as the Info-ZIP URL(s).
Info-ZIP or its contributors be held normal SFX banner has not 4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use
liable for any direct, indirect, been removed from the binary the names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”
incidental, special or consequential or disabled. “UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”
damages arising out of the use of or 3. Altered versions–including, but “Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”
inability to use this software. not limited to, ports to new and “MacZip” for its own
Permission is granted to anyone to operating systems, existing source and binary releases.
use this software for any purpose, ports with new graphical
including commercial applications, interfaces, and dynamic,
and to alter it and redistribute it shared, or static library
freely, subject to the following versions–must be plainly
restrictions: marked as such and must not
be misrepresented as being
1. Redistributions of source code the original source. Such
must retain the above copyright altered versions also must not
notice, definition, disclaimer, be misrepresented as being
and this list of conditions. Info-ZIP releases–including,
2. Redistributions in binary form but not limited to, labeling of
(compiled executables) must the altered versions with the
reproduce the above copyright names “Info-ZIP” (or any
notice, definition, disclaimer, variation thereof, including, but
and this list of conditions in not limited to, different
documentation and/or other capitalizations), “Pocket
materials provided with the UnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”
distribution. The sole exception without the explicit permission
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Index 407
Index A
Accessories and
Airbag System (cont'd)
When Should an Airbag
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . 60
Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 278 Airbags
Additional Information Adding Equipment to the
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Additional Maintenance Passenger Status Indicator . . . .117
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372 Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117
Adjustments Servicing Airbag-Equipped
Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Agreements System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Trademarks and License . . . . . 202 Alarm
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 291 Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . .208, 210 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Air Filter, Passenger All-Terrain Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161, 163
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Antenna
Airbag System Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 254
How Does an Airbag Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Appearance Care
Passenger Sensing System . . . . 64 Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
What Makes an Airbag Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Assistance Program,
What Will You See after an Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Audio
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
408 Index
Audio (cont'd) Bluetooth C

Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . 154 Overview . . . . . . . . 187, 188, Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Automatic 192, 197 California
Climate Control System . . . . . . . 210 Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Brake Perchlorate Materials
Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 System Warning Light . . . . . . . . 120 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 California
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 290 Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Proposition
Automatic Transmission Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .280, 300, 348
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 Camera
Shift Lock Control Function Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Rear Vision (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2
Auxiliary Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Capacities and
Avoiding Untrusted Media Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 232 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 Carbon Monoxide
Axle, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 Center High-Mounted Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Axle, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Stoplamp (CHMSL) and Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
B Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Battery Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306 Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 3
Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306 Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 101
Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Headlamps, Front Turn Center High-Mounted
Voltage and Charging
Signal, Sidemarker, and Stoplamp (CHMSL) and
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Battery - North America . . . .300, 348
Taillamps, Turn Signal, Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 305
Stoplamps, and Back-up Charging
Blind Spot Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 Wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 118
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Index 409
Check Connections Customer Satisfaction

Ignition Transmission Lock . . . 304 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399 Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Malfunction Indicator Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
D
Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Traction and Electronic
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 390
Child Restraints Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 3
Infants and Young Children . . . . . 71 Control Light
Data Collection
Lower Anchors and Tethers Hill Descent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 395
Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91, 96 Coolant
Daytime Running
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Cleaning Engine Temperature Gauge . . .115
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208, 210
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Diagnostics
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . 208 Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Courtesy Transportation
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Door
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . 110, 112 Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Clutch, Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 386
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 390 Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 Text Telephone (TTY)
Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Compartments Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 382
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Customer Information
Driver Information
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Service Publications
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . .126, 129
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Ordering Information . . . . . . . . 392
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
410 Index
Driving Engine (cont'd) F

Characteristics and Check and Service Engine Fan
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 283 Filter,
Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 291
For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . 25 Coolant Temperature Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 223 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 149
If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 225 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Cooling System Messages . . . 133 Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 382 Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Fluid
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 290
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 Four-Wheel Drive
Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
E
Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Electrical Equipment,
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296 Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Electrical System
Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 241 Forward Collision Alert
Engine Compartment Fuse
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 (FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . .247, 301
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Frequency Statement
Instrument Panel Fuse
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 395 Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Front Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Front Fog Lamp
Emergency
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 146 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 147 Front Seats
Engine
Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Index 411
Front Seats (cont'd) Gauges (cont'd) Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Warning Lights and Heater
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 General Information Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208, 210
Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Service and Maintenance . . . . . 365 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Filling a Portable Fuel Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 223
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . . . . 258
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Hill Descent Control Light . . . . . . . 121
Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 GM Mobility Reimbursement Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 255
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387 Home Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158, 160
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 124 Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
H
Requirements, California . . . . . 267 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 How to Wear Safety Belts
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 149
Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208, 210
Headlamps
Engine Compartment Fuse Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 I
Instrument Panel Fuse
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 306 Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Daytime Running Ignition Transmission Lock
G Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Gauges Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Engine Coolant Headlamps, Front Turn Indicator
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 Signal, Sidemarker, and Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 Infants and Young Children,
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 125 Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 147 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 125 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . 110, 112
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
412 Index
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 40 Lamps (cont'd) Lights (cont'd)

Internet Radio Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Pandora . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Lane Departure High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 147
Lane Departure Warning Lane Departure Warning . . . . . . 122
J
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Jack
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . .116
Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
LATCH System Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Jump Starting - North
Replacing Parts after a StabiliTrak® OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
K LATCH, Lower Anchors and Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . . 135 Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Traction Control System
Keyless Entry Light (TCS)/StabiliTrak® . . . . . . . . . . 123
Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . 30 Hill Descent Control . . . . . . . . . . 121 Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Lighting Up-Shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
L Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Locks
Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 318 Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Lamps Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 147 Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117 Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Antilock Brake System Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 (ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Exterior Lamps Off Brake System Warning . . . . . . . 120 Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 124
Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . . .118 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Lower Anchors and Tethers
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 for Children (LATCH
On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 124 System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Index 413
Lumbar Adjustment (cont'd) Messages (cont'd) Monitor System, Tire

Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
M
Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Maintenance N
Object Detection System . . . . . 135
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378 Navigation
Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . . 136
Maintenance and Care OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372 New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 366
Starting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 137 O
Recommended Fluids and
Steering System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Object Detection System
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 118
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Messaging Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Oil
Media
Mirrors Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Avoiding Untrusted Devices . . 170
Automatic Dimming Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 288
Messages
Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Blind Spot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Battery Voltage and
Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 70
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 386
Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 OnStar® Additional
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Engine Cooling System . . . . . . . 133
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 OnStar® Connections . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 40 OnStar® Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
414 Index
OnStar® Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . 398 Perchlorate Materials R

OnStar® Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399 Requirements, California . . . . . . 280 Radio Frequency Statement . . . . 393
OnStar® Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397 Personalization Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
OnStar® Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Radios
Operation Phone AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . 161, 163
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Bluetooth . . . . . . . . 187, 188, Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164, 165
Ordering 192, 197 Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Service Publications . . . . . . . . . . 392 Port Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Outlets USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170, 173 Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Power Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 261
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 296 Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Rear Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155, 157 Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
P Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Pandora Internet Radio . . . . . . . . . 167 Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 237 Recognition
Park
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Recommended Fluids and
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Pregnancy, Using Safety Belts . . . 56 Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Privacy Records
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 394 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Brake and P (Park)
Program Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 351
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 305
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . 389 Reimbursement Program,
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 240
Proposition GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Passenger Airbag Status
65 Warning, Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
California . . . . . . . . . . . .280, 300, 348 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 64 Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Index 415
Replacement Parts S Securing Child Restraints . . . . 91, 96

Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Security
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377 Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 69 Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Replacing LATCH System How to Wear Safety Belts OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Replacing Safety Belt System Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Service
Reporting Safety Defects Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Accessories and
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 394 Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . 57 Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . 56 Climate Control System . . . . . . . 208
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393 Safety Defects Reporting Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 281
Restraints Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 394 Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 378
Retained Accessory U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393 Maintenance, General
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Ride Control Systems Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Parts Identification Label . . . . . 379
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . .164, 165 Publications Ordering
Roads Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 389 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Seats Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 389
Roadside Assistance Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Services
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387 Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 Heated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 382 Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 47 Shift Lock Control Function
Running the Vehicle While Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . 46 Check, Automatic
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Shifting
Underseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
416 Index
Shifting (cont'd) Storage Areas (cont'd) Tires (cont'd)

Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Sunglasses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Signals, Turn and Underseat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . 100 Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Full-Size Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Spare Tire Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 Sunglass Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Special Application Services . . . . 372 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Specifications and System Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 Forward Collision Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 Pressure Monitor Operation . . 326
StabiliTrak Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153, 396 Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 325
OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
T
Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Terminology and Definitions . . 321
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Uniform Tire Quality
Taillamps
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Starting the Vehicle Wheel Alignment and Tire
Text Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 386
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 334
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 37
Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 When It Is Time for New
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Steering System Messages . . . . . 137 Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Stoplamps and Back-up Lamps Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . 121
All-Terrain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Storage Areas Towing
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . . 270
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
Index 417
Towing (cont'd) Turn and Lane-Change Vehicle Care

General Information . . . . . . . . . . 270 Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 351 Turn Signal Vehicle Data Recording and
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 277 Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
U
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Underseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Traction Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 333
Control System (TCS)/
Up-Shift Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 W
StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Updates Warning
Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Traction Control/Electronic
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170, 173 Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . 264
Trademarks and License
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 V
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Trailer Vehicle
Warnings
Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . 277 Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Wheels
Transmission Identification Number (VIN) . . . 379
Alignment and Tire Balance . . 334
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Fluid, Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
When It Is Time for New
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . . 139
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Transportation Program, Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 75
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Wi-Fi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Truck-Camper Loading Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 122
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16
418 Index
Windshield
Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Winter
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 305
Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

Owner&#39;s Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Owner&#39;s Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2k17_Chevrolet_Colorado_23454216A.

Colorado Owner’s Manual

Introduction This manual describes features that

Danger, Warning, and Vehicle Symbol Chart

* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp

In Brief Portable Audio Devices . . . . . . . . 20

Initial Drive Remote Vehicle Start

To adjust a manual seat:

Power Seats Power Lumbar Reclining Seatbacks

Passenger Sensing The passenger airbag status Power Mirrors

Interior Mirror Steering Wheel Tilt and Telescoping Steering

Interior Lighting Reading Lamps (If Equipped) Exterior Lighting

Climate Control System

1. Fan Control 5. TEMP (Temperature Control)

4. Defrost 7. Air Recirculation

Automatic Climate Control System Transmission

1. Fan Control 7. Rear Window Defogger

Four-Wheel Drive 4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) :

Vehicle Features g : Press to seek the previous Satellite Radio

Cruise Control * : Press to disengage cruise

Driver Information Center

3. MENU: Press to display the Forward Collision Alert

Lane Departure Power Outlets Performance and

The low tire pressure warning light No E85 or FlexFuel

Keys, Doors, and Windows 27

Keys, Doors, and Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Keys and Locks

28 Keys, Doors, and Windows

moving the key out of the RUN

The ignition key and key rings, and

Keys, Doors, and Windows 29

1. Insert the original, already Programming without Two

30 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 31

when Q is pressed again within Press and hold 7 for at least

Pressing K on the RKE transmitter Battery Replacement

32 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Remote Vehicle Start The engine will turn off during a

Keys, Doors, and Windows 33

34 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 35

If Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout is

On vehicles with a lock on the

36 Keys, Doors, and Windows

To shut the tailgate, firmly push it

Off : Alarm system is disarmed.

Keys, Doors, and Windows 37

38 Keys, Doors, and Windows

The vehicle is automatically

Keys, Doors, and Windows 39

40 Keys, Doors, and Windows

1. When the approaching vehicle

Keys, Doors, and Windows 41

Automatic Dimming Windows pulsing sound when either rear

The vehicle aerodynamics are

42 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Rear Window Lockout (Crew Window Express Movement

Keys, Doors, and Windows 43

The window can be closed by

44 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Airbag System

Seats and Restraints 45

Head Restraints Adjust the head restraint so that the

{ Warning Rear Head Restraints

Owner's Manual

Owner's Manual